Heartland Group Holdings Limited logo

Heartland publishes Annual Report and Climate Report

Annual Report29 September 2024HGHFinancials

Heartland Group Holdings Limited | NZX/ASX: HGH | PO Box 9919, Newmarket, Auckland 1149 | heartlandgroup.info

NZX/ASX release

30 September 2024


Heartland publishes Annual Report and Climate Report


Heartland Group Holdings Limited (Heartland) (NZX/ASX: HGH) has today published its Annual

Report and Climate Report for the year ended 30 June 2024 (FY2024).


Annual Report

Heartland’s FY2024 Annual Report is available at heartlandgroup.info/investor-information/reports-

results-presentations and will be sent to shareholders if requested. A copy is attached to this

announcement.


Climate Report

Heartland is pleased to publish its first Climate Report in line with the Financial Sector (Climate-

related Disclosures and Other Matters) Amendment Act. Heartland’s 2024 Climate Report provides

insight into Heartland’s environmental journey, including achievements, challenges, climate-related

risks and opportunities, and future targets.


Heartland’s 2024 Climate Report is available at heartlandgroup.info/sustainability. A copy is attached

to this announcement.


– ENDS –


The person who authorised this announcement:


Andrew Dixson

Chief Financial Officer


For further information and media enquiries, please contact:


Nicola Foley

Group Head of Communications

+64 27 345 6809

nicola.foley@heartland.co.nz

Level 3, Heartland House, 35 Teed Street, Newmarket, Auckland, New Zealand

---

Te Pūrongo ā-Tau
Annual Report 2024

01 YEAR IN REVIEW
TE RĀRANGI UPOKO

CONTENTS

Gregory Tomlinson

Chair and Non-Executive Director

Jeffrey Greenslade

Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Executive Director

This Annual Report of Heartland Group Holdings Limited (Heartland) is dated

30 September 2024 and is signed on behalf of the Board of Directors by:

01 YEAR IN REVIEW 1

Chair’s report 2

CEO’s repor t 6

FY2024 results at a glance 12

Introducing Heartland Bank Australia 14

Accelerating digitalisation 17

02 WHO WE ARE 19

Our business 20

Directors 22

Management 28

An interview with Jeff Greenslade 30

03 SUSTAINABILITY 32

Introduction 33

Environment 34

People 38

Financial wellbeing 44

04 DISCLOSURES 47

Corporate governance 48

Directors’ disclosures 61

Remuneration report 66

Shareholder information 72

Other information 73

05 FINANCIAL RESULTS 74

Financial commentary 75

Financial statements 79

Auditor’s report 156

06 DIRECTORY 165

CONTENTS

2 Financial results are presented on a reported and underlying basis. Reported results are prepared in accordance with NZ GAAP and include the
impacts of positive and negative one-offs, which can make it difficult to compare performance between periods. Underlying results (which are

non-GAAP financial information) exclude the impact of the de-designation of derivatives, the fair value changes on equity investments held,

the Australian Bank Programme costs, an increase in provisions for a subset of legacy lending, the Challenger Bank NPAT, and any other impacts

of one-offs. Adjusted NPAT before excluding the increase in provisions for a subset of legacy lending and the Challenger Bank NPAT was $87.9

million (Adjusted NPAT). The use of underlying results is intended to allow for easier comparability between periods and is used internally by

Management for this purpose. For a summary of reported and underlying results, details about FY2024 one-offs and general information about

the use of non-GAAP financial measures, refer to Heartland’s FY2024 investor presentation available at heartlandgroup.info.

3 On 30 September 2024, Jeff Greenslade retired as Heartland CEO and from all Group directorships.

1 All figures in this Annual Report are in NZD unless otherwise stated.

NA TE KAIWHAKAHAERE POARI

CHAIR’S REPORT

While it has been a challenging year

economically, this has been a year of

great strategic success for Heartland and

its subsidiaries (the Group). The critical

milestones of acquiring an authorised

deposit-taking institution (ADI) in Australia

and completing Heartland Bank Limited’s

(Heartland Bank’s) core banking system

upgrade help pave the way forward as we

embark on the next phase of growth.

Despite the economic challenges, I am

pleased to report the Group achieved a

FY2024 NPAT of $74.5 million. On an underlying

basis², FY2024 NPAT was $102.7 million.

BOARD UPDATES

Heartland Bank Australia Board

On 30 April 2024, Heartland Bank successfully

acquired Challenger Bank Limited

(Challenger Bank). On completion, we were

pleased to appoint a highly skilled Board to

lead the ADI (now Heartland Bank Australia

Limited (Heartland Bank Australia)).

Geoff Summerhayes resigned from the

Heartland Board and was appointed Chair

and Independent Non-Executive Director

of Heartland Bank Australia. He was joined

by Independent Non-Executive Directors

Shane Buggle, Lyn McGrath (who sat on the

Challenger Bank Board prior to Heartland’s

acquisition), Vivienne Yu and Bruce Irvine

(Chair and Independent Non-Executive

Director of Heartland Bank), and Non-

Independent Non-Executive Directors

Leanne Lazarus (CEO of Heartland Bank) and

Jeff Greenslade (CEO and Executive Director

of Heartland, and Non-Independent Non-

Executive Director of Heartland Bank).³

The Heartland Bank Australia Board has a

strong level of independence and knowledge

of prudential regulatory requirements to drive

growth and expansion in Australia.

Heartland Board

On 26 June 2024, Ellie Comerford resigned

from the Heartland Board. Ellie had served on

Heartland boards for more than seven years.

The Board thanks Ellie for her significant

contribution, dedication and commitment to

Heartland throughout her tenure as Director,

particularly in relation to her experience and

associated advice on the Australian market.

On 27 June 2024, Heartland was pleased

to appoint Rob Bell and Simon Beckett as

Independent Non-Executive Directors.

Rob and Simon bring to Heartland a strong

understanding of the Australian banking

market and regulatory environment, and

skillsets which complement the Group’s

best or only strategy. As the founding

CEO of digital bank 86 400, Rob has a deep

understanding of technology, digital and

growth strategies. Simon has extensive M&A

and financial, regulatory, risk and governance

expertise – in addition to this, he has had

particular experience working in motor

finance businesses during his career at GE

Capital, Wells Fargo and Cerberus Capital.

Their appointments further contribute to the

depth of expertise and skill of the Board and

strengthen the Board’s Australian expertise.

On 30 April 2024, John Harvey was appointed

to the Heartland Board as an Independent

Non-Executive Director. He remains on the

Heartland Bank Board as a Non-Independent

Non-Executive Director.

MANAGEMENT UPDATES

On 22 July 2024, the Board was pleased to

welcome Michelle Winzer who commenced

her appointment as CEO of Heartland

Bank Australia. With more than 30 years’

experience in banking and financial services,

Michelle joined Heartland Bank Australia from

RACQ Bank in Queensland where she was

Chief Executive Banking. Previously, Michelle

was CEO of Bank of Melbourne, and worked

in senior roles at Bankwest, Commonwealth

Bank of Australia and Westpac. Michelle’s

extensive banking experience and track

record of delivering outcomes and cultural

transformation will contribute to the

successful execution of Heartland Bank

Australia’s strategy.

02

01

03

05

04

06

32

The focus for Heartland’s Board and Management in

the financial year ended 30 June 2024 (FY2024) has

been on ensuring we have a solid foundation from

which to achieve our long-term growth ambitions

and deliver enhanced value to customers and

shareholders. These ambitions are to achieve an

underlying net profit after tax (NPAT) of more than

$200 million¹, underlying cost-to-income (CTI) ratio

of less than 35% and underlying return on equity

(ROE) of 12-14% by the end of the financial year

ending 30 June 2028 (FY2028).

Greg Tomlinson

Chair and Non-

Executive Director

YEAR IN REVIEW

4 Subject to Reserve Bank of New Zealand (RBNZ) non-objection.
5 Heartland’s registered charitable trust which is independent from but closely supported by Heartland.

On 23 September 2024, the Board was

pleased to announce the appointment

of Andrew Dixson as CEO of Heartland and

a Non-Independent Non-Executive Director

of Heartland Bank, effective 1 October 2024.⁴

After 15 years with Heartland and its

predecessors, on 8 April 2024, Jeff

Greenslade indicated to the Board his

intention to step down from his role as CEO

of Heartland by the end of this calendar year.

Andrew’s appointment enables a thorough

handover to be completed sooner, allowing

Jeff to retire from his role as CEO and all

Heartland directorships on 30 September

2024.

Andrew, currently Group Chief Financial

Officer, has been with Heartland since 2010.

In this time, he has been involved in all key

parts of Heartland’s evolution, including

the initial merger in 2011, New Zealand bank

registration in 2012 and Heartland’s listing

on both the NZX and ASX. Andrew has

also played a critical role in the execution

of several major strategic acquisitions,

including the acquisition of the Reverse

Mortgage businesses in 2014, StockCo

Australia in 2022 and Challenger Bank

this year.

Andrew joins strong leadership across the

group, which includes Heartland Bank CEO

Leanne Lazarus and Heartland Bank Australia

CEO Michelle Winzer. The Board is confident

in Andrew’s ability to lead Heartland

in the next stage of its journey which will

be focused on capital allocation and an

improved ROE.

Andrew’s appointment reflects the evolution

of the business since Heartland Bank’s

acquisition of Challenger Bank. As the

parent company of two banks, Heartland’s

operations are now focused on group

strategy, investor relations, corporate

finance, capital allocation, and strategic

and risk management oversight of each bank,

with a number of responsibilities having

moved from Heartland to the respective

banks.

As such, the Group Chief Financial Officer

role will not be replaced, and the Deputy

Group CEO role has been disestablished.

Deputy Group CEO Chris Flood will finish with

Heartland on 31 October 2024.

Chris first joined Heartland through

a predecessor entity in 1997 and has held

a number of senior management positions

at Heartland, including as CEO of Heartland

Bank before he was appointed Deputy Group

CEO in August 2022.

On behalf of the Board, I would like to express

our sincere thanks to Chris for his significant

contribution to Heartland and acknowledge

the value he has created for our

shareholders. We wish him all the best in his

next endeavours.

SUSTAINABILITY

The Financial Sector (Climate-related

Disclosures and Other Matters) Amendment

Act 2021 introduced a mandatory reporting

regime for climate-related disclosures in New

Zealand in FY2022, with effect from FY2024.

With oversight from Heartland’s Board

Sustainability Committee (established in

November 2023), Heartland is pleased to have

published its first Climate Report.

Heartland’s environmental strategy is one

part of our three-pillar sustainability

strategy which aims also to make positive

contributions to our communities and enrich

the lives of our people and customers.

We do this in various ways, including through

the products and services we provide to

customers, initiatives available to employees,

and community giving through the Heartland

Trust.⁵

More information about Heartland’s Climate

Report and overall sustainability journey can

be found in ‘

Sustainability’ on page 32.

DIVIDEND

The Board resolved to pay a fully imputed final

dividend of 3.0 cents per share (cps) on Friday

20 September 2024 to all shareholders on

Heartland’s register at 5.00pm NZST on Friday

6 September 2024.

4

Together with the interim dividend, the total

FY2024 dividend was 7.0 cps. This represents

a full year payout ratio of 55% of underlying

NPAT, which takes into consideration the

recent $210 million equity raise, acquisition

of Challenger Bank and associated growth

opportunities.

Having regard to Heartland’s next stage

of growth, the Board expects to target

a total dividend payout ratio of at least 50%

of underlying NPAT in the financial year

ending 30 June 2025 (FY2025). The Board

will, as it has historically, actively manage

dividend settings and carefully consider

the declaration of any dividends based

on Heartland’s capital needs, ROE accretive

growth opportunities, balance sheet

flexibility and financial performance.

OUTLOOK

The year ahead will see a transformation

of the business as Heartland enters the next

phase of its journey.

While the recent capital raise to fund the

Challenger Bank acquisition had an impact

on earnings per share (EPS), it was an

important part of our expansion into Australia

and critical to enhancing the longer-term

value proposition. With an ADI, we can

now more sustainably fund the Australian

businesses through retail deposits rather

than the high cost of wholesale funding

previously relied upon. We're already seeing

this benefit flow through to a reduced cost

of funds. Structural efficiencies as Heartland

Bank Australia continues to establish itself

and bed in new ways of working will increase

operational capacity to do more, as will

a continued investment in digitalisation

and automation.

In New Zealand, Heartland Bank’s

transformation focus for FY2025 is on

simplification through a process of identifying

and managing lending which no longer aligns

to its strategy, alongside a dedicated focus

on margin expansion and implementing

initiatives to help drive cost reduction in years

to come.

All of this is expected to contribute

towards our FY2028 ambitions as a Group.

Under Andrew, Leanne and Michelle’s

leadership, the Board is confident in

Heartland’s ability to execute against its best

or only strategy and deliver enhanced value

to customers and shareholders.

Looking towards the end of FY2025,

as Heartland begins to realise the benefits

from the ADI acquisition in Australia,

contributors to growth across the Group

are expected to include ongoing strong

demographic demand for Reverse Mortgages

in both countries and a turnaround in market

conditions for Australian Livestock Finance.

However, Heartland expects the volatility

experienced in FY2024 to continue in the

markets within which it operates for at

least the remainder of the 2024 calendar

year as rate reductions bed in and the

New Zealand and Australian economies

recover. In Heartland’s view, this creates too

much uncertainty at this stage to provide

an accurate underlying NPAT guidance

range for FY2025. We will revisit our ability to

provide an underlying NPAT guidance range

for FY2025 as the financial year progresses.

On behalf of the Board, I would like

to  acknowledge the ongoing support of our

shareholders. I would also like to thank

Heartland’s Management team and its

people for their continued dedication

and commitment to our customers and

shareholders.

Greg Tomlinson

Chair of the Board

02

01

03

05

04

06

5

YEAR IN REVIEW

TE PŪRONGO A TE KAIWHAKAHAERE MATUA
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER’S REPORT

YEAR IN REVIEW

6

As this is my last Annual Report for Heartland, I would like to start

by first expressing my thanks to Heartland’s shareholders, Board,

Management and employees for their ongoing support. I am proud of all

that we have been able to achieve since Heartland was first established

in 2011, and look forward to seeing what lies ahead for the Group.

Nā te mea ko tēnei taku Pūrongo ā-Tau whakamutunga mō Heartland,

kia tīmata ake au ki te mihi ki ngā kaiwhaipānga, ki te Poari, ki te Tira

Whakahaere, ki ngā kaimahi hoki, mō rātou e tautoko tonu mai ana. E

whakahīhī ana au i te nui o tā tātou i whakatutuki ai nō te whakatūnga

tuatahitanga o Heartland i te tau 2011, ā, e rikarika ana au ki te kite i ngā

āhuatanga kei mua i te aroaro mō te Rōpū.

Jeff Greenslade

CEO

1 Receivables includes Reverse Mortgages.

2 Excludes the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange (FX) rates.

3 CAGR for the five-year period from 1 July 2019 to 30 June 2024, including FX, was 10.4% compared with the median five-year CAGR for the four

major Australian Banks (ANZ, Commonwealth Bank, National Australia Bank and Westpac) of 3.5% based on their most recent respective

reporting periods.

1 Hāunga rā ngā pānga o ngā panonitanga ki te pāpātanga o te whakawhitinga moni nō tāwāhi (FX).

2 E whai wāhi ana ngā Reverse Mortgages ki ngā Receivables.

3 Ko te CAGR mō te rima tau nō te 1 o Hūrae 2019 ki te 30 o Hune 2024, tae atu ki te FX, ko te 10.4% ina whakatauritea ki te tau waenga mō te CAGR

i te rima tau mo ngā pēke matua e whā o Ahitereiria (ko ANZ, ko Commonwealth Bank, ko National Australia Bank, ko Westpac hoki) i 3.5% e

hāngai nei ki ō rātou wā tuku pūrongo nō nā tata nei.

02

01

03

05

04

06

7

In the current economic conditions,

Heartland announced a solid FY2024 result.

Gross finance receivables (Receivables)¹

were up 6.4%² on the financial year ended 30

June 2023 (FY2023) to $7.2 billion in FY2024.

This growth was driven primarily by Reverse

Mortgages which were up 20.2% in New

Zealand and 19.7%² in Australia. In the period

from 1 July 2019 to 30 June 2024, Heartland

achieved a Receivables compound annual

growth rate (CAGR) of 10.4%. This compares

to the median CAGR for the major Australian

banks of 3.5% and continues to demonstrate

the strength of Heartland’s best or only

product strategy.³

Heartland’s FY2024 result was however

impacted by a challenging economic

environment. The rapidly deteriorating

economic conditions in May and June 2024

saw the emergence of additional provisions

primarily in Heartland Bank’s Asset Finance,

Motor Finance and Rural portfolios, and

resulted in a 4.9% shortfall to guidance.

Further information about Heartland’s FY2024

financial performance is set out in ‘

Financial

commentary

’ on page 75.

Despite economic challenges, Heartland

executed on various significant strategic

milestones in FY2024, and is well positioned

for continued growth as the economy

improves.

INTRODUCING HEARTLAND

BANK AUSTRALIA

Arguably the most significant achievement in

FY2024 was the completion of the Challenger

Bank acquisition on 30 April 2024. This was

made possible by continued strong support

by shareholders and investors through a

successful $210 million equity raise in April

2024. The acquisition made Heartland Bank

the first New Zealand registered bank to

acquire an Australian ADI. Importantly, it has

created a pathway for further growth and

product expansion in the Australian market.

Heartland’s progress in Australia is already

ahead of expectations. With an ADI licence

and access to retail deposits, Heartland Bank

Australia can now more sustainably fund its

Reverse Mortgage and Livestock Finance

lending portfolios. Heartland Bank Australia’s

transition from a 100% wholesale funding

base to a retail and wholesale funding mix was

I ngā āhuatanga ōhanga, kua pānuitia e

Heartland ngā huanga autaia i te FY2024. Ko

te 6.4%¹ te pikinga o te tapeke o ngā moni kua

tau mai (Receivables)² i ērā o te tau ahumoni

i mutu i te 30 o Hune 2023 (FY2023) ki te $7.2

piriona i te FY2024. I piki tēnei tipuranga nā runga

i ngā Reverse Mortgages (Mōkete Whakamuri),

i 20.2% te pikinga i Aotearoa, i 19.7%¹ hoki te

pikinga i Ahitereiria.

I waenga i te 1 o Hūrae, 2019, ki te 30 o Hune,

2024, i 10.4% te ekenga o te pāpātanga o ngā

huamoni whakaputu o te tau (CAGR) o ngā

Receivables. Kei te hāngai hoki tēnei ki te CAGR

tau waenga mō ngā pēke matua o Ahitereiria,

arā, te 3.5%, ā, e whakaatu tonu ana tēnei i te

kaha o tā Heartland rautaki o te hanga pai katoa,

o te hanga motuhake rānei.³

Heoi, i whai pānga ki te huanga o te FY2024 o

Heartland āhuatanga o te ōhanga e papatoiake

ana. Nā te tere o te kino haere o ngā āhuatanga

ōhanga o te Mei me te Hune 2024 i 4.9% ai itinga

iho o ētahi atu anō hua o te Asset Finance,

o te Motor Finance, o ngā kōpaki Rural hoki

a Heartland Bank i ērā o ngā kupu ārahi. He

pārongo atu anō mō ngā whakatutukihanga

ā-ahumoni i te FY2024 o Heartland kei te

wāhanga o ‘

He kōrero ahumoni’, kei te whārangi

75.

Ahakoa ngā wero ā-ōhanga, i whakatutuki

a Heartland i ētahi pae tāpua e whānui ana

i te FY2024, me te aha, e tau ana te noho a

Heartland kia tipu tonu i te piki haere tonutanga

o te ōhanga.

TE WHAKATAKINGA O

HEARTLAND BANK KI

AHITEREIRIA

Ka tohea pea tēnei, engari ko te angitutanga

tāpua katoa i te FY2024, ko te tatūtanga o te

hokonga o Challenger Bank i te 30 o Āpereira

2024. I tutuki tēnei i te kaha o te tautoko tonu

a ngā kaiwhaipānga me ngā kaihaumi mā roto

mai i te tika o te kohinga o te $210 miriona o te

tūtanga moni i te Āpereira 2024. Nā runga i te

hokonga, i tū mai ai a Heartland Bank hei pēke

tuatahi kua rēhitatia i Aotearoa ki te hoko i tētahi

ADI nō Ahitereira. Ko te mea whakahirahira kē, nā

tēnei, kua takoto te ara e tipu tonu ai, e whānui

tonu ai hoki ō tātou hua i te mākete o Ahitereiria.

Ko tō Heartland kaunekenga i Ahitereiria, kua

eke kē ki tua o ngā matapaenga. Mā roto mai i

te raihana ADI me te arawātea ki ngā monikuhu

i te ao o te kaihoko, e toitū ake ana te utunga o

ngā kōpaki moni taurewa o te Reverse Mortgage

8
accelerated in FY2024 by Challenger Bank’s

pre-completion deposit raising programme.

From 1 January 2024 to 30 June 2024, the ADI

achieved deposit growth of A$1,147 million at

a weighted average rate of 4.85%. This was

2.03% lower than Heartland Australia’s⁴ cost

of funds across the same period.

Since completion, Heartland Bank Australia

has been originating and funding all lending

through deposits on its own balance sheet

while its wholesale funding facilities continue

to repay. The funding mix is expected to be

predominantly retail deposits (circa 90%) by

the end of FY2025.

Heartland Bank Australia is now the only

ADI to offer both reverse mortgages and

specialist livestock finance (which it

continues to provide under the StockCo

Australia brand). Read more about Heartland

Bank Australia, including its Management

team and growth aspirations, in ‘

Introducing

Heartland Bank Australia

’ on page 14.

ACCELERATING THE

DIGITALISATION PROGRAMME

The upgrade of Heartland Bank’s core

banking system was a significant programme

of work and investment completed over

several years. The upgrade was completed

in November 2023 and positions the New

Zealand bank for increased scalability in

the future by enabling greater levels of

digitalisation and automation not possible

in the previous version of the system. This is

expected to contribute towards Heartland’s

ambition of an underlying CTI ratio of less

than 35% by the end of FY2028.

Since completion of the upgrade, Heartland

Bank has accelerated its digitalisation

programme and expects to see the impact

of this activity through FY2025. As part of

this, several features have been released

to the Heartland Mobile App, including

functionality to increase login security

and risk detection, and features to enable

increased customer self-service for many

of the reasons for customer inbound calls.

Digitalisation combined with employee

training and customer awareness campaigns

to increase adoption contributed to a 6%

reduction in Retail calls and a 9% reduction in

Customer Service calls in FY2024 compared

with FY2023.

4 Comprising Heartland Australia Holdings Pty Ltd and its subsidiaries.

5 The ratios and growth rates provided for the financial metrics underlying the FY2028 ambitions are not targets. They represent an indication

of how the financial metrics may work in combination to achieve the FY2028 underlying NPAT and ROE ambitions. The FY2028 ambitions and

underlying key metrics assumes current growth in Receivables being maintained and no material deterioration in the economic environment.

6 NSAs do not reflect a structural change to Heartland’s operations.

7 Excluding provisions.

4 E whai wāhi nei a Heartland Australia Holdings Pty Ltd me ana pakihi e hāngai ana.

5 Ehara ngā ōwehenga me ngā pāpātanga tipu e tukua ana mō ngā pūnaha arotake ahumoni kāore anō kia whai hua mō te FY2028 i te whāinga. E

tohu kē ana i te āhua tērā pea ka puta i te hanumitanga kia ea ai ngā wawata o te NPAT me te ROE kāore anō kia whai hua o te FY2028. E matapae

ana ngā wawata me ngā arotakenga matua o te FY2028 i te tipuranga tonutanga i ngā Receivables, i te korenga hoki o te hekenga o te uara o

ngā rawa i tēnei horopaki o te ōhanga.

6 Kāore ngā NSA i te hāngai ki ngā panonitanga ki te anga o ngā whakahaere i Heartland.

02

01

03

05

04

06

9

Read more about Heartland Bank’s

digitalisation programme in ‘

Accelerating

digitalisation

’ on page 17.

PATHWAY TO FY2028 AMBITIONS⁵

As affirmed by the Chair, Heartland remains

committed to its FY2028 growth ambitions.

These are to achieve an underlying NPAT of

more than $200 million, underlying CTI ratio of

less than 35% and underlying ROE of 12-14%

by the end of FY2028.

Heartland’s pathway to achieving these

FY2028 ambitions is driven by:

• modest Receivables growth (CAGR above

10% p.a.)

• net interest margin (NIM) expansion

(underlying NIM above 4%)

• cost savings from automation (underlying

CTI ratio below 35%)

• an improvement in impairments

(underlying impairment expense ratio

below 0.30%).

Alongside an ongoing commitment to its

best or only product strategy, the strategic

milestones achieved by Heartland in FY2024

strengthen the foundation required to meet

these ambitions.

NON-STRATEGIC ASSETS

The ADI acquisition presented an opportunity

to reassess the capital allocation across

the Group. Heartland Bank has a pool of

assets it has accumulated through to its

current state of maturity that are no longer

a strategic fit for the organisation. These

Non-Strategic Assets (NSAs) earn little or no

income or are returning less than Heartland

Bank’s cost of capital.⁶ As at 30 June 2024,

this included equity investments of $13.5

million, investment properties of $3.7 million,

property of $12.6 million, Business lending

Receivables of $74.4 million⁷ and Rural lending

Receivables of $113.7 million⁷.

NSAs will be managed and reported

separately in FY2025 to provide greater

transparency and enable more focused

resolution strategies to be adopted. This will

allow underlying capital to be redeployed to

support Heartland Bank’s growth ambitions

and contribute to the delivery of greater

YEAR IN REVIEW

me te Livestock Finance. Ko te whakawhitinga

o Heartland Bank ki Ahitereiria te tūāpapa o te

pūtea e ahu mai ana te 100% i ngā kaihokorau, ki

ērā e ahu mai ana i te kaihoko me te kaihokorau

whakamutunga, ka mutu, i whakaterehia tērā i

te FY2024 nā runga i te hōtaka e kohikohi ana i te

tāpaetanga utu i mua i te whakatutukihanga o

te hokonga o Challenger Bank. Nō te 1 o Hānuere

2024 ki te 30 o Hune 2024, i eke te tipuranga o

ngā monikuhu a te ADI ki te A$1,147 miriona, ka

mutu, i 4.85% te toharite kua whakaāwhatatia.

E 2.03% te iti iho o tēnei i tērā o ngā utu ki a

Heartland ki Ahitereiria⁴ i taua wā tonu rā.

Nō tōna whakatutukihanga, kua tīmata mai,

kua utu hoki a Heartland Bank ki Ahitereiria i

ngā moni taurewa katoa ki ngā tāpaetanga utu

kei ana ripanga kaute, i tana taha hokorau e

whakaea tonu ana i te utu. E matapaetia ana ka

ahu mai te nuinga o tēnei hanumitanga pūtea i

ngā monikuhu (ko tōna 90%) hei te mutunga o

te FY2025.

I tēnei wā, ko Heartland Bank ki Ahitereira

anake te pēke e tuku ADi ana mō ngā Reverse

Mortgages me te Specialist Livestock Finance

(e rere tonu ana i raro i te tapanga o StockCo

Australia). Pānuitia he pārongo anō mō

Heartland Bank ki Ahitereiria, tae atu ki tōna tira

Whakahaere, ki ōna wawata whakatipu, ki ‘

Te

Whakatakinga o Heartland ki Ahitereiria

’ kei te

whārangi 14.

TE KŌKIRITANGA O TE HŌTAKA

WHAKAMATIHIKO

Ko te whakahoutanga o tā Heartland Bank

pūnaha mahi pēke matua tētahi hōtaka mahi

tāpua, tētahi haumitanga tāpua hoki i tutuki

i roto i ētahi tau. I tutuki te whakahoutanga i

te Noema 2023, ā, nā konā kua rite te pēke o

Aotearoa kia whakawhānuitia ā tōna wā mā roto

mai i te whakarahinga o te whakamatihikotanga

me te whakaaunoatanga, kāore i taea i ngā kātū

o mua o te pūnaha. E matapaetia ana ka hāpai

tēnei i te whāinga a Heartland kia iti iho tana

ōwehenga o te CTI kāore anō kia whai hua o te

35% i te mutunga o te FY2028.

Nō te whakatutukihanga o te whakahoutanga,

kua whakaterehia e Heartland Bank tana hōtaka

whakamatihiko, ka mutu, e matapaetia ana

ka kite i te pānga o aua mahi ā te FY2025. Hei

wāhanga mō tēnei, kua rewa ētahi āhuatanga

ki te Heartland Bank Mobile App, tae atu ki

ētahi hanga e piki ai te whakamarutanga i

te takiuru me te kite atu i ngā tūraru, e piki

ai hoki tā te kiritaki āwhina i a ia anō hei

whakaheke i te nui o tana waea mai. Mā roto

mai i te whakamatihikotanga, i te whakangungu

i ngā kaimahi, me te rautaki kia piki ai tā te

kiritaki whakamahi, kua 6% te hekenga o ngā

waeatanga mai ki te Ratonga Kiritaki (Customer

Service) i te FY2024 ina whakatauritea ki te

FY2023.

Pānuitia he pārongo anō mō te hōtaka

whakamatihiko a Heartland Bank ki ‘

Te

kōkiritanga o te whakamatihikotanga

’ kei te

whārangi 17.

TE ARA KI NGĀ WAWATA O TE

FY2028⁵

Pērā i tā te Kaiwhakahaere Matua i whakaū ai, e ū

tonu ana a Heartland ki ōna wawata o te tipu mō

te FY2028. Ko aua wawata, ko te eke ki te NPAT

kāore anō kia whai hua e neke atu ana i te $200

miriona, ko te heke o te ōwehenga CTI kāore anō

kia whai hua e iti iho ai i te 35%, ko te eke hoki o

te ROE kāore anō kia whai hua ki te 12-14% i mua i

te mutunga o te FY2028.

E kōkiritia ana tēnei ara o tā Heartland

whakatutuki i ēnei wawata FY2028 mā roto mai

i te:

• te paku tipuranga o ngā Receivables (te

CAGR e nui ake ana i te 10% i ia tau)

• te whakawhānuitanga o te paenga o te

huamoni (NIM) (te NIM kāore anō kia whai hua

e nui ake ana i te 4%)

• te whakaheke i ngā utu mā roto mai i te

whakaaunoatanga (te ōwehenga CTI kāore

anō kia whai hua kei raro iho i te 35%)

• te whakapikinga o te uara o ngā rawa (te

ōwehenga o te hekenga o te uara o ngā rawa

kāore anō kia whai hua e iti iho ana i te 0.30%).

I te taha o tana ū ki te rautaki o te hanga pai

katoa, o te hanga motuhake rānei, kei te

whakapakari ngā pae kua tutuki i a Heartland

i te FY2024 i te tūāpapa e tika ana e ea ai aua

wawata.


NGĀ RAWA KĀORE I TE HĀNGAI KI

TE RAUTAKI

Nā te hokonga o te ADI i kitea ai tētahi arawātea

ki te arotake anō i te tukunga o ngā rawa puta

noa i te Rōpū. He puna rawa kei a Heartland Bank

kua kohia mā roto mai i te tipuranga aunoa kāore

nei i te hāngai ki te rautaki o te whakahaere.

Ko ngā Rawa kāore nei i te Hāngai ki te Rautaki

(NSAs), e iti ana rānei te moniwhiwhi, kāore

rānei he moniwhiwhi o roto, e iti iho ana rānei te

moniwhiwhi e puta ana i te utu o te pūrawa ki a

10
shareholder return. The intention is to

rationalise these assets over a responsible

period of time.

LOOKING FORWARD

The long-term outlook for Heartland is

positive. As we realise the benefit of the ADI

acquisition and accelerate the digitalisation

programme, additional contributors to growth

in FY2025 are expected to include strong

demographic demand for Reverse Mortgages

in both countries and a turnaround in

conditions for Australian Livestock Finance.

As Heartland Bank Australia establishes itself

in the market, its focus is on maintaining

discipline against our best or only product

strategy. Through its simplified product

offering of Reverse Mortgages and Livestock

Finance, the Australian ADI is well positioned

for growth beyond FY2025. Portfolio growth is

expected to be coupled with improvements in

underlying NIM through a combination of cost

efficiencies and the conversion of Heartland

Bank Australia’s funding base from its historic

100% wholesale to a predominantly retail

funding base.

The focus in New Zealand is on simplification,

including through the rationalisation of

NSAs as described above. As Heartland

Bank focuses on simplification, it remains

cautious around growth expectations

within Motor Finance and Asset Finance

given the economic conditions and recent

deterioration in credit quality. Overall growth

in core lending is expected to be coupled with

stabilisation of impairments over the period

and underlying NIM expansion.

A key theme for both countries in the

year ahead is cost efficiencies through

digitalisation. Our CTI ratio is increasingly a

key point of differentiation for Heartland. Our

best or only product strategy has enabled

us to make great strides as a small trans-

Tasman banking group. Now, moving forward,

we need to extend that strategy to our CTI

ratio. To become the lowest cost provider

of everything we do. This will be achieved

through digitalisation and is fundamentally

about changing the way we do stuff. This will

have an enduring benefit for the future and

ensure Heartland can continue to deliver

value for customers and shareholders.

02

01

03

05

04

06

11

THANK YOU

In my time at Heartland, I am pleased to have

seen Receivables grow from $1.7 billion at 30

June 2011 to $7.2 billion at 30 June 2024. In the

same period, Heartland’s NPAT has increased

from $7.1 million to $74.5 million (or $102.7

million on an underlying basis).

Reflecting on the past 15 years, there is

plenty to be proud of. Highlights for me have

included our digitalisation progress (ka

whawhai tonu m

ātou, a struggle without

end), our Manawa Ako internship programme

for Māori and Pasifika rangatahi (youth) and

gaining an ADI licence in Australia through the

acquisition of Challenger Bank. I reflect on

these highlights and more on page 30.

While further volatility is expected through

at least the remainder of the 2024 calendar

year as rate reductions bed in and the New

Zealand and Australian economies recover,

Heartland has set a strong foundation to

support its next phase of growth. With

Andrew, Leanne and Michelle’s leadership,

and the support of their Management

teams, I am confident that Heartland is

well positioned to capitalise on the various

opportunities available ahead.

Ngā mihi nui,

Jeff Greenslade

Chief Executive Officer

YEAR IN REVIEW

Heartland.⁶ Nō te 30 o Hune 2024, i whai wāhi ki

tēnei te tūtanga haumi o te $13.5 miriona, ngā

papanoho haumi o te $3.7 miriona, te papanoho

o te $12.6 miriona, ngā Receivables o ngā moni

taurewa Pakihi o te $74.4 miriona⁷ me ngā

Receivables o ngā moni taurewa Tuawhenua o

te $113.7 miriona⁷.

Ka wehewehe te whakahaerehia, te pūrongotia

o ngā NSA ā te FY2025 e mārakerake ai te kitea,

e kaha ake ai hoki te arohia o ngā rautaki me

whai. Mā tēnei e tukua ai anō ngā pūrawa hei

tautoko i ngā wawata o te tipuranga o Heartland

Bank, hei hāpai hoki i te whakatinanatanga o ngā

moniwhiwhi ki ngā kaiwhaipānga. Ko te whāinga

kia whakahāngai haere i aua rawa i roto i tētahi

wā e tika ana.

TE ANGA WHAKAMUA

E ngākaupai ana te tirohanga tūroa mō

Heartland. I a tātou e kitekite nei i ngā hua o te

hokonga o te ADI me te kōkiritanga o te hōtaka

whakamatihiko, tērā ētahi atu āpitihanga ka

hāpai i te tipuranga i te FY2025, pēnei i te hiahia

o ētahi hangapori ki ngā Reverse Mortgages i

ngā whenua e rua, me te huri kōarotanga o ngā

āhuatanga o te Livestock Finance mō Ahitereiria.

I a Heartland Bank ki Australia e whakaū ana

i a ia anō ki te mākete, ko tana arotahi, ko te

uhupoho ki tā tātou rautaki o te hanga pai katoa,

o te hanga motuhake rānei. Mā roto mai i te

whakamāmātanga o tana tuku i ngā Reverse

Mortgages me te Livestock Finance, e tau ana

te noho o te ADI o Ahitereiria kia tipu tonu ki tua

noa atu i te FY2024. E matapaetia ana ka tipu ngā

kōpaki i te taha o te whakapakaritanga o te NIM

kāore anō kia whai hua mā te whakamāmātanga

o ngā nama me te whakawhitinga o Heartland

Bank ki Ahitereiria i tana puna moni e ahu mai

ana te 100% i ngā mahi hokorau, pēnei i tana

mahi o mua, ki te nuinga ka ahu mai i ngā mahi

kaihoko.

Ko te whakamāmātanga te arotahi i Aotearoa,

tae atu ki te whakahāngaitanga o ngā NSA

i whakamāramatia ai i runga. I a Heartland e

arotahi ana ki te whakamāmātanga, e mataara

tonu ana ia ki ngā kawatau o te tipuranga i te

Motor Finance me te Asset Finance nā runga

i ngā āhuatanga ōhanga me te hekenga o te

kounga o ngā mohi taurewa. E matapaetia

ana ka tipu tonu ngā āhuatanga whānui o

te tuku moni taurewa me te whakataunga

o ngā whakapōreareatanga i roto i te

whakawhānuitanga o te NIM kāore anō kia whai

hua.

Ko tētahi āhuatanga tāpua i ngā whenua e rua i

te tau kei mua i te aroaro, ko te whakahekenga o

ngā nama mā roto mai i te whakamatihikotanga.

E piki haere ana te āhuatanga o te CTI hei

whakamotuhake i a Heartland. Nā te rautaki o te

hanga pai katoa, o te hanga motuhake rānei, kua

nui te kokenga hei tira pēke puta noa i Te Tai-o-

Rehua. Ināianei, i a tātou e titiro whakamua ana,

me whakawhānui i taua rautaki ki te ōwehenga

o te CTI. Kia noho ko ā tātou utu ngā mea iti

katoa i ā tātou mahi katoa. Ka ea tēnei, mā te

whakamatihikotanga, mā te whakarerekē hoki

i ngā āhuatanga katoa o ā tātou mahi. Ka tūroa

ngā hua ā haere ake nei, ka pūmau tonu hoki tā

Heartland whakarite hanga e pai ana te uara ki

ngā kiritaki me ngā kaiwhaipānga.

HE MIHI

I a au i Heartland, e matakuikui ana te ngākau i

te kitenga o ngā Receivables e tipu ana i te $1.7

piriona i te 30 o Hune 2011 ki te $7.2 piriona i te 30

o Hune 2024. I taua wā tonu rā, kua piki te NPAT

i Heartland i te $7.1 miriona ki te $74.5 miriona (ki

te $102.7 miriona rānei kāore anō kia whai hua).

I taku huritao ki ngā tau 15 kua hori, e nui

ana ngā take kia whakahīhī te tangata. Ko

ētahi o ngā tino ki a au, ko te kokenga o te

whakamatihikotanga (ka whawhai tonu mātou),

o Manawa Ako, arā tā tātou hōtaka kaimahi

pīrere (internship) mā ngā rangatahi Māori me

ngā rangatahi Pasifika, o te rironga hoki o te

raihana ADI i Ahitereira mā roto mai i te hokonga

o Challenger Bank. Ka huritao au ki ēnei tino, me

ētahi atu āhuatanga ki te whārangi 30.

Ahakoa e matapaetia ana ka tītokitoki tonu

ētahi āhuatanga mō te roanga ake o te tau

2024, mō kō atu rānei, i te taunga o te hekenga

o ngā pāpātanga, me te whakahaumanutanga

o te ōhanga o Aotearoa me Ahitereiria, e pakari

ana te tūāpapa o Heartland ki te hāpai i ngā

āhuatanga o te whakatipuranga kei mua i te

aroaro. Nā runga i te ārahi a Andrew rātou ko

Leanne, ko Michelle, me te tautoko a ō rātou tira

Whakahaere, e nui ana taku whakapono ki te tau

o te noho a Heartland ki te whai i ngā arawātea

maha kei mua i a tātou

Ngā mihi nui, nā


Jeff Greenslade

Te Kaiwhakahaere Matua

7 Hāunga rā ngā penapenatanga moni.

Note: Financial results are presented on a reported and underlying basis. Reported results are prepared in accordance with NZ GAAP and include
the impacts of positive and negative one-offs, which can make it difficult to compare performance. Underlying results (which are non-GAAP financial

information) exclude the impact of the de-designation of derivatives, the fair value changes on equity investments held, the Australian Bank Programme

costs, an increase in provisions for a subset of legacy lending, the Challenger Bank NPAT, and any other impacts of one-offs. Adjusted NPAT for FY2024

before excluding the increase in provisions for a subset of legacy lending and the Challenger Bank NPAT was $87.9 million. The use of underlying results

is intended to allow for easier comparability between periods and is used internally by Management for this purpose. A detailed reconciliation between

reported and underlying financial information, including details about FY2024 and FY2023 one-offs, is set out in Heartland’s FY2024 full year results investor

presentation available at heartlandgroup.info. General information about the use of non-GAAP financial measures is also available in that presentation.

NGĀ HUA WHĀNUI O TE FY2024

FY2024 RESULTS AT A GLANCE

YEAR IN REVIEW

12

NET PROFIT AFTER TAX

$

74.5m

$

95.9m

95.1

FY22

47.5

47.6

47.1

49.0

95.9

FY23

48.7

47.2

54.7

55.5

74.5

102.7

110.2

96.1

87.9

76.9

FY24

37.6

36.9

52.7

50.0

72.0

FY20

39.9

32.1

38.2

38.7

87.0

FY21

44.1

42.9

43.3

44.6

GROSS FINANCE RECEIVABLES¹

Underlying NPAT $102.7mFY23 underlying NPAT $110.2m

FY24FY23

$

7. 2 b

$

6.8 b

Five-year

CAGR

2


10.4%

FY20

4.6

FY21

5.0

FY23

6.8

FY24

7.2

6.2

FY22

FY24FY23

13

1 Excludes the impact of changes in FX rates.

2 Compound annual growth rate (CAGR) for the five-year period from 1 July 2019 to 30 June 2024, including FX.

EARNINGS

PER SHARE

14.0

cps

9.8

cps

Underlying EPS 13.5cps

Underlying EPS 16.0cps

FY23

FY24

RETURN ON

EQUITY

10.4

%

6.6

%

Underlying ROE 9.8%

Underlying ROE 11.9%

FY23

FY24

NET INTEREST

MARGIN

3.97

%

3.39

%

Underlying NIM 3.64%

Underlying NIM 4.00%

FY23

FY24

11.5

cps

7. 0

cps

TOTAL DIVIDEND

FOR THE YEAR

FY23

FY24

44.9

%

48.0

%

Underlying CTI ratio 41.9%

Underlying CTI ratio 42.0%

COST-TO-INCOME

RATIO

FY23

FY24

10.1

%

6.4

%

GROSS FINANCE

RECEIVABLES GROWTH

1

FY23

FY24

02

01

03

05

04

06

H2H2H1H1

ReportedUnderlying

02
01

03

05

04

06

15

Already well-established in Australia,

Heartland’s Australian portfolio collectively

had approximately $2 billion¹ of Receivables

at 30 June 2024. Heartland Bank Australia is

now the only specialist ADI provider of both

reverse mortgages and livestock finance.

HEAD-START TO FUNDING

Prior to the acquisition, Heartland’s Australian

businesses relied on costly wholesale

funding. With an ADI licence and access

to retail deposits, the bank can now more

sustainably fund its existing lending products

and expand its offering in the Australian

market. And it’s already ahead of Heartland’s

expectations.

A pre-completion deposit raising programme

by Challenger Bank achieved retail deposit

growth of A$1,147 million between 1 January

and 30 June 2024. This enabled the full

repayment of a CBA reverse mortgage

funding facility prior to completion of

the acquisition and is having a positive

effect on Heartland Bank Australia’s cost

of funds. In the six months to 30 June

2024, the ADI achieved deposit growth at

a weighted average rate of 4.85%, 2.03%

lower than Heartland Australia’s (comprising

Heartland Australia Holdings Pty Ltd and its

subsidiaries) cost of funds across the same

period.

Since completion, Heartland Bank Australia has

been originating and funding all lending through

deposits on its own balance sheet while its

wholesale facilities continue to repay. This

included the repayment of Heartland Australia’s

A$75 million Medium-Term Note on 9 July 2024.

The bank is now well underway with its

transition from a 100% wholesale funding

base to a retail and wholesale funding mix. The

funding mix is expected to be about 90% retail

funding by the end of FY2025.

To further diversify and strengthen its capital

base, in June 2024, Heartland Bank Australia

successfully completed an inaugural A$50

million Tier 2 Subordinated Note transaction.

The transaction received strong support from

a broad range of institutional investors, with

demand nearly three times oversubscribed.

Proceeds from the Subordinated Notes

are intended to support future growth

opportunities for the existing Australian lending

portfolios.

All of this leaves Heartland Bank Australia

well capitalised, profitable and with strong

access to retail deposits to fund its growth

expectations.

AN EXPERIENCED BOARD

On 30 April 2024, Heartland Bank Australia

appointed a diverse, highly qualified and

experienced Board to enable the successful

delivery of its best or only product strategy. The

Board is led by Geoff Summerhayes. A Director

of Heartland since 2021, on 30 April 2024,

Geoff resigned from the Heartland Board and

was appointed Chair and Independent Non-

Executive Director of Heartland Bank Australia.

He is joined by Independent Non-Executive

Directors Shane Buggle, Lyn McGrath (who

was a Director of Challenger Bank prior to

Heartland’s acquisition), Vivienne Yu and Bruce

Irvine (who is also Chair and Independent Non-

Executive Director of Heartland Bank in New

Ze a l a n d). Leanne Lazarus and Jeff Greenslade

were also appointed Non-Independent Non-

Executive Directors.²

See full biographies at heartlandbank.com.

au/board-of-directors

6.89%

4.85%

54%

46%

~90%

10%

Wholesale

Cost of funds

1 Jan 2024 to 30 Jun 2024Funding mix

Deposits

2.03%

40%

Jun 24Jun 25

expectation

DepositsWholesale

1 Excluding the impact of changes in FX rates.

2 On 30 September 2024, Jeff Greenslade retired as a Director of Heartland Bank Australia.

Te Whakatakinga

o Heartland Bank

ki Ahitereiria

Introducing

Heartland Bank

Australia

The acquisition of Challenger Bank on 30 April 2024 marked

a critical milestone in Heartland’s strategy for expansion in

Australia. The ADI has since been rebranded to Heartland Bank

Australia, bringing together Challenger Bank, Heartland Finance

(Heartland’s Australian Reverse Mortgage brand) and StockCo

Australia (Heartland’s Australian Livestock Finance brand).

YEAR IN REVIEW
16

Heartland Bank made considerable progress in FY2024 to remove friction

for customers through digitalisation, while creating the opportunity for

scale and increased efficiency. In particular, the upgrade of Heartland

Bank’s core banking system in New Zealand enabled the acceleration

of Heartland’s digitalisation programme – the benefits of which are

expected to contribute towards achieving Heartland’s ambition of an

underlying CTI ratio of less than 35% by the end of FY2028.

A STRONG LEADERSHIP TEAM

Since acquisition completion, a core area

of focus has been on bringing together the

cultures of the three businesses as Heartland

Bank Australia continues to establish itself

in the Australian market. In May 2024, the

Challenger Bank and Heartland Finance teams

came together in a new Melbourne office,

becoming the main hub for the business.

Sydney employees also relocated to a new

office, while StockCo Australia employees

mostly remain in Brisbane.

On 22 July 2024, after supporting the

successful acquisition completion and aiding

the transition of the Australian businesses,

Chris Flood moved from Acting CEO of

Heartland Bank Australia back to his role as

Deputy Group CEO of Heartland.³ On this date,

Heartland welcomed Michelle Winzer as CEO

of Heartland Bank Australia.

Michelle’s initial focus has been setting the

structure of the business, appointing key

roles to join the executive team and creating

the appropriate operating rhythm.

On 1 July 2024, Vaughan Dixon was appointed

Chief Technology & Operations Officer.

Vaughan leads Heartland Bank Australia’s

technology and operations teams, combined

under a new structure to deliver synergy

across both critical functions. In August

2024, Medina Cicak was appointed Chief

Commercial Officer to lead a newly created

Commercial business unit, comprising the

Retail, Reverse Mortgage and Livestock

Finance teams. Medina’s focus is on

creating and maintaining synergy across the

distribution teams with a targeted approach

to growth.

These new appointments complement

the highly experienced executive team,

comprising David Brown, Chief Risk

Officer, Richard Collier, Chief Financial

Officer, Sharon Yardley, Chief Compliance

& Sustainability Officer and Sarah

Burgemeister, General Counsel.

See full biographies at heartlandbank.com.

au/management-team

LOOKING AHEAD

Heartland Bank Australia’s focus as a

specialist digital bank is on delivering banking

products which are the best or only of their

kind to underserved areas of the market

in which it has expertise – such as reverse

mortgages for older Australians and finance

options for livestock producers.

As it aims to become the lowest cost provider

in the areas it operates, Heartland Bank

Australia will remain focused on margin

expansion and cost reduction through its

funding mix transition and commitment to

digitalisation.

Through the ongoing integration of business

systems and practices post-acquisition,

Heartland Bank Australia will continue to

identify opportunities to improve operational

efficiencies and digitalise processes,

reducing friction for customers and

contributing to a reduced CTI ratio over time.

Growth in FY2025 is expected to be driven by

ongoing demographic demand for Australian

Reverse Mortgages, and a turnaround in

conditions for Australian Livestock Finance

as market confidence in the sector returns,

supported by the execution of product

development initiatives and distribution

network expansion.

Heartland Bank Australia is well capitalised,

profitable and has good access to

retail deposits to fund its future growth

aspirations. With strong leadership in place,

local expertise and learned experience from

Heartland Bank in New Zealand, Heartland is

confident in what lies ahead for its Australian

bank.

Te kōkiritanga o te

whakamatihikotanga

Accelerating

digitalisation

3 As announced on 23 September 2024, Chris Flood will finish with Heartland on 31 October 2024.

YEAR IN REVIEW
18

A PLATFORM FOR FUTURE

GROWTH AND STABILITY

In November 2023, Heartland Bank

successfully upgraded its core banking

system. The upgrade was a significant

programme of work and investment which

began in the financial year ended 30 June

2021 (FY2021).

The multi-year programme included a

replacement of Heartland Bank’s internet

banking platform to deliver improved

functionality, stability and easier integration

with supporting systems and third-party

platforms. This has increased Heartland

Bank’s opportunity for future innovation and

improved efficiencies.

With cyber threats and events on the rise

globally, data security is critical and was a

key part of this change programme. The new

internet banking platform now provides a

foundation for further customer security

feature enhancements into the future.

ACCELERATING THE

DIGITALISATION PROGRAMME

Since the core banking system upgrade,

Heartland Bank has accelerated its

digitalisation programme of work. Several

features have since been released to

Heartland Bank’s digital platforms (the

Heartland Mobile App and Heartland Digital).

These were focused on enabling increased

customer self-service for many of the

reasons for customer inbound calls, and

further enhancing customer security.

New features released since the upgrade

provide customers with the ability to:

• log in with multi-factor authentication for

improved security when prompted

• reset their own password directly from the

app or Heartland Digital

• view the interest rates for their savings

accounts

• cancel future dated payments

• request loan overpayments be either

refunded or applied to their loan

• generate and download settlement quotes

for Motor Finance loans

• process transactions on multiple signatory

accounts.

In addition, customer letters and statements

are now available online (from the Heartland

Mobile App and Heartland Digital) as the

primary method of distribution – this is

expected to deliver substantial cost benefit

through the reduction of postage.

The impact of Heartland’s increased

digitalisation and automation activity is

expected to be realised through FY2025.

Already, digitalisation combined with

employee training and customer awareness

campaigns to increase adoption contributed

to a 6% reduction in Retail calls and a 9%

reduction in customer service calls in FY2024

compared with FY2023.

LOOKING FORWARD

Ongoing digitalisation and automation

efficiencies are critical to Heartland Bank’s

ability to achieve its FY2028 underlying CTI

ratio ambition. In FY2025, cost savings are

expected to be delivered by aiming to uplift

mobile app customer usage to 60% and

reducing basic inbound customer service

calls by 35%. To support this ambition,

Heartland is working to digitalise over 50%

of its basic banking functions, enabling

customers to self-serve through online

channels, and automate 35% of collections

and operations processes. Eligible customers

will also have the flexibility to self-manage

certain Motor Finance loan repayments from

October 2024.

Through digitalisation and changing the

way it does things, Heartland Bank intends

to become the lowest cost provider in the

areas in which it operates. Ultimately, this is

intended to increase Heartland Bank’s ability

to provide competitive banking products,

grow at scale and deliver enhanced value for

customers and Heartland’s shareholders.

02 WHO WE ARE

21
TĀ MĀTOU PAKIHI

OUR BUSINESS

WHO WE ARE

20

OUR PEOPLE

FemaleMale

Gender

diverse

0

%

49

%

51

%

New Zealand

13

Australia

3

16 locations

Employees

New ZealandAustralia

513

100

$

5.9b

Retail deposits

NZ Banking

$

4.4bAU Banking

$

1.6b

$

1.4b

Wholesale facilities

NZ Banking

$

0.5bAU Banking

$

0.9b

$

0.7b

Bonds and notes

NZ Banking

$

0.2b

AU Banking

$

0.5b

OUR FUNDING & CAPITAL

613

Customers

12.3

%


13,000+

Shareholders

2 All lending portfolio figures exclude FX impact.

1 The number of customers across the Group increased by 12.3% from 30 June 2023 to 30 June 2024. Customer numbers as at 30 June 2023

included Challenger Bank Deposit customers prior to Heartland Bank’s acquisition.

Rural

$

272.0m

Livestock Finance

$272.0m

Personal Lending

$25.4m

Household

$

3.0b

Reverse

Mortgages

$1.1b

Online

Home Loans

$317.6m

Motor

Finance

$1.6b

Household

$

1.9b

Reverse Mortgages

$1.8b

Home Loans

$57.2m

NZ Banking

$

5.1b

Total Receivables

$

7.2b

AU Banking

$

2.1b

OUR LENDING²

Business

$

1.3b

Asset

Finance

$737.0m

Wholesale

Lending

$220.9m

O4B

$86.7m

Business

Relationship

$284.4m

Rural

$

709.7m

Rural

Relationship

$417.5m

Livestock

Finance

$197.7m

Rural

Direct

$94.5m

616

100

14.40%

246

50

20.03%

NZ Banking

(NZ$m)

AU Banking

(AU$m)

CET1

Tier 2

The banking group is well capitalised and has strong access to retail deposits to fund future

growth expectations.

¹

23
1 On 30 September 2024, Jeff Greenslade retired from his role as Heartland CEO and as a Director of Heartland.

2 Appointed Chair 27 June 2024, following the retirement of Ellie Comerford on 26 June 2024.

TE POARI O HEARTLAND GROUP

HEARTLAND GROUP BOARD

WHO WE ARE

22

Greg Tomlinson

Chair and Non-Independent

Non-Executive Director

Appointed 31 October 2018

Committee memberships:

- Heartland Audit and Risk Committee

Jeff Greenslade¹

CEO and Executive Director

Appointed 19 July 2018

Kate Mitchell

Independent Non-Executive Director

Appointed 28 October 2021

Committee memberships:

- Heartland Sustainability Committee (Chair)

- Heartland Audit and Risk Committee

John Harvey

Independent Non-Executive Director

Appointed 30 April 2024

Committee memberships:

- Heartland Audit and Risk Committee (Chair)²

As at the date of this Annual Report. For full profiles, visit heartlandgroup.info

Rob Bell

Independent Non-Executive Director

Appointed 27 June 2024

Simon Beckett

Independent Non-Executive Director

Appointed 27 June 2024

25
1 The Heartland Bank People & Culture and Remuneration Committee was established on 1 July 2024.

2 On 30 September 2024, Jeff Greenslade retired from his role as a Director of Heartland Bank. With effect from 1 October 2024, Andrew Dixson

will be appointed a Non-Independent Non-Executive Director of Heartland Bank, subject to RBNZ non-objection.3 Appointed Chair 30 April 2024.

TE POARI O HEARTLAND BANK (KI AOTEAROA)

HEARTLAND BANK (NEW ZEALAND) BOARD

WHO WE ARE

24

Bruce Irvine

Chair and Independent Non-Executive Director

Appointed 31 December 2015

Committee memberships:

- Heartland Bank People & Culture and

Remuneration Committee (Chair)¹

- Heartland Bank Audit Committee

Jeff Greenslade²

Non-Independent Non-Executive Director

Appointed 31 December 2015

John Harvey

Non-Independent Non-Executive Director

Appointed 31 December 2015

Committee memberships:

- Heartland Bank Audit Committee

- Heartland Bank Risk Committee

Kate Mitchell

Non-Independent Non-Executive Director

Appointed 29 March 2019

Committee memberships:

- Heartland Bank Risk Committee

- Heartland Bank People & Culture and

Remuneration Committee

As at the date of this Annual Report. For full profiles, visit heartlandgroup.info

Shelley Ruha

Independent Non-Executive Director

Appointed 1 January 2020

Committee memberships:

- Heartland Bank Risk Committee (Chair)

- Heartland Bank Audit Committee

Simon Tyler

Independent Non-Executive Director

Appointed 8 November 2022

Committee memberships:

- Heartland Bank Audit Committee (Chair)³

- Heartland Bank Risk Committee

- Heartland Bank People & Culture and

Remuneration Committee

- Heartland Sustainability Committee

27
TE POARI O HEARTLAND BANK (KI AHITEREIRIA)

HEARTLAND BANK (AUSTRALIA) BOARD

WHO WE ARE

26

Geoff Summerhayes

Chair and Independent Non-Executive Director

Appointed 30 April 2024

Committee memberships:

- Heartland Bank Australia Audit Committee

- Heartland Bank Australia Risk Committee

- Heartland Bank Australia People,

Remuneration and Nominations Committee

- Heartland Sustainability Committee

Shane Buggle

Independent Non-Executive Director

Appointed 30 April 2024

Committee memberships:

- Heartland Bank Australia Audit Committee (Chair)

- Heartland Bank Australia Risk Committee

- Heartland Bank Australia People,

Remuneration and Nominations Committee

Lyn McGrath

Independent Non-Executive Director

Appointed 14 February 2022

Committee memberships:

- Heartland Bank Australia Risk Committee (Chair)

- Heartland Bank Australia People,

Remuneration and Nominations Committee

- Heartland Bank Australia Audit Committee

Vivienne Yu

Independent Non-Executive Director

Appointed 30 April 2024

Committee memberships:

- Heartland Bank Australia People,

Remuneration and Nominations Committee (Chair)

- Heartland Bank Australia Audit Committee

- Heartland Bank Australia Risk Committee

As at the date of this Annual Report. For full profiles, visit heartlandgroup.info

Bruce Irvine

Independent Non-Executive Director

Appointed 30 April 2024

Committee memberships:

- Heartland Bank Australia Audit Committee

- Heartland Bank Australia Risk Committee

- Heartland Bank Australia People,

Remuneration and Nominations Committee

Leanne Lazarus

Non-Independent Non-Executive Director

Appointed 30 April 2024

Jeff Greenslade¹

Non-Independent Non-Executive Director

Appointed 30 April 2024

1 On 30 September 2024, Jeff Greenslade retired as a Director of Heartland Bank Australia.

29
TE TIRA WHAKAHAERE

MANAGEMENT

WHO WE ARE

28

Heartland Group

Heartland Bank (New Zealand)

Jeff Greenslade¹

Chief Executive Officer

Andrew Dixson¹

Chief Financial Officer

Chris Flood²

Deputy Chief Executive Officer

Aleisha Langdale³

Chief Performance Officer

Leanne Lazarus

Chief Executive Officer

Michael Drumm

Chief Operating Officer

Andy Wood

Chief Risk Officer

Lana West

Chief People & Culture Officer

Kerry Conway

Chief Financial Officer

Phoebe Gibbons

General Counsel

As at the date of this Annual Report. For full profiles, visit heartlandgroup.info

Heartland Bank (Australia)

Michelle Winzer

Chief Executive Officer

Medina Cicak

Chief Commercial Officer

Sharon Yardley

Chief Compliance &

Sustainability Officer

David Brown

Chief Risk Officer

Richard Collier

Chief Financial Officer

Sarah Burgemeister

General Counsel

Vaughan Dixon

Chief Technology &

Operations Officer

1 On 30 September 2024, Jeff Greenslade retired from his role as Heartland CEO. With effect from 1 October 2024, Andrew Dixson will be

appointed CEO of Heartland, subject to RBNZ non-objection. The Group Chief Financial Officer role will not be replaced.

2 As announced on 23 September 2024, Chris Flood will finish with Heartland on 31 October 2024.

3 With effect from 9 October 2024, Aleisha Langdale will join the Heartland Bank Management team, reporting to Leanne Lazarus, Heartland

Bank CEO.

31
WHO WE ARE

30

KA TŌ HE RĀ, KA RERE HE RĀ

THE END OF AN ERA

Q: Can you tell me about Heartland’s

formation and your role in it?

I felt I had done my time in large banks and

was looking for a challenge. In 2009, the

opportunity came along to join Pyne Gould

Corporation (PGC) which was the parent

company of MARAC Finance (Marac). T h e

purpose of my role was to revisit PGC’s

objectives and guide Marac into becoming

a bank.

This coincided with the global financial

crisis crash and it turned out Marac had a

major balance sheet issue with its property

exposures. However, it had a strong business

in vehicle finance which provided the

earnings to support a recapitalisation.

Then, in 2010, we came together with

Canterbury Building Society (CBS) and

Southern Cross Building Society (SCBS)

with the idea that together we had greater

prospects of becoming a bank.

That’s when Geoff Ricketts got involved,

joining Bruce Irvine and Greg Tomlinson.

Geoff joined through SCBS, Bruce through

PGC and Greg came in from Marac’s

recapitalisation. They are the three key

people who have been the Chairs of the

various companies along the way and I feel

very lucky to have had them as mentors and

be able to utilise their various different skills.

In 2011, the merger to create Heartland

Building Society happened and we listed

on the NZX. Soon after, we bought PGG

Wrightson Finance. In 2012, we obtained

our banking registration from the RBNZ.

That was the end of the first major chapter

for Heartland.

Then we started again. What do we do with

this new bank?

The thing that stood out for me was the

need to create a different bank. We couldn’t

just be a smaller version of a big bank. We

lacked scale. We lacked distribution. At the

time, we had a lot of debates at Board level

on opening more branches, transactional

banking or launching a residential mortgage

offering. But eventually commonsense and

logic prevailed. We couldn’t do those things

because we wouldn’t be able to meet an

acceptable return.

And that’s where the best or only strategy

came from. Everything we did had to have

a point of differentiation which delivered a

higher margin. That allowed us to grow and

formed the second phase. We had become a

bank, now we needed to reinvent the bank.

In line with the best or only strategy, in

2014 we bought the Reverse Mortgage

businesses. It was the New Zealand reverse

mortgage book that we wanted, but that

came with the Australian book. After buying

both, the Australian book started to flourish

and grow much faster. That led to the third

stage – how to fuel exceptional growth

potential in Australia.

We listed on the ASX, bought the StockCo

Australia livestock finance business, and,

after acquiring Challenger Bank earlier this

year, we brought the Australian businesses

together to create Heartland Bank Australia.

Heartland has had significant growth

since forming in 2011. We’ve seen growth in

Receivables from $1.7 billion as at 30 June 2011

to $7.2 billion as at 30 June 2024.

In the same period, our NPAT has increased

from $7.1 million to $74.5 million (or $102.7

million on an underlying basis).

Q: What’s the fourth phase?

The fourth phase for Heartland is about

simplification via technology with the

ultimate goal of having the lowest CTI ratio

of any bank in New Zealand and Australia.

Alongside having different products that

other banks don’t do, this phase is really

about harnessing technology, simplifying

what we do, eliminating friction and

eliminating areas of inefficiency. We need

to speed up our operations – if you can’t do

something quickly, you can’t do it cheaply.

If you can’t do something cheaply, you have

to question why you are doing it at all. And

that may mean jettisoning some products

along the way.

Q: Why the name Heartland?

In media coverage at the time, “Heartland”

was used to refer to the bank we were

creating as one that represented the

heartland of New Zealand. It made sense.

We had a good regional bias – SCBS was

Auckland based, but CBS and Marac had

southern roots.

The name also sat well with depositors, with

good sentiment around being local and New

Zealand owned. The Crown retail deposit

guarantee scheme was about to expire at the

end of December 2011, so our main focus was

on retaining depositors in a post-guarantee

world.

And no one else could come up with

anything better!

Q: Looking back on your time as CEO, what

are you most proud of?

The success of our best or only strategy,

and particularly the digitalisation work that

we have done, and continue to do, has been

exciting and enjoyable.

Latterly, bringing the Australian bank

acquisition to a successful conclusion.

I saw Geoff Ricketts the day before he

passed and that was one thing he asked

me to promise – not to leave until we had

obtained a banking licence in Australia. Geoff

had substantial experience in Australian

companies as a director. He knew the

market well and could see the potential for

Heartland. I’m pleased to have been able to

deliver on that promise.

Q: When you reflect on Heartland’s impact

on its customers and communities, what

stands out?

It’s vital to have a strong sense of social

purpose. With Reverse Mortgages, we

are making retirement better for older

Australians and New Zealanders. Livestock

Finance gives farmers in both countries

better options to manage their business

with more flexibility. Similarly in Motor

Finance, we’re giving people options to be

able get into safer or better cars.

Our Manawa Ako internship programme

stands out as being a great contribution

internally, but also externally. Through this

programme we’ve learnt a lot about why

Māori aren’t represented in the financial

industry. The whole concept of whakamā

(shame or embarrassment) and therefore

making sure people feel welcome in what can

be an intimidating environment. And there

have been some great stories and people

we’ve been able to give some opportunities

and experience to along the way.

Q: What’s next for you?

I’m in the very happy situation of being able to

say I really don’t know. I mean that in a good

way. It’s nice for the first time in my life to say,

“I don’t know”, and it doesn’t bother me. I’m

not going to rush into anything. I’m going to

take my time and have an open mind.

Jeff hands the reigns to Andrew Dixson,

previously Group Chief Financial Officer,

who will be appointed Heartland CEO with

effect from 1 October 2024¹.

1 Subject to RBNZ non-objection.

After 15 years, on 30 September 2024,

Jeff Greenslade retired from his role

as CEO of Heartland.

In this interview, Jeff reflects on his time at Heartland,

including how the company came to be a trans-Tasman

specialist banking group, and the moments he’s most proud of.

33
Through its sustainability

strategy, Heartland is

committed to sustainable

practices that not only

minimise its environmental

footprint, but also make

positive contributions to

its communities and enrich

the lives of its people and

customers.

Environment

Support the just

transition to a net-zero

economy.

People

Create a pathway and

place for Heartland’s

people to grow, thrive

and be empowered to

achieve Heartland’s

goals as one team.

Care for the

communities Heartland

operates in.

Care for Heartland’s

customers.

Financial

wellbeing

Support the

financial wellbeing of

Heartland’s customers

and communities.

03 SUSTAINABILITY

35
SUSTAINABILITY

34

TE TAIAO

ENVIRONMENT

Heartland’s environmental sustainability strategy is underpinned by

three key pillars. Together, these help Heartland fulfil its commitment

to supporting the just transition to a net-zero economy.

1. Build the capability to appropriately take climate change risks into

consideration when making lending decisions.

2. Fund Heartland’s borrowers’ transition to a net-zero economy.

3. Embed sustainability into what Heartland does.

Climate reporting

The Financial Sector (Climate-related Disclosures and Other Matters) Amendment Act

2021 introduced a mandatory reporting regime for climate-related disclosures in New

Zealand in the financial year ended 30 June 2022 (FY2022), with effect from FY2024.

Heartland’s Sustainability Committee was established in November 2023 to oversee

Heartland’s sustainability strategy and implementation plans. With the direction of

this new Board committee, Heartland is pleased to have published its first Climate

Report in line with the Financial Sector (Climate-related Disclosures and Other

Matters) Amendment Act. The Heartland Climate Report 2024 provides insight into

Heartland’s environmental journey, including achievements, challenges, climate-

related risks and opportunities and future targets.

For a comprehensive review of Heartland’s environmental journey, refer to the

Heartland Climate Report 2024 available at heartlandgroup.info/sustainability.

HEARTLAND’S COMMITMENT:

Support the just transition to a net-zero economy.

HOW: Build the capability to appropriately take climate change risks into consideration when

making lending decisions.

FY2024 TARGET FY2024 PROGRESS

Climate-related risk

analysis.

Heartland has made significant progress in FY2024 in its capability

to appropriately take climate change risks into consideration when

making lending decisions. Heartland completed scenario analysis

to better understand the resilience of its business strategy in light

of possible climate-related risks. Climate change is a significant and

complex problem that will impact Heartland and its stakeholders

differently.

Refer to page 6 of the Heartland Climate Report 2024 for

further information on Heartland’s scenario analysis.

Implementation of a

climate risk tool and

calculating financed

emissions.

Heartland engaged Jupiter Intelligence, a climate risk modelling

software company, enabling Heartland to understand its exposure

to potential climate hazards through to 2100. Understanding the

potential impacts of climate-related events will allow Heartland to set

risk-appetite targets for lending within its New Zealand and Australian

businesses as part of its climate risk management strategy.

Refer

to the Heartland Climate Report 2024 for further information on

climate-related risks and hazards.

Establish a

Sustainability

Committee.

Heartland’s Sustainability Committee was established in

November 2023 to oversee Heartland’s sustainability strategy

and implementation plans. The Committee is made up of directors

of Heartland, Heartland Bank and Heartland Bank Australia. The

Committee meets quarterly to consider climate-related risks and

opportunities and provide updates, guidance and leadership regarding

climate initiatives.

37
SUSTAINABILITY

36

HOW: Fund Heartland’s borrowers’ transition to a net-zero economy.

FY2024 TARGET FY2024 PROGRESS

Increase lending

to new generation

vehicles.

Of all vehicles funded within Heartland’s Motor Finance portfolio in

FY2024,15% were new generation (hybrids (HEVs), Plug-in hybrids

(PHEVs), and battery electric vehicles (BEVs)), compared with 10% in

FY2023.

In December 2023, Heartland announced its white labelled MG Finance

partnership with MG Motors New Zealand. This finance offering

provides Heartland’s borrowers a range of flexible finance solutions

for the entire MG range, including HEVs, PHEVs and BEVs. In February

2024, Heartland Bank became one of Tesla’s two preferred finance

providers in New Zealand, offering an online finance solution to help

more Kiwi drive electric vehicles.

Identifying

climate-related

opportunities.

Through scenario analysis, Heartland has a better understanding of

the resilience of its business strategy in light of climate-related risks

and opportunities.

Refer to the Heartland Climate Report 2024 for

further information on climate-related opportunities.

Baseline carbon

footprint analysis for

Australian Livestock

Finance.

Heartland’s Australian livestock business, StockCo Australia,

partnered with Australian farmer-led software provider, Ruminati, for

a two-year pilot project. Ruminati is an online emissions calculator

created by farmers for farmers. The platform provides producers

accurate climate data and emissions information to help producers

across Australia track and validate on-farm climate action throughout

the supply chain.

Funding low

emissions assets.

Heartland is positioning itself in the low emission heavy to medium

duty transport and yellow goods space and has established

partnerships with two national distributors. Heartland intends to

continue exploring opportunities to fund low emission assets in these

spaces in FY2025.

1 Includes Scope 1, 2 and select Scope 3 emissions that Heartland has operational control over including freight, flights, car rentals, taxi,

working from home emissions, electricity transmission losses and waste generated in operations.

HOW: Embed sustainability into what Heartland does.

FY2024 TARGET FY2024 PROGRESS

Replace remaining

vehicle fleet with new

generation vehicles.

As at 30 June 2024, Heartland Bank had replaced 91% of its vehicle

fleet with new generation vehicles.

Set long-term

greenhouse gas

(GHG) emissions

reduction targets.

Heartland’s long-term GHG emissions reduction target is to reduce

its operational emissions in line with the Paris Agreement to net-zero

by 2050. Since its base year (being the financial year ended 30 June

2019 (FY2019)), Heartland has achieved a 40% reduction in operational

emissions.¹

Engage with Rural

borrowers to

understand their

emissions profiles

and environmental

sustainability

practices.

In FY2024, Heartland began surveying its Rural and Livestock Finance

borrowers in New Zealand to understand their current and planned on-

farm environmental sustainability practices. However, some responses

indicated uncertainty within the sector and were inconclusive. As

a result, Heartland paused the survey to explore a more effective

method for assessing borrowers' emissions profiles and sustainability

practices. This includes examining existing information from

borrowers' key partners to gain a more comprehensive understanding

of their emissions profile. This process started in FY2024 and is

expected to be completed in FY2025.

LOOKING FORWARD TO FY2025

Heartland intends to build on its FY2024 progress in FY2025 through

engaging with its people, customers and key suppliers to reach the

following targets.

• Reduce Heartland’s absolute gross operational emissions by 35%

by the end of FY2025, from its FY2019 base year.

• Increase the percentage of new generation vehicles funded through

Motor Finance to more than 15%.

• Extend Heartland’s physical climate risk identification tool to

the credit assessment process for Online Home Loans, Reverse

Mortgages, Australian Livestock Finance, and New Zealand Rural and

Livestock Finance borrowers.

• Develop and execute a climate-related customer communication

and education strategy in partnership with subject matter experts in

FY2025.

• Engage with the 100 largest Australian Livestock Finance and New

Zealand Rural and Livestock Finance borrowers in each of Australia

and New Zealand to understand their on-farm emissions by the end of

FY2025, and ensure they have an emissions reduction plan in place by

the end of the financial year ending 30 June 2026 (FY2026).

• Develop Heartland’s Transition Plan detailing how Heartland intends

to reduce its operational emissions to net-zero by 2050 and reduce

the climate-risk and emissions intensity of its lending books.

For more information on Heartland’s environmental journey, refer to

Heartland’s Climate Report at heartlandgroup.info/sustainability.

39
SUSTAINABILITY

38

HOW: To be a workplace where Māori can succeed as Māori and create a pathway to being an

employer that is welcoming to all cultures and ethnicities.

FY2024 TARGET FY2024 PROGRESS

Extend community

engagement for

Heartland’s Manawa

Ako internship

programme.

The Manawa Ako internship programme reached a broader network of

applicants by leveraging business relationships and connections. This

included recruiting interns from Manurewa High School, Ngā Puna O

Waiōrea (Western Springs College) and Ngāti Whakaue.

Through engaging with a wider network, Heartland welcomed 30

interns in FY2024 – the largest cohort for Manawa Ako since its

inception in 2017. 140 rangatahi have participated in the programme

since 2017.

At 30 June 2024, 15 former Manawa Ako interns were employed by

Heartland. Seven of which are from the FY2024 Manawa Ako cohort.

FY2025 TARGETS

• Heartland is committed to supporting Māori and Pasifika in the banking industry. Heartland

will achieve this through membership in the New Zealand Banking Association (NZBA) Ta w h i a

(Māori Bankers Association) committee, close association with InZone Education Foundation

and Heartland’s annual Manawa Ako internship programme.

• Heartland will extend its engagement to an even broader network of schools across

Auckland to offer opportunities to apply for the Manawa Ako internship programme in FY2025.

NGĀ TĀNGATA

PEOPLE

HEARTLAND’S COMMITMENT:

Create a pathway and place for Heartland’s people to grow, thrive

and be empowered to achieve Heartland’s goals as one team.

HOW: Establish Heartland as a recognisable and desirable employer of choice to attract,

develop and enable exceptional talent.

FY2024 TARGET FY2024 PROGRESS

Seek employee

insight on how

Heartland can

become a more

recognisable and

desirable employer.

Heartland began using surveys to gain employee insights as part

of the integration of Challenger Bank employees from acquisition

completion. These surveys were originally intended for broader

employee engagement. However, Heartland’s focus shifted following

the acquisition of Challenger Bank in April 2024 and the subsequent

integration of Challenger Bank employees with Heartland Finance and

StockCo Australia employees to form Heartland Bank Australia.

The surveys were tailored to better support a positive integration for

employees into Heartland post-acquisition.

Continue to

offer successful

initiatives, including:

• participation

in the Rotary

Young-Person

Leadership

Awards (RYLA)

youth programme

• facilitating the

Rangatahi (Youth)

Advisory Board

programme

• continuing to grant

Mātāpono Awards.

Rotary Young-Person Leadership Awards

This week-long, immersive programme includes presentations,

workshops and activities aimed at enhancing teamwork and

communication skills. Heartland nominates and sponsors selected

employees to participate, and in FY2024, four emerging leaders from

Heartland took part in the RYLA programme, of which 50% were female.

Rangatahi (Youth) Advisory Board

Heartland appointed 10 new members to the Board in FY2024, who

sit alongside four existing members. The Board is made up of nine

males and five females across Heartland’s Australian and New Zealand

businesses, who each bring their unique perspective and innovative

ideas to the group.

Mātāpono (Values) Awards

Heartland’s Mātāpono Awards are presented quarterly. In FY2024, 40

individuals across Australia and New Zealand received these awards,

with 90% of the winners being non-leaders. Of the winners, 55% were

female and 45% were male.

New initiatives

Multiethnic Young Leaders NZ

In FY2024 Heartland also became a Corporate Impact Investor of

Multiethnic Young Leaders NZ (MYLN). This is a network of young

leaders who are committed to championing diversity in leadership,

empowering Māori, Asian, Pacific and ethnic minority rangatahi

(youth). As a Corporate Impact Investor, Heartland is invited to attend

MYLN’s events, workshops and programmes – which it shares with

employees.

Heartland has two employees participating in the 3 Kapu Kawhe

Mentorship Programme provided by MYLN. This short-term mentoring

programme by MYLN is designed for ethnically diverse professionals

aged 35 and under who show potential for impactful leadership.

Participants are matched with executives and directors from New

Zealand organisations for three one-hour mentoring sessions over

six months. In return, mentees will have three coffee meetings with a

student leader in tertiary education or their final year of high school.

41
2 Heartland’s pay gap reporting includes pay for all New Zealand employees, including base pay and discretionary payments.

SUSTAINABILITY

40

FY2025

TARGETS

• Heartland intends to

commence an annual

employee culture and

engagement survey

to be conducted

across all of Heartland.

A baseline will be

created and progress

monitored against

targets annually.

HOW: Create an inclusive, engaging environment for employees where gender balance

and diverse ethnic representation is achieved at all levels for the organisation, leading to

exceptional experiences for Heartland’s people and customers.

FY2024 TARGET FY2024 PROGRESS

Reduce pay gaps

Heartland is

dedicated to

advancing its efforts

in reducing gender

and ethnicity pay

gaps.

Heartland has seen a reduction in the pay gaps between men and

women, between Māori and non-Māori, and between Pasifika and non-

Pasifika in the last year.²

• Gap between median pay of men and women across all NZ roles has

reduced by 6.1% since 30 June 2023 to 21.9%.

• Gap between median pay of non-Māori and Māori across all NZ roles

has reduced by 4.6% since 30 June 2023 to 23.4%.

• Gap between median pay of non-Pasifika and Pasifika across all NZ

roles has reduced by 9.9% since 30 June 2023 to 17.1%.

Increase gender

balance

Heartland

tracks gender

representation and

leadership roles

throughout the year.

In FY2024, there was an 8% increase in the percentage of women

in management roles, rising to 38%. The Heartland Bank Board

maintained 33% female representation, unchanged from FY2023.

While the Heartland Board includes one female member (17%), the

newly established Heartland Bank Australia Board has 43% female

representation. Refer to the table on the next page for the gender

diversity of directors and employees of the Group in New Zealand and

Australia.

Improve

accessibility

Heartland is

dedicated to

enhancing

accessibility for

older customers and

those with physical

or hidden disabilities

to ensure a more

inclusive experience

for all.

Heartland has combined its Accessibility and Vulnerable Customers

committees into one broader Accessibility Committee.

Heartland has renewed its status as a Hearing Accredited Workplace

in New Zealand for another year with the Foundation for the Deaf and

Hard of Hearing. In Australia, Heartland celebrated National Week of

Deaf People in September 2023 to increase awareness and education

about the Deaf community among Heartland’s employees.

For New Zealand Sign Language Week in May 2024, Heartland hosted

Sign Language workshops to promote inclusivity.

Maintained Rainbow Tick accreditation and

joined the Welcome Here Project

Heartland Bank in New Zealand has successfully renewed its Rainbow

Tick accreditation for another year, having initially received this

certification in 2019.

In continuing its ongoing commitment to accessibility and diversity,

Heartland has joined The Welcome Here Project in Australia and has

replicated the concept of this project in New Zealand. The Welcome

Here Project supports businesses in Australia to create an environment

that is visibly welcoming of lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, queer

and intersex (LGBTQI+) communities. Members are provided with

Welcome Here rainbow stickers and a charter to prominently display,

signalling that their business welcomes and celebrates LGBTQI+

diversity.

In FY2024 Heartland’s Rainbow Committee conducted a Rainbow 101 and

Active Allyship workshop through Rainbow Tick, which had significant

uptake from Heartland employees and educated participants on the

foundations of what it means to be inclusive of the LGBTQI+ community.

GENDER DIVERSITY

PositionsFemaleMaleGender DiverseNot statedTotal

As at 30 June 2024

Board - Heartland1 (17%)5 (83%)006

Board - Heartland Bank2 (33%)4 (67%)006

Board - Heartland Bank Australia3 (43%)4 (57%)007

Management

³

8 (38%)13 (61%)0021

All People Leaders (excl Management)45 (47%)51 (53%)0096

All staff (excl Board)311 (51%)302 (49%)00613

As at 30 June 2023

Board - Heartland2 (40%)3 (60%)005

Board - Heartland Bank2 (33%)4 (67%)006

Management

³

3 (30%)7 (70%)0010

All People Leaders (excl Management)48 (46%)56 (54%)00104

All staff (excl Board)279 (52%)251 (47%)3 (0.6%)2 (0.4%)535

Other achievements in FY2024

3 Management represents Heartland’s Officers for the purposes of the NZX Listing Rules.

43
4 This excludes one-off donations made in FY2023, totalling $45,000, to support disaster relief funds.

SUSTAINABILITY

42

FY2025 TARGETS

• Heartland intends to continue to focus on achieving gender balance in all levels at Heartland,

including by leveraging its Growing Families, Rainbow and Kia Eke employee groups. Heartland

also intends to continue its commitment to disclosing its gender pay gap in New Zealand

through Mind the Gap.

• Heartland is committed to diversity and inclusion and creating an environment where all

employees can thrive. Heartland Bank will do this in New Zealand by retaining its accreditations

as a Living Wage Employer, for the Rainbow Tick (NZ), and its Hearing Accreditation with the

National Foundation for the Deaf and Hard of Hearing, by being a member of Mind the Gap.

• To ensure Heartland is a welcoming space for diverse employees in its Australian business,

efforts are underway to achieve Bronze Status in the Australian Workplace Equality Index, as

published by Pride in Diversity. This index serves as the Australian equivalent of the Rainbow Tick

and will further reinforce Heartland’s commitment to being an inclusive and uplifting place to work.

HOW: Heartland gives back to the community through grants, sponsorships and

active volunteering.

FY2024 TARGET FY2024 PROGRESS

Increasing

commitment to

wellbeing through a

renewed partnership

with Lifeline Aotearoa.

With funds provided by the Heartland Trust, in FY2024 Heartland

increased its support for initiatives that foster positive mental health

and wellbeing in the community,⁴ including Lifeline Aotearoa and

grants provided to the Sir John Kirwan Foundation’s mental health

initiative Mitey, Auckland City Mission and Sweat with Pride.

Continue to give

back through

the Heartland

Trust, a registered

charitable trust that is

independent from but

closely supported by

Heartland Bank.

In FY2024, more than $690,000 was funded through the Heartland

Trust in the form of grants to community organisations and initiatives

in the areas of education and learning, arts and culture, mental health

and wellbeing, and sport and physical wellbeing.

For more information on the organisations receiving support from the

Heartland Trust, refer to heartland.co.nz/about-us/sponsorship

Increase volunteer

day participation.

Heartland launched an awareness campaign to educate employees

and senior leaders about volunteer days and the types of activities

that can be included within them. Heartland acknowledges the

positive impact that volunteering has on building employee wellbeing

and a sense of connection and therefore offers one paid volunteer day

per year to each employee.

FY2025 TARGETS

• Heartland is committed to supporting the communities it operates in, including giving back

through the Heartland Trust. Heartland will review the funding categories of the Heartland

Trust to ensure funding is allocated to areas where Heartland can have the greatest impact in

the community.

• Heartland intends to continue promoting the use of volunteer days to increase the use of

these days in both New Zealand and Australia.

HEARTLAND’S COMMITMENT:

Heartland cares for its communities.

HOW: Heartland provides competitive and flexible products that aim to improve the lives

of its customers.

FY2024 TARGET FY2024 PROGRESS

Continue to be

recognised for

exceptional value

and innovation

through maintaining

its streak of Canstar

NZ recognition, and

recognition in the

Australian market for

its Reverse Mortgage

product.

Australian Mortgage Awards

Heartland Bank Australia has been shortlisted as an excellence

awardee in the Bank of the Year category for the 2024 Australian

Mortgage Awards.⁵ The Australian Mortgage Awards celebrate

achievements and acknowledges excellence across the financial

sector, including brokers, aggregators, lenders, business development

managers and more.

Savings Bank of the Year

Heartland Bank in New Zealand has been awarded Canstar’s Savings

Bank of the Year for seven consecutive years.⁶ The Canstar Bank of

the Year – Savings Award is awarded to the institution that provides

the strongest combination of products, accounting for the price

positioning, features, savings tools and flexibility of the products

assessed within Canstar’s rating profiles.

Three of Heartland Bank’s savings accounts were also awarded

Canstar Outstanding Value awards, each with a 5-Star Rating:

• Direct Call Account: Outstanding Value Savings Account, 2018 – 2024

• 90 Day Notice Saver: Outstanding Value Savings Account, 2023 – 2024

• 32 Day Notice Saver: Outstanding Value Savings Account, 2022 – 2024.

Due to its recent market entry in October 2023, Heartland Bank’s Digital

Saver Account was not eligible for an Outstanding Value Award or Star

Rating this year.

Commission

research to better

understand the

needs of older New

Zealanders and

Australians.

Heartland’s Reverse Mortgage teams in New Zealand and Australia

have collaborated with RMIT University (RMIT), which has released a

research paper on the post-COVID-19 enablers and barriers to ageing

well in place. The report explores the benefits, risks and decisions

associated with ageing in place and assesses some of the planning

considerations required by individuals, government departments and

agencies and industries to support people to remain in their home as

they age. Previous research conducted by RMIT reported that almost

90% of older Australians wish to ‘age in place’.

FY2025 TARGETS

• Heartland is committed to delivering exceptional value and banking innovation to its

customers. Heartland aims to uphold its streak of recognition by Canstar NZ and gain further

recognition in the Australian market for its Reverse Mortgage product.

HEARTLAND’S COMMITMENT:

Heartland cares for its customers.

5 Announced August 2024.

6 Awarded July 2024.

45
SUSTAINABILITY

44

FY2025 TARGETS

• Heartland will support eligible Motor Finance borrowers to manage certain

repayments and avoid arrears through ‘Manage loan’ functionality (One-Click).

The first release of One-Click will provide eligible Motor Finance customers with the

flexibility to self-manage their vehicle loan repayments digitally via the Heartland

Mobile App.

• Release further features to the Heartland Mobile App.

• Update direct debit details

This feature will enable Motor Finance customers to update their direct debit

date and frequency. Heartland is also looking to allow updates to the direct

debit account.

• Confirmation of Payee

The Confirmation of Payee initiative, being led by the NZBA, aims to enhance the

security of online banking transactions by verifying the payee’s account details

before completing a payment.

• Other updates

Other updates to the Heartland Mobile App include allowing users to update

their tax information and set communication preferences via the app.

• Introduce a solution to provide fraud detection, monitoring and management

capabilities to protect Heartland Bank’s customers against unauthorised dealings

when interacting with Heartland Bank’s ecosystem (i.e. while applying for credit or

transacting with existing accounts).

HOW: Enhance economic outcomes for customers through digitalisation.

FY2024 TARGET FY2024 PROGRESS

Support borrowers to

manage their repayments,

avoiding arrears.

Heartland has made significant progress towards offering eligible

Motor Finance customers flexibility to self-manage certain loan

repayments (One-Click). The development and architecture are

largely complete, and extensive testing is underway.

Continue to increase

digital self-service

functionality.

The implementation of Heartland Bank’s core banking system

upgrade has enabled the release of further features to its digital

banking platforms to enhance customers’ ability to self-service.

See page 18 for more information on these features.

TE ORANGA Ā-AHUMONI

FINANCIAL WELLBEING

HEARTLAND’S COMMITMENT:

Support the financial wellbeing of Heartland’s

customers and communities.

HOW: Ensure customers can benefit from Heartland’s digitalisation journey.

FY2024 TARGET FY2024 PROGRESS

Provide digital access

to New Zealand Reverse

Mortgage customers.

Heartland intended to create a mobile app for its New Zealand

Reverse Mortgage customers in FY2024, however this was

delayed due to the prioritisation of other strategic initiatives.

This development is still a focus for Heartland, although

development may be further delayed to FY2026.

Deliver educational

events to improve digital

capability.

Heartland intended to host a series of events to educate

Heartland’s customers on how to use mobile devices and

applications, including the Heartland Mobile App, in order

to improve their confidence and capability using digital

tools. These events did not take place in FY2024 due to the

prioritisation of other strategic initiatives.

Other achievements in FY2024

FY2025 TARGETS

See Financial wellbeing targets listed on the previous page.

Provided digital access for customers to

manage their funds on the go

Heartland Bank’s Digital Saver account launched in October 2023 and has helped

over 4,000 Kiwi access their funds digitally in FY2024. This low-touch, self-service

account provides Kiwi an additional savings investment option, with no monthly fees,

unlimited withdrawals and the flexibility to easily access their funds if they need to,

without being penalised for withdrawing more funds than deposited in any given

month.

A Heartland Bank Digital Saver account can be opened online and self-managed

by customers through the Heartland Mobile App or through Heartland Bank’s online

banking platform, Heartland Digital.

“ I’m very new to the concept of high-yield

savings accounts, and I was amazed at the

interest rates offered by Heartland Bank’s

90 Day Notice Saver and digital savings

accounts. I am so glad I made the decision to

invest with Heartland Bank.”

Heartland Bank Deposit customer

SUSTAINABILITY
46

How: Ensure Heartland’s values and commitments are shared by its suppliers.

FY2024 TARGET FY2024 PROGRESS

Set supplier sustainability

targets to enhance

sustainability and ensure

Heartland’s values and

commitments are shared by

its suppliers.

In FY2024, Heartland engaged a third-party management

system to facilitate engagement with its New Zealand based

landlords and Heartland’s top suppliers responsible for over 50%

of its total expenditure. A survey was sent to these groups to

understand their emissions and strategies for reducing them.

Heartland is yet to receive all responses to this survey which

has delayed the ability to set supplier sustainability targets in

FY2024.

FY2025 TARGETS

• Heartland intends to analyse the survey results from its New Zealand based landlords and

its top suppliers responsible for over 50% of total expenditure across its Australian and

New Zealand locations. This analysis will give Heartland insight into each entity’s emissions

and emission reduction targets, helping to better align Heartland’s sustainability

practices across the Group.

04 DISCLOSURES

49
1 For Heartland and Heartland Bank, this has been the case since November 2023. Please refer to the ‘Corporate governance’ section of

Heartland’s FY2023 Annual Report for more information.

2 Separate Codes of Conduct were adopted from completion of the Challenger Bank acquisition.

DISCLOSURES

48

This corporate governance statement describes Heartland’s

corporate governance policies and practices as at 30 June 2024 and

has been approved by the Board.

Heartland has reported against the NZX

Corporate Governance Code (NZX Code)

dated 1 April 2023.

Heartland, as the parent company of the

Group, is committed to ensuring that

Heartland’s policies and practices reflect

current best practice, in the interests

of Heartland’s shareholders and other

stakeholders.

In addition to information about Heartland’s

corporate governance policies and

practices, this section includes information

about Heartland Bank and Heartland Bank

Australia’s corporate governance policies and

practices, where relevant.

Heartland Bank and Heartland Bank

Australia each have their own Board and

Board Committees and make independent

decisions (including on corporate

governance matters). Heartland and

Heartland Bank have developed a Heartland

Entities Oversight Governance Framework

(Oversight Framework), which was adopted

by their respective Boards from completion

of the acquisition of Challenger Bank (now

Heartland Bank Australia). The Oversight

Framework balances the importance of

strong governance by the respective boards

of directors of Heartland Bank and Heartland

Bank Australia to ensure the prudent

management of their own business and risks,

alongside the need for Group-wide oversight

of all material risks.

Heartland, Heartland Bank and Heartland

Bank Australia Board and Committee

meetings are held separately.¹ In the case

of Heartland and Heartland Bank, only the

respective Chairs are attendees at both

meetings. The Chair of Heartland Bank

and the respective CEOs of Heartland and

Heartland Bank were also directors on the

Heartland Bank Australia Board as at 30 June

2024, having been appointed from completion

of the Challenger Bank acquisition.

Heartland’s key corporate governance

policies and practices either apply to, or

have been adopted by, Heartland Bank and

Heartland Bank Australia (as applicable).

Other than in respect of the matters

explained in response to Recommendations

2.9, 3.3, 3.4 and 8.4 below, Heartland was in

compliance with the corporate governance

recommendations contained in the NZX Code

as at 30 June 2024.

PRINCIPLE 1 – ETHICAL

STANDARDS

Directors should set high standards of

ethical behaviour, model this behaviour and

hold management accountable for these

standards being followed throughout the

organisation.

Codes of Conduct – Recommendation 1.1

Heartland has separate Codes of Conduct

for New Zealand and Australia² and also a

Directors’ Code of Conduct. These Codes of

Conduct set out the ethical and behavioural

standards expected of Group directors,

employees and intermediaries and are

available on Heartland’s shareholder website,

heartlandgroup.info.

The Codes of Conduct cover a wide range of

areas, including:

• Heartland’s responsibilities towards

shareholders and the financial community,

its customers, clients and service

providers, and its employees

• conflicts of interest, including the receipt

of gifts and other corporate opportunities

TE URUNGI Ā-RANGATŌPŪ

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

• confidentiality

• the recommended procedure for advising

Heartland of a suspected breach in

accordance with the applicable Heartland

Employee Whistleblowing Policy.

Suspected breaches of the Codes of Conduct

may be reported in accordance with the

relevant Heartland Whistleblowing Policy or

directly to Group Management. Whistleblower

cases are addressed in accordance with the

applicable Whistleblowing Policy. Suspected

breaches reported directly to Group

Management are addressed in accordance

with Heartland’s disciplinary process as

appropriate.

Every new director or employee is provided

with a copy of the relevant Code of Conduct

and is required to read it and each new

employee is required to attest to their

understanding of it. Employees are trained

on the relevant Code of Conduct annually

and required to review and repeat their

attestation to their understanding of it.

Each director and employee has an obligation,

at all times, to comply with the spirit as well as

the letter of the law, and to comply with the

principles of the relevant Code of Conduct,

including exhibiting a high standard of ethical

behaviour. The Codes of Conduct are subject

to annual review. Various Heartland policies,

frameworks and standards expand upon the

topics in the relevant Code of Conduct, for

example, Heartland’s Conduct Management

Framework, Employee Whistleblowing Policies

and Gift and Hospitality Policy.

Heartland, Heartland Bank and Heartland

Bank Australia provide all employees with

access to independent and external

whistleblowing hotlines.

Insider Trading Policy –

Recommendation 1.2

Heartland has an Insider Trading Policy

which applies to all directors, employees

and contractors of the Group. In addition to

the prohibition on insider trading, directors,

employees and contractors are prohibited

from buying or selling the Group’s quoted

financial products during ‘blackout periods’

– which are periods that commence 30 days

prior to the end of the half-year and the

full-year and 30 days prior to the release of a

product disclosure statement, prospectus

and/or investment statement for a general

public offer of any quoted financial products,

and generally end, respectively, once the

financial results from the half-year or the

full-year or disclosure document has been

released to the market. Additional blackout

periods may also be notified from time to time.

All of the Group’s directors, senior officers

and certain other designated persons are

required to obtain consent before buying or

selling the Group’s quoted financial products

outside of blackout periods, and to certify

that their decision to buy or sell has not been

made on the basis of inside information.

The Board continually assesses, with the

assistance of the Boards of Heartland Bank

and Heartland Bank Australia, whether any

matters under consideration are likely to

materially influence Heartland’s share price

and therefore whether additional trading

restrictions should be imposed on directors,

employees and contractors.

The Insider Trading Policy is available

on Heartland’s shareholder website,

heartlandgroup.info. Through its share

registrar, MUFG Corporate Markets (formerly

Link Market Services), Heartland actively

monitors trading in Heartland shares

by directors, officers and certain other

designated persons.

PRINCIPLE 2 – BOARD

COMPOSITION AND

PERFORMANCE

To ensure an effective board, there should be

a balance of independence, skills, knowledge,

experience and perspectives.

Role of the Board – Recommendation 2.1

The Board is responsible for corporate

governance, setting the Group’s overall

strategic direction and having Group-wide

oversight of all material risks.

The Board Charter regulates Board procedure

and describes in detail the Board’s role and

responsibilities and the role of Management.

The Board Charter is available on Heartland’s

51
3 Heartland Bank’s acquisition of Challenger Bank completed on 30 April 2024. Challenger Bank was subsequently rebranded to Heartland

Bank Australia, and the current Heartland Bank Australia Board held its first meeting as part of the Group on 1 May 2024.

4 The Heartland Corporate Governance, People, Remuneration and Nominations Committee was disestablished by the Heartland Board on 1

July 2024.

5 The Heartland Sustainability Committee was established by the Heartland Board on 9 November 2023.

6 E F Comerford resigned from the Heartland Board on 26 June 2024.

DISCLOSURES

50

shareholder website, heartlandgroup.info.

The Board establishes objectives, strategies

and an overall policy framework in respect

of those matters applicable at a Group-wide

level within which the Group’s business is

conducted.

The Board schedules regular meetings at

which it receives briefings on key strategic

and operational issues from Management,

together with updates from the Chairs of

the respective Board Committees, the Chair

of the Heartland Bank Board and the New

Zealand directors who sit on the Heartland

Bank Australia Board.

In light of the acquisition of Challenger

Bank (now Heartland Bank Australia), and

the consequent changes to the boards of

Heartland, Heartland Bank and Heartland

Bank Australia, a Group-wide skills matrix

is being progressed and is intended to be

published in next year’s annual report.

Director appointment –

Recommendations 2.2 and 2.3

Heartland has a procedure for the nomination

and appointment of directors to the Board, as

documented in Heartland’s Constitution and

Board Charter. Directors may be appointed

in accordance with Heartland’s Constitution

or pursuant to formal written letters of

appointment. Letters of appointment set out

the key terms and conditions of a director’s

appointment to ensure that directors clearly

understand the expectations of Heartland

and the Board. Directors are entitled to

appoint and remove alternate directors with

the approval of the majority of the other

directors. The Board may appoint a managing

director.

Each new director of Heartland is required,

pursuant to the Heartland Board Charter, to

enter into a written agreement with Heartland

in respect of his or her appointment

and Heartland has a pro forma director

appointment letter which is tailored for

individual appointments.

During FY2024, the Heartland Corporate

Governance, People, Remuneration and

Nominations Committee was tasked with

the role of reviewing Heartland’s Board

composition, and reviewing and making

recommendations in relation to nominations,

for the Board’s consideration.

With effect from 1 July 2024, the

Heartland Corporate Governance, People,

Remuneration and Nominations Committee

was disestablished. Please see the reporting

against Recommendations 3.3 and 3.4 below

for more information.

Director attendance at Board and

Committee meetings and other director

information – Recommendation 2.4

The Board held 13 meetings, the Heartland

Bank Board held 12 meetings, and the

Heartland Bank Australia Board held 3

meetings during FY2024.³ The following table

shows attendance by each director at the

meetings of the relevant Board and Board

Committees of which he or she was a member.

7 E J Harvey was appointed to the Heartland Board on 30 April 2024. He became a member of the Heartland Audit & Risk Committee on 30 April

2024 and became its Chair on 27 June 2024 following the resignation of E F Comerford.

8 G E Summerhayes resigned from the Heartland Board on 30 April 2024 and was appointed as the Chair of the Heartland Bank Australia Board.

9 R Bell was appointed to the Heartland Board on 27 June 2024.

10 S Beckett was appointed to the Heartland Board on 27 June 2024.

11 S R Tyler was appointed as the Chair of the Heartland Bank Audit Committee on 30 April 2024, following E J Harvey’s resignation as Chair.

Heartland BoardHeartland Committees

Attended


as Director

Attended

as Observer

Audit & Risk

Committee

Corporate

Governance, People,

Remuneration

and Nominations

Committee⁴

Sustainability

Committee⁵

J K Greenslade13-11*--

E F Comerford⁶12-11--

E J Harvey⁷1511**--

K Mitchell13-11-3

G R Tomlinson13-117-

G E Summerhayes⁸12-5*-3

R A Bell⁹-1---

S Beckett¹⁰-1---

B R Irvine-12 *^1^^7***-

S M Ruha-4^6^^--

S R Tyler-4^7^^-3

Heartland Bank BoardHeartland Bank Committees

Attended as DirectorAttended as ObserverAudit CommitteeRisk Committee

J K Greenslade10-1*-

B R Irvine12-101*

K Mitchell12-7*6

E J Harvey12-106

S M Ruha 12-96

S R Tyler¹¹12-105

G R Tomlinson-11*^3^^-

E F Comerford-4^10^^6*

G E Summerhayes-4^--

Heartland Bank Australia BoardHeartland Bank Australia Committees

Attended as DirectorAttended as ObserverAudit CommitteeRisk Committee

J K Greenslade3---

B R Irvine3-22

G E Summerhayes3-22

V Z Yu3-22

L G Lazarus3---

S M Buggle3-22

L T McGrath3-22

G R Tomlinson-1*--


* These meetings were attended by the director as an observer rather than as a member.

** The first eight meetings were attended as an observer and the subsequent three as a member.

*** Attended as a member.

^ Heartland and Heartland Bank Board meetings were held jointly until 31 October 2023, after

which they were held separately, noting the Heartland Chair and Heartland Bank Chair continue to

attend the Board meetings of the other as an observer. G R Tomlinson and B R Irvine attended the

Heartland Bank and Heartland Board meetings respectively as observers from 1 November 2023.

^^ Heartland Audit & Risk Committee and Heartland Bank Audit Committee meetings were held

jointly until 31 October 2023, after which they were held separately.

53
DISCLOSURES

52

All of the then serving members of the Board

and Heartland Bank Board attended the

Annual General Meeting (Annual Meeting)

held on 9 November 2023.

A profile of each director’s experience is

available on Heartland’s shareholder website,

heartlandgroup.info.

Succession planning is key to Heartland’s

corporate governance approach. Heartland

recognises the challenges of attracting and

retaining talented directors in New Zealand

and Australia and adopts a forward-thinking

approach in this regard. This includes

taking director tenure into account, in line

with NZX Code recommendations. The

Board is responsible for selecting new

directors, their induction, and developing a

succession plan for Board members. Annual

performance assessments of the Boards,

Committees and individual directors are

conducted, with the engagement of external

providers if necessary. This ensures a range

of complementary skills, knowledge, and

experience to effectively govern the Group’s

business, monitor performance and support

strategic priorities.

The Board has assessed each Heartland

director’s independence status, as described

in the Directors’ disclosure section of this

report. The Board confirms that none of the

factors listed in Table 2.4 of the NZX Code

apply to any of the Heartland directors

assessed to be independent.

In assessing the independence of Heartland’s

directors, the Board considered, among other

things, the following factors:

• employment in an executive role at

Heartland or its subsidiaries

• income derived from Heartland in the last 12

months

• holding a senior role at a major professional

services provider to Heartland or its

subsidiaries

• employment by Heartland’s external auditor

in the last three years

• material business relationships with

Heartland or its subsidiaries in the last

three years

• being a substantial product holder or

associated with one

• material contractual relationships with

Heartland or its subsidiaries, excluding

directorship, in the last three years.

The Board concluded that none of these

factors applied to the directors noted as

independent in a way that would interfere with

their ability to exercise independent judgment,

act in Heartland’s best interests, or represent

shareholders' interests. The Directors’

disclosures section of this report also includes

information on each director’s Heartland share

dealings and relevant interests and disclosure

of interests. A description of each director’s

length of service is included on pages 22 to 27

of this Annual Report.

Diversity and inclusion –

Recommendation 2.5

In order to articulate its commitment to

diversity, Heartland has developed a Diversity

& Inclusion Policy which requires the Heartland

Board, with the help of the employee Diversity

& Inclusion Committee, to set measurable

objectives for achieving diversity and to track

progress against them. Heartland’s Diversity

& Inclusion Policy was updated in FY2024 to

include Kia Eke and Growing Families on the

increasing list of employee network groups

that support Heartland’s diversity and

inclusion strategy.

Kia Eke and Growing Families are employee

network groups focused on achieving greater

gender balance across Heartland, supporting

families and providing events which

allow employees to understand different

perspectives and gain exposure to Heartland’s

senior leaders.

Heartland’s Diversity & Inclusion Policy is

available on Heartland’s shareholder website,

heartlandgroup.info. Heartland’s diversity

and inclusion objectives align to its social

sustainability targets. Commentary on

Heartland’s other achievements and activity

in FY2024, including gender and ethnicity pay

gap information, is included on pages 38 to 42

of this Annual Report.

Board training –

Recommendation 2.6

To ensure ongoing education, directors

are regularly informed of developments

that affect the industry and business

environment, as well as company and

legal updates that are relevant for the

performance of their duties. Directors also

have access to Management and external

advisers to answer any questions they may

have and often receive specific training

on relevant topics. In FY2024, for example,

members of the Heartland Board received

specialist capital markets training from

one of Heartland’s external legal advisers.

The Heartland Bank Australia Board also

completed four days of induction training

covering topics such as corporate structure,

company and Group strategy, an introduction

to Heartland’s Management team,

governance and Heartland’s product set and

customer base.

Board, director and committee

performance assessments –

Recommendation 2.7

The Boards of Heartland, Heartland Bank and

Heartland Bank Australia undertake a formal

review of their own, their committees’ and

individual directors’ performance at least

annually. Individual director performance

reviews are facilitated by the Chairs of the

respective Boards. The Boards are also able

to engage external providers to support

performance reviews, where considered

appropriate.

This is to ensure that the Boards each have

a range of complementary skills, knowledge

and experience in order to effectively

govern the relevant Group entity, to monitor

its performance, and to support the

implementation of its strategic priorities – in

the interests of its shareholders and other

stakeholders.

Each of the Group Boards recognise the

need to have a range of complementary

skills, knowledge and experience to support

the Group’s implementation of its strategic

priorities, and for each Board to have a

balance of skills and attributes in order to

support diversity at a Board level. With this

in mind, the composition of the Boards of

Heartland, Heartland Bank and Heartland

Bank Australia are regularly reviewed

and their collective skills, knowledge and

experience formally assessed. This exercise

provides an opportunity to reflect on and

discuss current Board composition, as well as

succession planning.

This process informed a number of director

changes that occurred in FY2024, and

specifically the desire to strengthen the

Heartland Board’s Australian expertise. As a

result, Heartland welcomed Robert (Rob) Bell

and Simon Beckett to the Board on 27 June

2024, both with a deep understanding of the

Australian banking market and regulatory

environment. The composition of the Board of

Heartland Bank Australia was also designed

to have a strong level of independence

and extensive financial, regulatory, risk

and governance expertise. The current

Boards comprise directors with a mix of

qualifications, skills and attributes who hold

diverse business, governance and industry

experience.

Board independence –

Recommendation 2.8

Recommendation 2.8 of the NZX Code

states that a majority of the board should

be independent. The NZX Main Board Listing

Rules also require that the number of directors

must be at least three, at least two directors

must be ordinarily resident in New Zealand and

at least two directors must be independent

directors. Subject to these requirements, the

Board determines the size and composition of

the Board from time to time.

On 30 April 2024, upon completion of

the Challenger Bank acquisition, G E

Summerhayes resigned from the Heartland

Board when he was appointed Chair of the

Heartland Bank Australia Board. During the

reporting period, E J Harvey was appointed

as an independent, non-executive director

on 30 April 2024, E F Comerford resigned with

effect from 26 June 2024, and R A Bell and

S Beckett were appointed as independent,

non-executive directors on 27 June 2024.

As at 30 June 2024, the Board comprised

six directors, being the non-independent,

non-executive Chair, the CEO and four

independent, non-executive directors. Four

of Heartland’s directors are ordinarily resident

in New Zealand, and (as has been the case

55
12 G R Tomlinson has been a non-executive director of Heartland since 2018. He was also a director of Heartland Bank Limited, Heartland’s

predecessor entity, before the corporate restructure of the Heartland group on 31 October 2018. On that date he ceased to be a director of

Heartland Bank Limited and began his appointment on the Heartland Board.

13 The Corporate Governance, People, Remuneration and Nominations Committee was disestablished with effect from 1 July 2024. Please refer

to the commentary in respect of Recommendations 3.3 and 3.4 for further information.

DISCLOSURES

54

throughout the reporting period) a majority

of the Heartland Board is independent. The

Board encourages rigorous discussion and

analysis when making decisions.

Independent Chair –

Recommendation 2.9

G R Tomlinson is not considered to be an

independent Chair of Heartland, as he is

a substantial product holder of the issuer.

Although G R Tomlinson is not independent,

the Board is of the view that it is appropriate

for G R Tomlinson to be Heartland’s Chair, as

he has been a longstanding non-executive

director of Heartland since 2018,¹² held the

role of Deputy Chair for a number of years,

and has a deep understanding of Heartland,

its business and its shareholders. In addition,

he is not an executive of Heartland which

ensures that there is continued, appropriate

separation between the Chair and CEO of

Heartland as discussed in the commentary

on Recommendation 2.9 below.

As a result, Heartland was not compliant with

Recommendation 2.9 of the NZX Code for the

year ended 30 June 2024, which states that

an issuer should have an independent chair

of the board.

Separate Chair and CEO –

Recommendation 2.10

To ensure that a conflict of interest does not

arise, the Chair of Heartland and the CEO

are separate persons, in accordance with

Recommendation 2.10 of the NZX Code.

PRINCIPLE 3 – BOARD

COMMITTEES

The board should use committees where this

will enhance its effectiveness in key areas,

while still retaining board responsibility.

As at 30 June 2024, Heartland had three

permanently constituted Board Committees:

the Audit & Risk Committee, the Sustainability

Committee, and the Corporate Governance,

People, Remuneration and Nominations

Committee.¹³ During FY2024, each of these

Committees worked with Management in its

specific area of responsibility and reported its

findings and recommendations to the Board.

Management attended committee meetings

as required at the invitation of the relevant

Committee.

Each of these committees has a charter

which sets out the committee’s objectives,

membership, procedures and responsibilities.

A Committee does not take action or make

decisions on behalf of the Board unless it is

specifically mandated to do so. The charter

of each of the Audit & Risk Committee and

the Sustainability Committee is available

on Heartland’s shareholder website,

heartlandgroup.info.

On 1 July 2024, the Heartland Corporate

Governance, People, Remuneration and

Nominations Committee was disestablished.

See the commentary on Recommendations

3.3 and 3.4 below for further information.

Audit & Risk Committee –

Recommendations 3.1 and 3.2

Membership is restricted to non-executive

directors, with at least three members, the

majority of whom must be independent.

The Chair of the Audit & Risk Committee

must be an independent director who is

not the Chair of the Board. The Audit & Risk

Committee operates under a written charter

and Management and employees only attend

meetings at the invitation of the Committee.

E F Comerford chaired the Audit & Risk

Committee for the majority of the reporting

period up until her resignation from the Board

on 26 June 2024, when E J Harvey assumed

the role of Chair, having been appointed to the

Committee on 30 April 2024 at the same time

as his appointment to the Heartland Board.

As at 30 June 2024, the members of the

Audit & Risk Committee were E J Harvey

(Chair), K Mitchell and G R Tomlinson. The

role of the Audit & Risk Committee is to

advise and provide assurance to the Board

in order to enable the Board to discharge its

responsibilities in relation to the oversight of:

• the integrity of financial control, financial

management and external financial

reporting

• the internal audit function

• the independent audit process

• the formulation of its risk appetite.

The Audit & Risk Committee also provides the

Board with assurance that all risks within the

key risk categories which are relevant to the

Group have been appropriately identified,

managed and reported to the Board.

The Audit & Risk Committee works as needed

with the Audit Committee and the Risk

Committee of each of Heartland Bank and

Heartland Bank Australia, which have similar

responsibilities in relation to Heartland Bank

and Heartland Bank Australia, respectively.

Their meetings are held separately with only

the respective Chairs attending the other

meetings.¹⁴

The biographies of the Committee members

are available on Heartland’s shareholder

website, heartlandgroup.info. As at 30

June 2024, the Board determined that all

Committee members had a recognised form

of financial expertise in accordance with the

Audit & Risk Committee’s charter.

Corporate Governance, People,

Remuneration and Nominations

Committee – Recommendations 3.3

and 3.4

During FY2024, a Corporate Governance,

People, Remuneration and Nominations

Committee assisted the Board with:

• corporate governance matters

• people strategy, including organisation

structure, performance, succession

planning, development, culture, diversity

and remuneration strategy and policies

and any other strategic people initiatives

• remuneration of the directors, CEO and

senior executives

• monitoring the performance of the CEO

including setting and review of annual KPIs

• director and senior executive

appointments, Board composition and

succession planning.

The Committee operated under a written

charter and Management only attended

committee meetings at the invitation of the

Committee. Recommendations 3.3 and 3.4

of the NZX Code recommend that at least a

majority of the Committee members should

be independent directors.

As at 30 June 2024, the members of

the Corporate Governance, People,

Remuneration and Nominations Committee

were G R Tomlinson (Chair), a non-

independent, non-executive director of

Heartland,¹⁵ B R Irvine, the independent Chair

of Heartland Bank and an independent, non-

executive director of Heartland Bank Australia

and K Mitchell, an independent non-executive

director of Heartland and a non-independent,

non-executive director of Heartland Bank.

K Mitchell was appointed to the Committee

on 30 April 2024. Accordingly, Heartland did

not strictly comply with Recommendations

3.3 and 3.4 of the NZX Code for the entire

reporting period as the majority of the

Committee members were not independent

directors until 30 April 2024. However, the

Board was comfortable with the composition

of the Committee for the same reasons as

outlined in the FY2023 Annual Report.

On 1 July 2024, the Heartland Corporate

Governance, People, Remuneration and

Nominations Committee was disestablished,

and the full Heartland Board assumed certain

corporate governance, people, remuneration

and nomination functions which had

previously been carried out by the Committee

(and are now being carried out by the new

Heartland Bank and Heartland Bank Australia

Committees described below). The Heartland

Bank Board established a People & Culture

and Remuneration Committee on 30 April

2024 and the Heartland Bank Australia Board

established a People, Remuneration and

Nominations Committee on 1 July 2024.

In disestablishing the Heartland Corporate

Governance, People, Remuneration and

Nominations Committee, the Heartland Board

considered the following:

• the new Group structure following

Heartland Bank’s acquisition of Challenger

Bank (now Heartland Bank Australia) (as

most staff are now employed by Heartland

Bank or Heartland Bank Australia)

• the establishment of the Heartland Bank

and Heartland Bank Australia Committees

described above, which each have broad

remits in relation to people, remuneration

and nomination matters relating to

Heartland Bank and Heartland Bank

Australia (as applicable)

• the full Heartland Board taking on the

14 The Heartland Audit & Risk Committee, Heartland Bank Audit Committee and Heartland Bank Risk Committee commenced holding separate

meetings from November 2023.

15 G R Tomlinson is not considered to be an independent Chair of Heartland for the reasons set out on page 54 of the Annual Report.

57
DISCLOSURES

56

remaining functions of the Heartland

Corporate Governance, People,

Remuneration and Nominations

Committee, including oversight of

remuneration for the Heartland Board and

those staff not employed by Heartland

Bank or Heartland Bank Australia, and the

nomination of directors to the Heartland

Board.

Other Committees –

Recommendations 3.5

In addition to the Audit & Risk Committee, the

Heartland Board established a Sustainability

Committee on 9 November 2023 to oversee

Heartland’s Sustainability strategy and

implementation plans.

The Sustainability Committee operates

under a written charter which is available

on Heartland’s shareholder website,

heartlandgroup.info. The purpose of

the Committee is to advise and provide

assurance to the Board in order to enable

the Board to discharge its responsibilities in

relation to:

• setting and reviewing progress against

Heartland’s sustainability strategy

(covering environmental, social and

economic wellbeing factors)

• Heartland’s annual sustainability

disclosures

• the oversight of Heartland’s

implementation of the climate-related

risks (and opportunities) disclosure regime

• advocacy for sustainability issues,

including consideration of whether the

appropriate skills and competencies exist

across Heartland.

Under the charter, the Committee must

be made up of at least one non-executive

director of Heartland. The majority of the

Committee must be independent directors.

The Committee may include non-executive

directors of Heartland’s subsidiaries. As at 30

June 2024, the members of the Committee

are K Mitchell, S Tyler and G E Summerhayes.

The proceedings of the Committee are

regularly reported back to the Board.

As at 30 June 2024, Heartland Bank

and Heartland Bank Australia also have

separately constituted Audit Committees,

Risk Committees, and a People & Culture

and Remuneration Committee in the case of

Heartland Bank and a People, Remuneration

and Nomination Committee in the case of

Heartland Bank Australia. The Committees

each operate under charters and are tasked

with working with Management and reporting

their findings and recommendations to the

relevant Board.

The Board is comfortable that no other

standing committees are necessary at this

stage, however other ad hoc committees are

established for specific purposes from time

to time.

Takeovers Response Manual –

Recommendation 3.6

The Board has documented and adopted

a Takeover Response Manual document,

which is designed to give the Board and

Management clear direction on the steps

that need to be taken following receipt of a

takeover offer.

The document, amongst other things,

includes an “independent director”

protocol for directors who are involved in

or associated with the bidder, talks to the

scope of independent advisory reports

to shareholders, and prompts the Board

to consider the option of establishing an

independent Takeover Committee following

receipt of a takeover offer.

PRINCIPLE 4 – REPORTING AND

DISCLOSURES

The board should demand integrity in

financial and non-financial reporting, and

in the timeliness and balance of corporate

disclosures.

Heartland appreciates that its investors

and other stakeholders value both financial

and non-financial reporting, and Heartland

seeks to ensure that its investors have

timely access to full and accurate material

information about Heartland which is factual

and balanced.

Continuous Disclosure Policy –

Recommendation 4.1

Heartland’s Disclosure Policy sets out

procedures that are in place to make

sure all material information is identified

and disclosed in a timely manner, and to

prevent the selective disclosure of material

non-public information. Under the Policy,

potentially ‘material information’ is required to

be brought to the attention of the Heartland

General Counsel who is responsible for

making a recommendation to the ‘Decision

Makers’ being:

• the CEO of Heartland, and/or

• the CEO of Heartland Bank and at least one

independent director of Heartland and/or

Heartland Bank, and/or

• the full Board of Heartland and/or

Heartland Bank (as applicable).

The Decision Makers are ultimately

responsible for determining whether

information is material, and approving the

form and content of material information

that is disclosed. Heartland also monitors

information in the market about itself and will

release information to the extent necessary

to prevent the development of a false market

for the Group’s quoted financial products.

Availability of key documents –

Recommendation 4.2

Heartland’s Codes of Conduct, Board

and Committee Charters and the policies

recommended in the NZX Code, including

the Disclosure Policy, the Insider Trading

Policy, the Diversity and Inclusion Policy

and the Remuneration Policy, are available

on Heartland’s shareholder website,

heartlandgroup.info. Heartland also

maintains copies of its stock exchange

announcements, and half-year and full-year

reports, investor presentations and details of

Annual Meetings, on its shareholder website.

Financial reporting disclosure –

Recommendation 4.3

The Audit & Risk Committee oversees the

quality and timeliness of all external financial

reports, including all disclosure documents

issued by Heartland.

The Audit & Risk Committee, working closely

with the Heartland Bank and Heartland

Bank Australia Audit Committees, oversees

the preparation of Heartland’s financial

statements and setting policy to ensure the

information presented is useful for investors

and other stakeholders. Heartland makes its

financial statements easy to read by using

clear, plain and objective language, and

structuring them so that key information is

prominent. In addition to the full-year audit,

Heartland’s external auditor completes a

review of the interim financial statements.

Heartland’s CEO and Chief Financial Officer

were also required to certify to the Audit &

Risk Committee that the financial statements

of the Group presented a true and fair view

of Heartland and complied with all relevant

accounting standards.

Non-financial reporting disclosure –

Recommendation 4.4

Heartland’s non-financial reporting

includes comprehensive commentary on

environmental, social sustainability and

governance matters, including Heartland’s

non-financial targets, and those disclosures

are made at least annually.

This is the sixth year that Heartland has

reported against a Sustainability Framework

in order to provide more detailed information

on the value created for Heartland’s

stakeholders. Refer to ‘

Sustainability’ on

page 32 of this Annual Report for detailed

information on Heartland’s environmental,

social and economic impact across New

Zealand and Australia.

This is also the first year that Heartland has

published its climate-related disclosures

(refer to Heartland’s Climate Report available

at heartlandgroup.info/sustainability), in

accordance with the requirements of the

Aotearoa New Zealand Climate Standards.

The Board continually evaluates what non-

financial matters are a focus of the Group and

the roles of executives are refined to ensure

that such matters have appropriate oversight.

This process ensures that Heartland’s

non-financial reporting is accurate and

discloses a valuable amount of information

to shareholders. In recognition of the need

to dedicate specific expertise to Heartland’s

sustainability initiatives, Heartland’s

Sustainability Committee (being a Board

59
DISCLOSURES

58

Committee) was established with effect from

9 November 2023.

PRINCIPLE 5 – REMUNERATION

Heartland’s remuneration report can be

found on page 66 of this Annual Report.

PRINCIPLE 6 – RISK

MANAGEMENT

Directors should have a sound understanding

of the material risks faced by the issuer

and how to manage them. The Board

should regularly verify that the issuer has

appropriate processes that identify and

manage potential and material risks.

Risk management – Recommendation 6.1

The Board ensures that Heartland has a

Risk Management Framework in place which

identifies, manages and communicates

the key risks that may impact Heartland’s

business. Specific risk management

strategies have been developed for each of

the key risks identified. The Board Audit & Risk

Committee oversees the Risk Management

Framework and strategy. The Board and the

Board Audit & Risk Committee receive and

review regular reports on risk management.

Specific risks identified by the Board are

set out in the notes to Heartland’s financial

statements for the year ended 30 June 2024

included in this Annual Report.

Current key risks for Heartland include

strategic execution risk following the

acquisition of Challenger Bank (now

Heartland Bank Australia), credit risk across

both New Zealand and Australia, reflecting

the current challenging economic conditions,

and operational risk (including cyber risk)

given the Group’s reliance on digital platforms

and the evolving threat environment.

Risks are monitored and managed by the

Management teams and Boards of the

respective Group entities.

Heartland and Heartland Bank have

developed an Oversight Framework, which

was adopted by their respective Boards

from completion of the Challenger Bank

acquisition on 30 April 2024, and sets out the

overarching framework for, and approach

to, oversight activities in the Group. This

includes (amongst other things) governance

expectations in respect of risk, reflecting

that each Group entity has its own risk

appetite and measures, but parent entities

will set consolidated group risk appetite and

measures (as applicable), which necessitates

overall alignment of subsidiaries’ risk

appetites, measures and common risk

classification where possible.

Heartland also has in place insurance cover

for insurable liability and general business

risk.

Health and safety – Recommendation 6.2

Heartland promotes a working environment

where it engages with all its people, so that

together they can maintain a workplace that

is mentally and physically safe and healthy,

and to promote a positive health and safety

culture. Heartland engages with its people to

identify, assess, control and review risk, with

a focus on continuous improvement of health

a n d s af e t y.

All Group employees are required to read

and attest to the relevant policy, noting

separate policies are now maintained for

New Zealand (Wellbeing, Health and Safety

Policy) and Australia (Workplace Health

and Safety Policy) effective 1 May 2024.

Maintaining separate policies allows for the

legislative variances between jurisdictions

and Australia having both State and Federal

workplace health and safety requirements.

Induction includes instruction on the relevant

policy and procedures, and employees

are required to attest to their reading and

understanding of the relevant policy on an

annual basis – this has been completed for

the year ended 30 June 2024. The Wellbeing,

Health & Safety Committee, representing all

employees, convenes quarterly to discuss

and review reported incidents, accidents and

near misses, initiatives and tabled reports.

Incidents, accidents and near misses are

registered in our Risk Management System

(RMS). A Health & Safety Report that includes

RMS data, number of employee insurance

claims, number of employees accessing

counselling, and summaries of initiatives is

provided to the Executive Risk Committee

and to all Boards.

In FY2024, there were no notifiable events

to report to WorkSafe New Zealand, and

there have been no claims to the Australian

Workers Compensation Insurance.

PRINCIPLE 7 – AUDITORS

External auditor relationship framework

and independence – Recommendation 7.1

The board should ensure the quality and

independence of the external audit process.

The Audit & Risk Committee is responsible

for overseeing the external, independent

audit of Heartland’s financial statements.

This encompasses processes for sustaining

communication with Heartland’s external

auditors, ensuring that the ability of the

external auditors to carry out their statutory

audit role is not impaired, or could reasonably

be perceived to be impaired, to address

what other services may be provided by the

external auditors to Heartland, and to provide

for the monitoring and approval of any such

services.

Heartland’s External Auditor Independence

Policy was updated in November 2023 to

ensure it remains current. The Policy provides

guidelines to ensure that non-audit related

services do not conflict with the independent

role of the external auditor, and the Audit &

Risk Committee ensures that non-audit work

undertaken by the auditors is in accordance

with that Policy. The Policy also sets out

guidelines in relation to the tenure and

re-appointment of the external auditor,

which the Audit & Risk Committee ensures

are complied with. Refer to Heartland’s

shareholder website, heartlandgroup.

info, for a copy of the External Auditor

Independence Policy.

The external auditor monitors its

independence and reports to the Audit &

Risk Committee bi-annually to confirm that

it has remained independent in the previous

six months, in accordance with Heartland’s

External Auditor Independence Policy and the

external auditor’s policies and professional

requirements. There have been no threats

to auditor independence identified during

FY2024.

During FY2024, PwC continued its

appointment as Heartland and Heartland

Bank ’s external auditor, with EY providing

external audit services to Heartland Bank

Australia.

Auditor AGM attendance –

Recommendation 7.2

Heartland’s external auditor attends its

Annual Meeting to answer questions from

shareholders in relation to the audit.

Internal Audit – Recommendation 7.3

Heartland also has internal audit functions

which are independent of the external

auditors. The internal audit teams are

responsible for independent reviews of the

risk control framework and compliance with

policies. The Audit & Risk Committee and the

Audit Committees of Heartland Bank and

Heartland Bank Australia approve the annual

internal audit programmes (as applicable),

which are developed in consultation with

Management.

The internal audit function for New Zealand is

maintained within Heartland Bank and made

available to Heartland as a Group services

function. Heartland Bank Australia has its

own internal audit function. The internal audit

functions and other assurance roles have

unfettered access to the Group Boards as

required.

PRINCIPLE 8 – SHAREHOLDER

RIGHTS AND RELATIONS

The board should respect the rights of

shareholders and foster constructive

relationships with shareholders that

encourage them to engage with the issuer.

Shareholder information and

communication – Recommendations 8.1

and 8.2

The Board is committed to maintaining a full

and open dialogue with all shareholders,

as outlined in the Disclosure Policy which is

available on Heartland’s shareholder website,

heartlandgroup.info. Heartland keeps

shareholders informed through:

• periodic and continuous disclosure to NZX

and ASX

61
DISCLOSURES

60

• information provided to analysts and media

during briefings

• Heartland’s shareholder website

(heartlandgroup.info) where shareholders

can access financial, operational and key

corporate governance information

• the Annual Meeting, at which shareholders’

have the opportunity to ask questions

• annual reports.

To ensure a high level of accountability,

the Board encourages full participation of

shareholders at the Annual Meeting and

designs the meeting to best achieve this

outcome. This includes holding a hybrid

meeting where shareholders can attend a

physical event or join virtually online. Attendees

are also able to submit questions in advance

of the Annual Meeting and those attending in

person can raise them directly. When Heartland

publishes its Notice of Annual Meeting, it also

publishes an Online Guide which explains how

to join and navigate the virtual elements of the

meeting. At the conclusion of the live event, a

recording of the Annual Meeting is published on

Heartland’s website.

Heartland’s shareholder website includes

a ’

Contact Us’ page that provides contact

details for Heartland’s share registrar and

shareholder enquiries and Heartland provides

the option to receive communications from

Heartland electronically.

Major decisions – Recommendation 8.3

Where shareholders are required to vote on

a matter concerning Heartland, the Board

encourages shareholders to attend the

Annual Meeting or to cast a postal vote or

appoint a proxy. All voting at Heartland’s

Annual Meeting is conducted by way of poll

on the basis of one share, one vote.

Raising additional equity –

Recommendation 8.4

On 8 April 2024, Heartland announced a

$210 million equity raise, comprising a $105

million underwritten institutional placement

(Placement) and a $105 million underwritten

1 for 6.85 accelerated non-renounceable

entitlement offer (ANREO or Entitlement

Offer).

The Placement and institutional component

of the Entitlement Offer closed on 9

April 2024 and raised gross proceeds of

approximately $131 million with strong support

from Heartland’s existing institutional

shareholders and new institutional investors.

The retail component of the Entitlement Offer

completed on 24 April 2024 and raised gross

proceeds of approximately $79 million with 81%

take up.

Under Recommendation 8.4, it is

recommended that issuers seeking

additional equity capital should first offer

further equity securities to existing holders

of the same class on a pro rata basis and on

no less favourable terms before extending

the offer to other investors.

While the Entitlement Offer was a pro rata

structure, Heartland only partially complied

with Recommendation 8.4, as the Placement

was a non-pro rata structure.

As outlined in the Offer Document at the time

of the capital raise, the Board determined

that a Placement and ANREO structure was in

the best interests of Heartland, after carefully

considering alternative capital raising

structures, and weighing the benefits of this

capital raising structure against the expected

impact on non-participating shareholders.

The benefits that Heartland obtained through

a structure combining a Placement and

ANREO that were assessed as desirable were:

• Certainty – Heartland required certainty

that sufficient funds would be raised

under the capital raise to complete the

acquisition of Challenger Bank (since

rebranded to Heartland Bank Australia)

and to support the expected regulatory

capital requirements of Heartland Bank

Australia and Heartland Bank. The ANREO

structure provided for better sub-

underwriting support than a pro rata offer

and enabled the capital raise to be fully

underwritten with the exception of the

pre-commitments by Harrogate Trustee

Limited.

• Pricing – using a Placement and ANREO

structure allowed Heartland to price the

capital raise at a smaller discount than

would be the case for a renounceable

pro rata capital raising structure. This

minimised the dilutionary impact on

non-participating shareholders and

provided more certainty to those existing

shareholders who subscribed for

additional shares at a fixed price.

• Timing – the accelerated nature of the

Placement and ANREO structure enabled

completion of the capital raise on a

faster timetable than certain alternative

structures. This enabled Heartland to

receive the proceeds of the capital raise

more quickly, which in turn allowed for the

acquisition of Challenger Bank to complete

sooner.

Heartland elected to undertake the

Placement partly for timing reasons, as it

is the preferred method in circumstances

where capital is required quickly, and to

further its objective of diversify its share

register to promote increased liquidity on

both the NZX and ASX.

In conducting the Placement, Heartland

endeavoured to treat existing shareholders

fairly through how it conducted the

Placement. The allocation policy was set

such that Heartland, to the extent possible,

provided pro rata allocations to existing

shareholders that bid into the Placement.

Additionally, under the ANREO, eligible retail

shareholders were able to “over subscribe”

and offset any dilution resulting from the

Placement. All eligible retail shareholders

who took up their entitlements in full and

applied for additional shares in excess of their

entitlements received all of the additional

shares for which they applied.

At the time of the capital raise, Heartland

obtained independent expert investment

banking advice from Jarden. That advice

presented a consistent view with the

explanation provided above, supporting the

rationale for selecting the Placement and

ANREO structure and affirming that it was in

the best interests of Heartland.

Publication of notice of meeting –

Recommendation 8.5

Heartland’s 2023 notice of meeting was

available at least 20 working days prior to its

Annual Meeting at heartlandgroup.info.

NGĀ WHĀKITANGA A TE TOIHAU

DIRECTORS’ DISCLOSURES

DIRECTORS

The following persons were directors of the Group during FY2024.

CompanyDirectorsStatus

Heartland Group Holdings


Limited

Gregory Raymond Tomlinson

Ellen Frances Comerford

Jeffrey Kenneth Greenslade

Kathryn Mitchell

Geoffrey Edward Summerhayes

Edward John Harvey

Robert Alan Bell

Simon Beckett

Non-Independent, Non-Executive

Director (Chair)

Independent, Non-Executive Director

(ceased directorship 26 June 2024)

Non-independent, Executive Director¹

Independent, Non-Executive Director

Independent, Non-Executive Director

(ceased directorship 30 April 2024)²

Independent, Non-Executive Director

(appointed 30 April 2024)

Independent, Non-Executive Director

(appointed 27 June 2024)

Independent, Non-Executive Director

(appointed 27 June 2024)

1 J K Greenslade retired from all Group directorships on 30 September 2024.

2 G E Summerhayes resigned from the Heartland Board on 30 April 2024 and was appointed as the Chair of the Heartland Bank Australia Board.

63
3 E J Harvey’s independence on the Heartland Bank Board changed following his appointment to the Heartland Board on 30 April 2024,

from which date he became a non-independent, non-executive director on the Heartland Bank Board.

4 L T McGrath was an independent, non-executive director on the Challenger Bank Limited Board prior to the completion of its acquisition

by Heartland Bank on 30 April 2024.

5 Heartland Australia Investments Holdings Pty Limited was incorporated on 1 May 2024.

DISCLOSURES

62

CompanyDirectorsStatus

Heartland Bank LimitedBruce Robertson Irvine

Jeffrey Kenneth Greenslade

Edward John Harvey

Shelley Maree Ruha

Kathryn Mitchell

Simon Ross Tyler

Independent, Non-Executive Director

(Chair)

Non-Independent, Non-Executive

Director¹

Non-Independent, Non-Executive

Director³

Independent, Non-Executive Director

Non-Independent, Non-Executive

Director

Independent, Non-Executive Director

Heartland Bank Australia LimitedGeoffrey Edward Summerhayes

Jeffrey Kenneth Greenslade

Bruce Robertson Irvine

Shane Michael Buggle

Leanne Gloria Lazarus

Lyn Therese McGrath⁴

Vivienne Zhaohui Yu

Independent, Non-Executive Director

(Chair) (appointed 30 April 2024)

Non-Independent, Non-Executive

Director (appointed 30 April 2024)¹

Independent, Non-Executive Director

(appointed 30 April 2024)

Independent, Non-Executive Director

(appointed 30 April 2024)

Non-Independent, Non-Executive

Director (appointed 30 April 2024)

Independent, Non-Executive Director

Independent, Non-Executive Director

(appointed 30 April 2024)

ASF Custodians Pty LimitedRichard Glenn Udovenya

Jeffrey Kenneth Greenslade

Australian Seniors Finance Pty

Limited

Jeffrey Kenneth Greenslade

Geoffrey Edward Summerhayes

Christopher Patrick Francis Flood

Heartland Australia Holdings Pty

Ltd

Jeffrey Kenneth Greenslade

Geoffrey Edward Summerhayes

Christopher Patrick Francis Flood

Heartland Australia Group Pty LtdJeffrey Kenneth Greenslade

Geoffrey Edward Summerhayes

Christopher Patrick Francis Flood

Heartland Australia Investments

Holdings Pty Limited⁵

Christopher Patrick Francis FloodAppointed 1 May 2024

Heartland NZ Trustee Limited Christopher Patrick Francis Flood

Heartland PIE Fund LimitedBruce Robertson Irvine

Leanne Lazarus

MARAC Insurance LimitedAndrew James Aitken

Christopher Patrick Francis Flood

Christopher Robert Mace

VPS Properties LimitedChristopher Patrick Francis Flood

Fuelled Limited Christopher Patrick Francis Flood

StockCo Holdings 2 Pty Limited Jeffrey Kenneth Greenslade

Douglas Robert Snell

Andrew Peter Dixson

Geoffrey Edward Summerhayes

Christopher Patrick Francis Flood

Ceased directorship 24 June 2024

Appointed 12 April 2024

CompanyDirectors

Status

StockCo Holdings Pty LimitedJeffrey Kenneth Greenslade

Douglas Robert Snell

Andrew Peter Dixson

Christopher Patrick Francis Flood

Ceased directorship 24 June 2024

Appointed 12 April 2024

StockCo AgriCapital Pty Ltd Jeffrey Kenneth Greenslade

Douglas Robert Snell

Andrew Peter Dixson

Christopher Patrick Francis Flood

Ceased directorship 24 June 2024

Appointed 12 April 2024

StockCo Feedlot Holdings Pty

Limited

Jeffrey Kenneth Greenslade

Douglas Robert Snell

Christopher Patrick Francis Flood

Ceased directorship 24 June 2024

Appointed 12 April 2024

StockCo Feedlot Capital Pty

Limited

Jeffrey Kenneth Greenslade

Douglas Robert Snell

Christopher Patrick Francis Flood

Ceased directorship 24 June 2024

Appointed 12 April 2024

StockCo Australia Management

Pty Ltd

Jeffrey Kenneth Greenslade

Douglas Robert Snell

Andrew Peter Dixson

Christopher Patrick Francis Flood

Ceased directorship 24 June 2024

Appointed 12 April 2024

When determining whether a director of Heartland is independent, the factors described in

the NZX Code as possibly impacting a director’s independence were considered and it was

determined that none of those factors applied to the directors noted above as independent in

such a way that those factors might interfere, or might reasonably be seen to interfere, with the

director’s capacity to bring an independent judgment to bear on issues before the Board, to act

in the best interests of Heartland and to represent the interests of its shareholders generally.

INTERESTS REGISTER

The following are the entries in the Interests Register of the Group made during FY2024.

Indemnification and insurance of directors

Heartland has given indemnities to, and has effected insurance for, directors of the Group to

indemnify and insure them in respect of any liability for, or costs incurred in relation to, any act

or omission in their capacity as directors, to the extent permitted by the Companies Act 1993.

The cost of the directors and officers’ liability insurance premiums to the Group for FY2024 was

$491,426 (excluding GST and admin charges).

Share dealings by directors

Details of individual directors’ share dealings as entered in the Interests Register of Heartland

and Heartland Bank under Section 148(2) of the Companies Act 1993 during FY2024 are as follows

(all dealings are in ordinary shares unless otherwise specified):

J K Greenslade

Date of acquisition/

disposal

Nature of transaction

and relevant interest

Acquisition /

disposal

No. of sharesConsideration

26 April 2024Acquisition of beneficial interest in

shares under retail component of

Heartland’s $105 million accelerated non

renounceable entitlement offer

Acquisition350,440$350,440

22 April 2024Off market disposal of sharesDisposal100,000Nil

65
DISCLOSURES

64

E J Harvey

Date of acquisition/

disposal

Nature of transaction

and relevant interest

Acquisition /

disposal

No. of sharesConsideration

26 April 2024Acquisition of beneficial interest in

shares under retail component of

Heartland’s $105 million accelerated non

renounceable entitlement offer

Acquisition25,289$25,289

20 March 2024Allotment under DRPAcquisition4,927$6,264.54

20 September 2023Allotment under DRPAcquisition5,393$9,095.46

B R Irvine

Date of acquisition/

disposal

Nature of transaction

and relevant interest

Acquisition /

disposal

No. of sharesConsideration

26 April 2024Acquisition of legal and beneficial

interest in shares under retail

component of Heartland’s $105

million accelerated non renounceable

entitlement offer

Acquisition48,634$48,634

26 April 2024Acquisition of beneficial interest in

shares under retail component of

Heartland’s $105 million accelerated non

renounceable entitlement offer

Acquisition155,570$155,570

K Mitchell

Date of acquisition/

disposal

Nature of transaction

and relevant interest

Acquisition /

disposal

No. of sharesConsideration

26 April 2024Acquisition of legal and beneficial

interest in shares under retail

component of Heartland’s $105

million accelerated non renounceable

entitlement offer

Acquisition16,058$16,058

26 April 2024Acquisition of beneficial interest in

shares under retail component of

Heartland’s $105 million accelerated non

renounceable entitlement offer

Acquisition15,500.29$15,500.29

S M Ruha

Date of acquisition/

disposal

Nature of transaction

and relevant interest

Acquisition /

disposal

No. of sharesConsideration

26 April 2024Acquisition of beneficial interest in

shares under retail component of

Heartland’s $105 million accelerated non

renounceable entitlement offer

Acquisition41,464$41,464

G E Summerhayes

Date of acquisition/

disposal

Nature of transaction

and relevant interest

Acquisition /

disposal

No. of sharesConsideration

1 May 2024Acquisition of legal and beneficial

interest in shares

Acquisition30,000$32,032

26 April 2024Acquisition of legal and beneficial

interest in shares under retail

component of Heartland’s $105

million accelerated non renounceable

entitlement offer

Acquisition5,838$5,838

6 No amendments were noted before G E Summerhayes ceased being a director on 30 April 2024.

7 One amendment was noted before E F Comerford ceased being a director on 26 June 2024.

G R Tomlinson

Date of acquisition/

disposal

Nature of transaction

and relevant interest

Acquisition /

disposal

No. of sharesConsideration

15 April 2024Acquisition of beneficial interest in

shares under institutional component of

Heartland’s $105 million accelerated non

renounceable entitlement offer

Acquisition10,122,034$10,122,034

15 April 2024Acquisition of beneficial interest in

shares under Heartland’s $105 million

placement

Acquisition3,877,966$3,877,966

GENERAL NOTICE OF DISCLOSURE OF INTERESTS

IN THE INTERESTS REGISTER

Details of any changes to Heartland and Heartland Bank directors’ general disclosures entered

in the relevant interests register under Section 140 of the Companies Act 1993 FY2024 are as

follows:

Heartland

G R TomlinsonDirector of Indevin Group Investments Limited and Indevin Group Holdings Limited

disclosed 23 November 2023; ceased directorship of Villa Maria Estate Limited

disclosed 19 October 2023.

J K GreensladeNo amendments for the year ended FY2024.

K MitchellTrustee of Montefiano Trust and director of PurePods Limited disclosed 30 January

2024; ceased directorship of Farmright Limited disclosed 7 November 2023; ceased

directorship of Firsttrax Limited and Helping Hands Holdings Limited disclosed 30

January 2024.

E J HarveyDirector of Napier Port Holdings Limited, Pomare Investments Limited and Port of

Napier Limited disclosed 30 April 2024.

S BeckettDirector of ORDE Holdings Pty Ltd, ORDE Financial Pty Ltd, ORDE Capital

Management Limited, ORDE Mortgage Custodian Pty Ltd, GeoSnapShot Pty Ltd,

First Avenue Ventures Pty Ltd and First Avenue Capital Pty Ltd disclosed 27 June

2024.

R A BellDirector of Liveheats Pty. Ltd, 86 Elwood Pty Ltd, Home Finance Company PTE

Limited and HFC Bank disclosed 27 June 2024.

G E Summerhayes⁶No amendments for FY2024.

E F Comerford⁷Director of NTI Limited disclosed 28 February 2024.

Heartland Bank

B R IrvineNo amendments for FY2024.

J K GreensladeNo amendments for FY2024.

E J HarveyNo amendments for FY2024.

K MitchellTrustee of Montefiano Trust and director of PurePods Limited disclosed 30 January

2024; ceased directorship of Farmright Limited disclosed 7 November 2023; ceased

directorship of Firsttrax Limited and Helping Hands Holdings Limited disclosed 30

January 2024.

S M RuhaDirector of Allied Famers Rural Limited disclosed 9 August 2024; ceased directorship

of SmartPay Limited disclosed 27 August 2024.

S Ty l e rDirector of NZ Bio Forestry Limited, Palliser Estate Wines of Marlborough Limited,

IHC, Omega Imports Limited, Nutrition for Health Limited and Global Horticulture

Limited disclosed on 30 January 2024; trustee of University of Otago Foundation

Trust and Fale Malae Trust disclosed on 30 January 2024.

67
8 The non-beneficial interest in the 6,504,266 shares arises from those directors being a trustee of the Heartland Trust, which held 6,504,266

shares in Heartland as at 30 June 2024.

DISCLOSURES

66

TE PŪRONGO MŌ NGĀ MONIWHIWHI

REMUNERATION REPORT

This remuneration report describes

Heartland’s remuneration arrangements

for FY2024 and has been prepared on the

basis of NZX’s Remuneration Reporting

Template published December 2023.

REMUNERATION GOVERNANCE

Remuneration Governance Framework

Heartland’s remuneration strategy is

designed to create a high-performance

culture which attracts and retains quality

candidates by incentivising and rewarding

exceptional performance.

Heartland has a Remuneration Policy

which explains its remuneration strategy

and approach to setting remuneration for

directors of Heartland. The key principles are

that Heartland’s Remuneration Policy:

• supports the attraction, retention and

engagement of quality, diverse candidates

• does not discriminate on the basis of

gender, ethnicity, sexuality or any other

individual factor

• should further Heartland’s aspiration to

achieve pay equity across the organisation

• rewards for high performance

Details of Heartland and Heartland Bank directors’ general disclosures entered in the relevant

interest register under Section 140 of the Companies Act 1993 prior to 1 July 2023 can be found in

earlier Annual Reports.

SPECIFIC DISCLOSURES OF INTEREST IN THE INTERESTS REGISTER

There were no specific disclosures of interests in transactions entered into by the Group

(including Heartland Bank) during FY2024.

INFORMATION USED BY DIRECTORS

No director of the Group disclosed use of information received in his or her capacity as a director

that would not otherwise be available to that director.

HEARTLAND, HEARTLAND BANK AND HEARTLAND BANK AUSTRALIA'S

DIRECTORS’ RELEVANT INTERESTS

As at 30 June 2024.

DirectorNumber of ordinary

shares – beneficial

Number of ordinary

shares – non-beneficial⁸

Number of options

J K Greenslade2,650,954NilNil

E J Harvey198,5196,504,266Nil

B R Irvine903,6066,504,266Nil

K Mitchell139,646NilNil

S M Ruha200,000NilNil

G R Tomlinson83,335,936NilNil

G E Summerhayes55,838NilNil

• has the flexibility to cater for Heartland’s

operational differences

• recognises the link between company

performance and remuneration, and the

importance of creation of shareholder

value

• is understood by employees.

The full Remuneration Policy is available

on Heartland’s shareholder website at

heartlandgroup.info.

Heartland’s Board is kept up to date with

relevant market information and best

practice, obtaining advice from external

advisers when necessary.

Heartland’s Remuneration Committees

During FY2024, a Corporate Governance,

People, Remuneration and Nominations

Committee assisted the Board with:

• corporate governance matters

• people strategy, including organisation

structure, performance, succession

planning, development, culture, diversity

and remuneration strategy and policies

and any other strategic people initiatives

• remuneration of the directors, CEO and

senior executives

• monitoring the performance of the CEO,

including setting and review of annual KPIs

• director and senior executive

appointments, Board composition and

succession planning.

The Committee operated under a written

charter and Management only attended

committee meetings at the invitation

of the Committee. On 1 July 2024, the

Heartland Corporate Governance, People,

Remuneration and Nominations Committee

was disestablished, and the full Heartland

Board assumed certain corporate

governance, people, remuneration and

nomination functions which had previously

been carried out by the Committee (and

are now being carried out by the new

Heartland Bank and Heartland Bank Australia

Committees described below). The Heartland

Bank Board established a People & Culture

and Remuneration Committee on 30 April

2024 and the Heartland Bank Australia Board

established a People, Remuneration and

Nominations Committee on 1 July 2024. These

committees assist their respective boards

with a range of matters, including:

• people strategy, including organisation

structure, performance, succession

planning, development, culture, diversity

and remuneration strategy and policies

and any other strategic people initiatives

• remuneration of the CEO and senior

executives

• monitoring the performance of the CEO

including setting and review of annual KPIs

• director and senior executive

appointments, Board composition and

succession planning.

EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION

POLICY

Heartland’s Remuneration Policy, as described

above, also applies to Heartland’s executives,

along with other employees.

The performance of executives is assessed

with reference to Group risk management

policies and frameworks. Executive

remuneration levels are also reviewed annually

for market competitiveness and alignment

with strategic and performance priorities.

The objective is to provide competitive

remuneration that aligns executives’

remuneration with shareholder value and

rewards the executives’ achievement of the

Group’s strategies and business plans.

All senior executives receive a base salary and

are also eligible to participate, in some cases,

in short-term and long-term incentive plans

under which participants are rewarded for their

achievement of key performance and operating

results on a qualitative and a quantitative basis.

Short term incentives (STIs) are effectively

bonus payments that are at the discretion of

the relevant Board. STIs may be paid at the end

of a financial year to recognise individuals who

have exceeded performance and behavioural

or leadership expectations during that

financial year.

Certain executives and senior employees

may be eligible for long-term incentives (LTIs)

to align their interests with shareholders'

long-term goals. Heartland operates a LTI

plan under which selected executives of

69
DISCLOSURES

68

the Group are issued performance share

rights. The performance share rights

convert to ordinary shares in Heartland

for nil consideration, subject to certain

vesting conditions being met in relation to

financial performance, strategic initiatives

and adherence to compliance and conduct

expectations (amongst other things). The LTI

plan entitlements eligible for vesting in FY2024

have not vested due to the vesting conditions

not being met and the LTI plan entitlements

eligible for vesting in FY2025 to the CEO and

Deputy Group CEO have been forfeited.

There is one grant remaining under the

current LTI plan that will be eligible for vesting

in FY2025 (FY2025 Grant). The current

expectation is that the FY2025 Grant will

not vest and accordingly further details in

respect of the current LTI plan have not been

included in this report. Heartland is currently

designing a new LTI plan which certain senior

employees will be invited to participate in

during FY2025.

CEO REMUNERATION

ARRANGEMENTS & OUTCOMES

The remuneration for Heartland’s CEO

includes a fixed remuneration component

and a variable remuneration component

comprising STIs and LTIs.

CEO REMUNERATION

ARRANGEMENTS

Fixed remuneration

Fixed remuneration consists of a package

of base salary and standard employment-

associated benefits. Heartland utilises

external benchmarking in determining the

CEO’s remuneration.

Variable remuneration

STI scheme

The CEO is entitled to receive STIs which are

cash payments, determined by the Board,

and paid at the end of a financial year for

achieving performance expectations in the

relevant financial year in relation to certain

qualitative and quantitative criteria relating

to financial performance, strategic initiatives

and adherence to compliance and conduct

CEO REMUNERATION (FY2024 AND FY2023)

YearFixed remunerationSTILT ITotal

Base

salary

Other

benefits

EarnedAmount

earned

as a % of

maximum

Award

Total

cash-based

remuneration

earned

Earned% of

maximum

awarded for

the relevant

performance

period

(Fixed rem +

STI earned +

LTI vested)

FY2024$1,089,200$10,800-0% $1,100,000-N/A$1,100,000

FY2023$1,089,200$10,800$990,00090%$2,090,000-N/A$2,090,000

CEO remuneration as a multiple of employee remuneration

The CEO’s salary as a multiple of the employee average is 9.5 times (FY2023: 10.41 times), and his

total remuneration as a multiple of the employee average is 9.5 times (FY2023: 19.22 times).

RemunerationNumber of employees

$100,000 - $109,99921

$110,000 - $119,99928

$120,000 - $129,99919

$130,000 - $139,99926

$140,000 - $149,99930

$150,000 - $159,99918

$160,000 - $169,9998

$170,000 - $179,9997

$180,000 - $189,99914

$190,000 - $199,9992

$200,000 - $209,9994

$220,000 - $229,9993

$230,000 - $239,9995

$240,000 - $249,9992

$250,000 - $259,9994

$260,000 - $269,9993

$270,000 - $279,9991

$280,000 - $289,9993

$300,000 - $309,9991

$310,000 - $319,9994

$320,000 - $329,9991

$340,000 - $349,9992

$350,000 - $359,9992

$400,000 - $409,9991

$440,000 - $449,9991

$460,000 - $469,9991

$470,000 - $479,9991

$520,000 - $529,9991

$550,000 - $559,9991

$680,000 - $689,9991

Grand total215

REMUNERATION BANDS

The number of Heartland employees (including former employees and excluding directors, which

includes the Heartland CEO) who received remuneration (including non-cash benefits) in excess

of $100,000 during FY2024 is detailed in the remuneration bands below.

expectations. Ultimately, STI payments

are entirely discretionary, and entitlement

is not guaranteed even if performance

expectations have been met or exceeded.

LTI scheme

As noted above, Heartland operates a

LTI plan under which the CEO was issued

performance share rights, which were

eligible to be converted to ordinary shares

in Heartland for nil consideration, subject

to certain vesting conditions being met in

relation to financial performance, strategic

initiatives and adherence to compliance

and conduct expectations (amongst other

things). The CEO did not receive a grant of

performance share rights in FY2024, the

LTI plan entitlements eligible for vesting in

FY2024 to the CEO have not vested due to

the vesting conditions not being met and the

LTI plan entitlements eligible for vesting in

FY2025 to the CEO have been forfeited.

CEO REMUNERATION

OUTCOMES

Fixed remuneration

The fixed remuneration paid to the CEO

(including any employment-associated

benefits) in FY2024 was $1,100,000.

Variable remuneration

The Board determined that no STI award in

respect of FY2024 had been earned, that

the performance share rights issued to the

CEO and eligible for vesting in FY2024 have

not vested due to the vesting conditions

not being met and that performance share

rights issued to the CEO and eligible for

vesting in FY2025 have been forfeited. As

such, no variable component of the CEO’s

remuneration was earned during FY2024.

As disclosed in the FY2023 Annual Report,

the CEO earned an STI award of $990,000 in

FY2023 which was paid during FY2024.

Following the non-vesting and forfeit of the

performance share rights eligible for vesting

in FY2024 and FY2025, the CEO does not hold

any performance share rights and has no

remaining entitlement under the LTI plan.

Given his resignation on 30 September 2024,

no further LTI grants will be made to the CEO.

71
DISCLOSURES

70

1 The Heartland Corporate Governance, People, Remuneration and Nominations Committee was disestablished by the Heartland Board on 1 July 2024.

2 The Sustainability Committee was established by Heartland on 9 November 2023.

3 For the purposes of the total remuneration column in this table, A$ fees have been converted to NZ$ using an exchange rate of $0928 and then rounded.

4 E F Comerford resigned from the Heartland Board on 26 June 2024.

5 E J Harvey was appointed to the Heartland Board on 30 April 2024. He became a member of the Heartland Audit & Risk Committee on 30 April 2024 and

became its Chair on 27 June 2024 following the resignation of E F Comerford.

6 G E Summerhayes resigned from the Heartland Board on 30 April 2024 and was appointed as the Chair of the Heartland Bank Australia Board.

7 R A Bell was appointed to the Heartland Board on 27 June 2024.

8 S Beckett was appointed to the Heartland Board on 27 June 2024.

The total remuneration and value of other benefits received by each non-executive director who

held office in Heartland and/or any of its subsidiaries during FY2024 is set out in the table below.

Directors’ fees exclude GST where appropriate.

DirectorBoard feesHeartland

Audit & Risk

Committee

Heartland

Bank Audit

Committee

Heartland

Bank Risk

Committee

Heartland

Corporate

Governance,

People,

Remuneration

and

Nominations

Committee¹

Sustainability

Committee²

Additional

Board fee

Total³

Heartland and Heartland Bank directorships

E F Comerford⁴$118,681$18,585-----$137,266

E J Harvey⁵$120,000$220$16,538---$4,327$141,085

B R Irvine$175,000-- ----$175,000

K Mitchell $120,000----$13,333$25,000$158,333

S M Ruha$120,000--$20,000---$140,000

G R Tomlinson$175,000---$10,000--$185,000

S R Tyler$120,000-$3,333----$123,333

G E Summerhayes⁶$75,000------$75,000

R A Bell⁷--------

S Beckett⁸--------

Subsidiary directorships

A J Aitken$32,000⁹ ------$32,000

C R Mace$15,000¹⁰------$15,000

E F ComerfordA$49,451¹¹------$49,451

R G UdovenyaA$30,417¹²------$30,417

G E Summerhayes⁶A$251,750------$251,750

V Yu¹³A$23,401------$23,401

L McGrath¹⁴A$23,401AU$3,774-----$27,176

S Buggle¹⁵A$23,401AU$3,774-----$27,176

B R Irvine¹⁶$8,750------$8,750

To t a l

$1,600,137

Heartland and Heartland Bank Board rolesFees (per annum)

Heartland and Heartland Bank Board Chairs$175,000

Heartland and Heartland Bank Board Members$120,000

Board Member of Heartland Bank Board, where also a member of Heartland Board$25,000

Chair Heartland Audit and Risk Committee$20,000

Member Heartland Audit and Risk CommitteeNil

Chair Corporate Governance, People, Remuneration and Nominations Committee¹$20,000

Member Corporate Governance, People, Remuneration and Nominations Committee¹Nil

Chair Heartland Sustainability Committee$20,000

Member Sustainability CommitteeNil

Chair Heartland Bank Audit Committee$20,000

Member Heartland Bank Audit CommitteeNil

Chair Heartland Bank Risk Committee$20,000

Member Heartland Bank Risk CommitteeNil

Chair Heartland Bank People & Culture and Remuneration Committee$20,000

Member Heartland Bank People & Culture and Remuneration CommitteeNil

Heartland Bank Australia Board rolesFees (per annum)

Heartland Bank Australia Board ChairA$320,000

Heartland Bank Australia Board Member – Independent Non-Executive DirectorA$155,000

Heartland Bank Australia Board Member – Heartland Bank Non-Executive DirectorA$35,000

Heartland Bank Australia Board Member – Heartland and Heartland Bank ExecutiveNil

Chair Heartland Bank Australia Audit CommitteeA$25,000

Member Heartland Bank Australia Audit CommitteeNil

Chair Heartland Bank Australia Risk CommitteeA$25,000

Member Heartland Bank Australia Risk CommitteeNil

Chair Heartland Bank Australia People, Remuneration and Nominations CommitteeA$25,000

Member Heartland Bank Australia People, Remuneration and Nominations CommitteeNil

DIRECTOR REMUNERATION

Director Remuneration Policy

Total remuneration available to the Group’s

non-executive directors is determined

by Heartland’s shareholders. At the 2023

Annual Meeting, shareholders approved a

resolution to increase the pool available to

all non-executive directors to $2,400,000

or A$2,200,000 (whichever is the greater

amount from time to time). No director

remuneration increases are being sought at

the 2024 Annual Meeting.

Heartland’s policy is to pay directors’ fees in

cash, rather than in shares or share options.

There is no requirement for directors to take

a portion of their remuneration in shares and

nor is there a requirement for directors to

hold shares in Heartland. However, as at 30

June 2024, a number of the directors held

shares, or a beneficial interest in shares, in

Heartland (see '

Directors' disclosures' on

page 61 of this Annual Report for further

d e t a i l s).

Director remuneration outcomes

The tables below set out the fees paid to

the non-executive directors of Heartland for

FY2024 based on the position(s) held.

9 Fees paid to A J Aitken as Chair of MARAC Insurance Limited.

10 Fees paid to C R Mace as a director of MARAC Insurance Limited.

11 Fees paid to E F Comerford by Heartland Australia Group Pty Limited and Heartland Australia Holdings Pty Limited (E F Comerford resigned as a

director from 26 July 2019 but still received fees in return for consultancy services provided to these companies).

12 Fees paid to R G Udovenya as a director of ASF Custodians Pty Limited.

13 V Yu was appointed to the Heartland Bank Australia Board on 30 April 2024.

14 L T McGrath was an independent, non-executive director on the Challenger Bank Limited Board prior to the completion of its acquisition by Heartland

Bank on 30 April 2024.

15 S Buggle was appointed to the Heartland Bank Australia Board on 30 April 2024.

16 B R Irvine was appointed to the Heartland Bank Australia Board on 30 April 2024.

73
DISCLOSURES

72

NGĀ PĀRONGO MŌ TE HUNGA WHAIPĀNGA

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

SPREAD OF SHARES

Set out below are details of the spread of shareholders of Heartland as at 1 August 2024 (being a

date not more than two months prior to the date of this Annual Report).

Size of holding Number of shareholders Total shares % of issued shares

1 - 1,000 shares 1,426 744,402 0.08

1,001 - 5,000 shares 3,056 8,733,660 0.94

5,001 - 10,000 shares 2,185 16,186,157 1.74

10,001 - 50,000 shares 4,862 112,980,628 12.13

50,001 - 100,000 shares 1,102 77,002,411 8.27

100,001 shares and over 791 715,373,141 76.84

Total 13,422 931,020,399 100.00

TWENTY LARGEST SHAREHOLDERS

Set out below are details of the 20 largest shareholders of Heartland as at 1 August 2024 (being a

date not more than two months prior to the date of this Annual Report).

RankShareholderTotal shares % of issued capital

1 Harrogate Trustee Limited 83,335,936 8.95

2 FNZ Custodians Limited 64,823,368 6.96

3 HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited 61,604,901 6.62

4 Bnp Paribas Nominees NZ Limited Bpss40 41,355,753 4.44

5 Accident Compensation Corporation 39,042,231 4.19

6 New Zealand Depository Nominee 32,334,693 3.47

7 Custodial Services Limited 26,339,214 2.83

8 Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 22,044,820 2.37

9 Philip Maurice Carter 14,972,472 1.61

10 Tea Custodians Limited 14,115,064 1.52

11 Citibank Nominees (Nz) Ltd 13,318,130 1.43

12 Jns Capital Limited 9,137,180 0.98

13 Public Trust 8,888,636 0.95

14 Onepoto Investments Holdings Limited 8,557,044 0.92

15 Pt Booster Investments Nominees Limited 8,486,988 0.91

16 Bnp Paribas Nominees NZ Limited Bpss41 7,914,579 0.85

17 Heartland Trust 6,504,266 0.70

18 FNZ Custodians Limited 6,266,777 0.67

19 Mmc Queen Street Nominees Ltd Acf Salt Funds Management 4,406,768 0.47

20 FNZ Custodians Limited 4,252,764 0.46

Total477,701,58451.30

SUBSTANTIAL PRODUCT HOLDERS

As at 30 June 2024, Heartland had 930,561,329 ordinary shares on issue and, according to

Heartland’s records and disclosure notices provided to Heartland, the following entities were

substantial product holders of Heartland.

NameNumber of shares Class of shares

% of total number of


shares in class

Harrogate Trustee Limited 83,335,936Ordinary 8.95

FirstCape Group Limited51,151,997¹Ordinary5.49

Accident Compensation Corporation 46,856,077 Ordinary5.03

SIGNIFICANT INFLUENCE

Under the Banking (Prudential Supervision) Act 1989, a person must obtain the prior written consent

of the RBNZ before acquiring an interest of 10% or more in Heartland.

HE PĀRONGO ATU ANŌ

OTHER INFORMATION

AUDITORS’ FEES

PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) has

continued to act as auditors of Heartland and

its New Zealand subsidiaries. The amount

payable by Heartland and its New Zealand

subsidiaries to PwC as audit fees during

FY2024 was $1,388,000. The amount of fees

payable to PWC for non-audit work during

FY2024 was $113,000. These non-audit fees

were primarily for regulatory assurance

services and greenhouse gas emissions

reporting.

Ernst & Young (EY) were appointed

as auditors of Heartland’s Australian

subsidiaries. The amount payable by

Heartland’s Australian subsidiaries to EY as

audit fees during FY2024 was $692,000. The

amount of fees payable to EY for non-audit

work during FY2024 was $451,000. These

non-audit fees were primarily for regulatory

assurance services, actuarial services and

other advisory services including directors

and executive remuneration review, CPS 234

information security plan review, review of

Australian banking policies, assessment of

funding facilities and facilitation of strategy

review workshop. EY carried out other

advisory services prior to the appointment of

EY as auditor.

CREDIT RATING

As at the date of this Annual Report,

Heartland has a Fitch Australia Pty Limited

long-term credit rating of BBB (outlook

stable).

DONATIONS

The total amount of donations made by

Heartland during FY2024 was $5,000. No

political donations were made in FY2024.

EXERCISE OF NZX

DISCIPLINARY POWERS


NZX Limited did not exercise any of its

powers under Listing Rule 9.9.3 in relation to

Heartland and its subsidiaries during FY2024.

NZX WAIVERS

No waivers were granted to Heartland or

relied on by Heartland during FY2024.

1 Details as per the ‘Disclosure of beginning to have substantial holding’ released by FirstCape Group Limited to Heartland and the NZX

Limited on 1 May 2024.

75
MAORI TITLE

ENGLISH TITLE

HE KŌRERO AHUMONI

FINANCIAL COMMENTARY

Heartland (NZX/ASX: HGH) announced

a NPAT of $74.5 million for FY2024. On an

underlying basis¹, FY2024 NPAT was

$102.7 million.

In a challenging economic environment,

Heartland achieved solid Receivables²

growth, up 6.4%³ on FY2023.⁴ While some

volatility is expected to continue through

at least the remainder of the 2024 calendar

year, the longer-term outlook for Heartland

is positive. Having executed significant

strategic milestones in FY2024, further

growth is anticipated in FY2025 as Heartland

continues towards its FY2028 ambitions.

Heartland’s FY2024 result was impacted

by the rapidly deteriorating economic

conditions in May and June 2024 which saw

the emergence of additional provisions

primarily in Heartland Bank’s Asset Finance,

Motor Finance and Rural portfolios. This

resulted in a 4.9% shortfall to guidance. This

late increase in provisions reflects (amongst

other things) enhancements to Heartland

Bank’s Motor Finance provisioning model, a

more conservative provisioning approach on

certain Rural exposures, and the effect of the

sustained inflationary environment on some

consumer and business borrowers.

FY2024FY2023

Reported NPAT$74.5M$95.9M

De-designation of derivatives$4.7m$6.5M

Fair value changes on equity investments held$0.3m$4.5M

Bridging loann/a$1.3M

Australia Bank Programme transaction costs$7.7m$2.2M

Other provisionsn/a($0.5M)

Other$0.6m$0.2M

Adjusted NPAT

1

$87.9MN/A

Provisions for a subset of legacy lending$11.5mN/A

Challenger Bank NPAT$3.3mN/A

Underlying NPAT

1

$102.7m$110.2m

Underlying NPAT guidance range$108-112m$109-114m

GROWTH

Consistent with the market, Heartland’s

growth in FY2024 was impacted by the

challenging economic environment. Despite

this, Heartland grew Receivables by 6.4%

($432.1 million)³ to $7.2 billion.

Reverse Mortgages, Asset Finance and

Motor Finance continued to perform well.

Reverse Mortgage Receivables were up

$179.6 million (20.2%) to $1.07 billion in New

Zealand and $298.3 million (19.7%)

3

to $1.81

billion in Australia. Asset Finance Receivables

increased $54.3 million (8.0%) to $737.0 million

FY2024 FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

FY2024 reported results have been normalised to exclude one-off or non-cash technical items.

5

1 Financial results are presented on a reported and underlying basis. Reported results are prepared in accordance with NZ GAAP and include the

impacts of positive and negative one-offs, which can make it difficult to compare performance between periods. Underlying results (which are

non-GAAP financial information) exclude the impact of the de-designation of derivatives, the fair value changes on equity investments held, the

Australian Bank Programme costs, an increase in provisions for a subset of legacy lending, the Challenger Bank NPAT, and any other impacts of

one-offs. Adjusted NPAT before excluding the increase in provisions for a subset of legacy lending and the Challenger Bank NPAT was $87.9 million.

The use of underlying results is intended to allow for easier comparability between periods and is used internally by Management for this purpose. A

summary of reported and underlying results, details about FY2024 one-offs, and general information about the use of non-GAAP financial measures

is available in Heartland’s FY2024 investor presentation (IP) available at heartlandgroup.info.

05 FINANCIAL RESULTS

For the year ended 30 June 2024

77
FINANCIAL RESULTS

76

2 Receivables includes Reverse Mortgages.

3 Excludes the impact of changes in FX rates.

4 All comparative results are based on the audited full year consolidated Financial Statements of the Group for FY2023.

5 For a detailed reconciliation between reported and underlying financial information, and details about one-offs in the periods covered in

this investor presentation, refer to Heartland’s FY2024 IP available at heartlandgroup.info.

6 Based on data from Turners, dated June 2024 (data sourced from Waka Kotahi NZ Transport Agency).

7 NIM is calculated as net interest income over average gross interest earning assets.

in a market with difficult trading conditions.

Motor Finance growth of $59.0 million (3.8%)

to $1.63 billion was pleasing in a market where

total new and used car sales by dealers in

New Zealand were down 12.7% in FY2024.

6


Heartland’s Australian Livestock Finance

business was impacted largely by

adverse weather and market conditions

as Receivables decreased $103.0 million

(27.5%)

3

to $272.0 million. Receivables

balances stabilised in the second half of

FY2024 (2H2024) (down $26.6 million in

2H2024 vs $76.4 million in the first half of

FY2024 (1H2024)), in line with lower volatility

in cattle and lamb pricing, and improved

trading conditions in New South Wales and

Queensland. However, 2H2024 growth was

negatively impacted compared to forecast

growth by unseasonably dry conditions

across South Australia and Victoria,

presenting limited opportunity for customers

to trade livestock and accelerating

repayments. Product development to

meet the growing Australian feedlotting

sector, in combination with new distribution

partnerships, is expected to contribute to

portfolio growth in FY2025.

NZ Banking

Underlying NIM for Heartland Bank was 3.79%,

down 32 bps from FY2023 due to a higher

cost of funds, the slower repayment of lower

margin Asset Finance and Motor Finance

loans as customers deferred asset upgrades,

and a slower pass through of rate increases

to Reverse Mortgage customers.

Underlying NIM stabilised during 2H2024

as cost of funds increases slowed and NIM

improvement accelerated in Asset Finance

and Motor Finance, assisted by the pass

through of rate increases to New Zealand

Reverse Mortgage customers late in the

financial year. FY2024 exit underlying NIM was

3.92% and has improved early into FY2025.

Looking forward, underlying NIM expansion

is expected to continue and is forecast to

rise above 4% by the third quarter of FY2025

driven by:

• continued NIM improvement in fixed rate

portfolios, primarily Motor Finance and

Asset Finance

• a focus on core lending growth combined

with active management of Non-Strategic

Assets

• cost of funds benefits from a reducing rate

environment.

AU Banking

Underlying NIM for Heartland’s Australian

ADI, Heartland Bank Australia, was 3.17%,

down 45 bps from FY2023 primarily due to

the $103.0 million reduction in Australian

Livestock Finance Receivables, of which

$76.4 million occurred in 1H2024. This was

compounded by the continued increase in

wholesale cost of funding which was not

passed onto Australian Livestock Finance

customers. Australian Reverse Mortgage NIM

was managed consistently to 3.00% across

FY2024.

Base rate stability and an abatement in the

retraction of Australian Livestock Finance

saw underlying NIM stabilise across 2H2024.

FY2024 exit underlying NIM was 3.19%.

Looking forward, underlying NIM expansion is

Underlying

NIM

FY20231H20242H2024FY2024FY2024 exitFY2025

expectation

NZ Banking4.11%3.81%3.79%3.79%3.92%4.00%

AU Banking3.62%3.35%3.22%3.17%3.19%3.40%

NET INTEREST MARGIN

7


Heartland’s underlying NIM was 3.64%, a reduction of 36 basis points (bps) from FY2023.

8

expected and is forecast to rise above 3.40%

for FY2025. An FY2025 exit underlying NIM

above 4% is projected as:

• current excess liquidity in Heartland Bank

Australia is consumed

• the transition from wholesale to retail

funding largely concludes

• growth in Australian Livestock Finance is

expected to return due to more favourable

market conditions and the execution of

product and distribution initiatives.

CREDIT QUALITY

Reflecting the challenging economic

conditions, Heartland’s overall credit quality

deteriorated year-on-year during FY2024.

The underlying impairment expense ratio

increased to 0.44% in FY2024, up 8 bps

compared with FY2023.

9

NZ Banking

Heartland Bank’s non-performing loans

ratio deteriorated from 2.56% to 3.66% in

FY2024. Most of this deterioration occurred

in 1H2024 which saw an increase of 104 bps.

2H2024 saw a relative stabilisation with only

a 6 bps increase on 1H2024. The trend in total

arrears showed a similar pattern with 1H2024

witnessing a 230 bps deterioration (to a peak

of 7.6%) but an improvement of 70 bps in

2H2024 to 6.9%. This deterioration primarily

originated from the Motor Finance and

Asset Finance portfolios which remain under

pressure.

In contrast, New Zealand’s Reverse Mortgage

credit quality continues to be strong, with a

weighted average loan-to-value ratio (LV R)

of 23.5%. Given house prices are expected

to have troughed and interest rates are

beginning to fall, this portfolio is expected

to remain strong in FY2025 and beyond.

Heartland Bank’s Online Home Loans portfolio

is similarly robust with a low arrears rate of

0.4%.

Nevertheless, due to the challenging

economic conditions, provisions increased

by $22 million in FY2024. This included the $16

million provision raised by Heartland Bank in

December 2023 which was utilised to cover

enhanced provision modelling outcomes

and to write-off longer standing loans in

Motor Finance and Business lending. As a

result, Heartland Bank reduced the subset of

longer standing Motor Finance arrears by 58%

between December 2023 and June 2024.

The RBNZ’s August 2024 Monetary Policy

Statement noted a significant deterioration

in domestic economic conditions during May

and June 2024. During this period, Heartland

Bank witnessed the emergence of additional

specific and collective provisions totalling $10.1

million as follows.

• Specific provisions increased by $7.3

million across the Asset Finance and Rural

portfolios as the incidence of businesses

that entered voluntary liquidation,

receivership, or ceased to trade increased.

Furthermore, recent reductions in

land prices led to a more conservative

provisioning approach on certain Rural

exposures.

• Collective provisions increased by

$2.8 million, primarily across the

Motor Finance and Open for Business

portfolios as customer arrears spiked,

and enhancements to the Motor Finance

provisioning model (implemented in June

2024) took effect.

Heartland Bank remains committed to

ongoing investment in operational process

efficiency and systems automation within

the Collections & Recoveries area, thereby

maintaining the positive momentum evidenced

in 2H2024. Heartland Bank will continue to

closely manage Business and Rural loans,

supporting creditworthy customers through

the end of a challenging economic cycle.

The recent reduction in the rate of inflation

and the associated fall in the Official Cash

Rate signals a positive change for the New

Zealand economy. While this is encouraging,

the projected unemployment rate and the

lag between interest rates and business

outcomes means Heartland Bank expects

some volatility to continue through FY2025.


AU Banking

As farmers responded to extreme weather

conditions, many held onto livestock for longer

periods of time through FY2024 to gain weight

8 Underlying NIM refers to NIM calculated using underlying results. When calculated using reported results, NIM was 3.39%, down 58 bps

compared with FY2023. For more information, refer to Heartland’s FY2024 IP available at heartlandgroup.info.

9 Underlying impairment expense ratio refers to the impairment expense ratio calculated using underlying results. When calculated using

reported results, the impairment expense ratio was 0.66%, up 30 bps compared with FY2023. For more information, refer to Heartland’s

FY2024 IP available at heartlandgroup.info.

79
FINANCIAL RESULTS

78

and recoup value. Heartland expects these

remaining livestock to be sold and replaced

through the first half of FY2025. While

conditions are improving, Heartland Bank

Australia is continuing to work closely with

customers who may be experiencing stress

in the current market conditions. Despite

the extreme market and seasonal conditions

that Australian Livestock Finance customers

have endured, the relatively low level of

provisioning (A$1.2 million) is an indication

of the credit strength and resilience of the

portfolio and more broadly the sector.

Whilst in Australia interest rate and cost of

living pressures will likely remain until the

second half of FY2025, Australian Reverse

Mortgage credit quality is strong, with a

weighted average LVR of 23.5% and only 0.6%

of loans with an LVR over 50%.

COSTS

While underlying costs in FY2024 were

controlled (underlying operating expenses

(OPEX) decreased by $1.3 million (1.0%)

9

),

the CTI ratio was flat year-on-year despite

the reduction in net operating income which

was largely due to NIM compression and is

expected to correct during FY2025.

Staff expenses decreased by $6.1 million due

to lower discretionary payments following the

shortfall to underlying NPAT guidance.

IT costs increased by $1.9 million due to

inflationary pressures influencing higher

licensing and service charges, alongside

increased investment in IT security.

Other operating expenses increased $2.1

million due to a combination of higher legal

and professional fees and occupancy

expenses.

Heartland’s underlying CTI ratio is expected

to increase in FY2025 as the full cost base

of the ADI is absorbed, and Heartland Bank’s

core banking system upgrade commences

amortisation (adding approximately $5.4

million of non-cash operating expenditure per

annum over a seven-year period).

Despite this, Heartland remains committed

to its ambition of an underlying CTI ratio of

less than 35% by the end of FY2028. Several

initiatives are underway to achieve this,

including:

• a strategy to transition from wholesale to

retail funding, particularly in Australia

• realising cost savings through

digitalisation and automation

• creating structural efficiencies in New

Zealand and Australia as the banking

group matures to build the capacity for

growth.

NGĀ PUKA KAUTE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

General Information .........................80

Auditor

.........................................80

Other Material Matters

......................80

Directors

.......................................80

Directors’ Statements

......................82

Statement of Comprehensive Income

. . . 83

Statement of Changes in Equity

..........84

Statement of Financial Position

...........85

Statement of Cash Flows

...................86

Notes to the Financial Statements

.......88

1 Financial statements preparation

..88

Performance

2 Segmental analysis

....................94

3 Net interest income

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96

4 Net operating lease income

..........97

5 Other income

............................97

6 Operating expenses

...................98

7 Compensation of auditor

.............98

8 Impaired asset expense

..............100

9 Taxation

...................................101

10 Earnings per share

.....................102

Financial Position

11 Investments

.............................103

12 Derivative financial instruments

. . . 104

13 Finance receivables

measured at amortised cost

........109

14 Operating lease vehicles

..............114

15 Borrowings

...............................115

16 Share capital and dividends

..........118

17 Other reserves

..........................119

18 Other balance sheet items

..........120

19 Acquisition

...............................124

20 Related party transactions

and balances

............................126

21 Fair value

.................................128

Risk Management

22 Enterprise risk management

........134

23 Credit risk exposure

...................139

24 Liquidity risk

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

25 Interest rate risk

........................146

Other Disclosures

26 Significant subsidiaries

..............149

27 Structured entities

....................149

28 Staff share ownership

arrangements

...........................151

29 Securitisation, funds management

and other fiduciary activities

.......153

30 Concentrations of funding

..........153

31 Offsetting financial instruments

...154

32 Contingent liabilities and

commitments

...........................155

33 Events after reporting date

.........155

Auditor’s Report

.............................156

CONTENTS

for the year ended 30 June 2024

81
FINANCIAL RESULTS

80

GENERAL INFORMATION

These financial statements are issued by Heartland Group Holdings Limited (HGH) and its

subsidiaries (the Group) for the year ended 30 June 2024.

Name and address for service

The Group’s address for service is:

Level 3, 35 Teed Street, Newmarket, Auckland 1023.

Details of incorporation

HGH was incorporated under the Companies Act 1993 on 19 July 2018.

AUDITOR

PricewaterhouseCoopers

PwC Tower, Level 27

15 Customs Street West

Auckland 1010

OTHER MATERIAL MATTERS

There are no material matters relating to the business or affairs of the Group that are not

disclosed in these consolidated financial statements which, if disclosed, would materially

affect the decision of a person to subscribe for debt or equity instruments of which the Group is

the issuer.

DIRECTORS

All Directors of HGH reside in New Zealand with the exception of Robert Bell and Simon Beckett

who reside in Australia. Communications to the Directors can be sent to Heartland Group

Holdings Limited, Level 3, 35 Teed Street, Newmarket, Auckland 1023.

Geoffrey Edward Summerhayes resigned as Independent Non-Executive Director of HGH,

effective 30 April 2024.

Edward John Harvey was appointed as an Independent Non-Executive Director of HGH,

effective 30 April 2024.

Ellen Frances Comerford resigned as Independent Non-Executive Director of HGH,

effective 26 June 2024.

Robert Bell was appointed as an Independent Non-Executive Director of HGH,

effective 27 June 2024.

Simon Beckett was appointed as an Independent Non-Executive Director of HGH,

effective 27 June 2024.

There have been no other changes to the composition of the Board of Directors of the Group for

the year ended 30 June 2024.

DIRECTORS (CONTINUED)

The Directors of HGH and their details at the time these financial statements were signed were:

Chair - Board of Directors

Name: Gregory Raymond Tomlinson

Qualifications: AME

Type of Director: Non-Independent Non-Executive Director

Occupation: Company Director

External Directorships: Alta Cable Holdings Limited, Chippies Vineyard Limited, Indevin Group

Holdings Limited, Indevin Group Investments Limited, Indevin Group Limited, Mountbatten

Trustee Limited, Nearco Stud Limited, Oceania Healthcare Limited, Pelorus Finance Limited, St

Leonards Limited, Tomlinson Group Argenta GP Limited, Tomlinson Group NZ Limited, Tomlinson

Holdings Limited, Tomlinson Group Investments Limited, Tomlinson Ventures Limited, Terra Vitae

Vineyards Limited.

Name: Simon Beckett

Qualifications: BSc (Hons), GAICD

Type of Director: Independent Non-Executive Director

Occupation: Company Director

External Directorships: ORDE Holdings Pty Ltd, ORDE Financial Pty Ltd, ORDE Capital

Management Limited, ORDE Mortgage Custodian Pty Ltd, GeoSnapShot Pty Ltd, First Avenue

Ventures Pty, First Avenue Capital Pty Ltd.

Name: Robert Bell

Qualifications: BBus

Type of Director: Independent Non-Executive Director

Occupation: Company Director

External Directorships: Liveheats Pty Ltd, 86 Elwood Pty Ltd, Home Finance Company PTE Ltd.

Name: Jeffrey Kenneth Greenslade

Qualifications: LLB

Type of Director: Non-Independent Executive Director

Occupation: Chief Executive Officer of Heartland Group Holdings Limited

External Directorships: Henley Family Investments Limited.

Name: Edward John Harvey

Qualifications: BCom, CA, CFInstD

Type of Director: Independent Non-Executive Director

Occupation: Company Director

External Directorships: Napier Port Holdings Ltd, Pomare Investments Ltd, Port of Napier Ltd.

Name: Kathryn Mitchell

Qualifications: BA, CMInstD

Type of Director: Independent Non-Executive Director

Occupation: Company Director

External Directorships: Chambers@151 Limited, Christchurch International Airport Limited,

Firsttrax Approvals Limited, Link Engine Management Limited, Link Management International

(NZ) Limited, Morrison Horgan Limited, The New Zealand Merino Company Limited, The A2 Milk

Company Limited, Purepods Limited.

83
FINANCIAL RESULTS

82

G R Tomlinson (Chair)R Bell

J K GreensladeS Beckett

K MitchellE J Harvey

DIRECTORS’ STATEMENTS

The financial statements are dated 28 August 2024 and have been signed by all Directors.

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

For the year ended 30 June 2024

$000’sNoteJune 2024June 2023

Interest income3661,032527,710

Interest expense3383,387245,721

Net interest income277,645281,989

Operating lease income46,0585,631

Operating lease expenses44,3733,827

Net operating lease income1,6851,804

Lending and credit fee income14,28411,753

Other (expense)5(2,946)(5,742)

Net operating income290,668289,804

Operating expenses6139,386128,079

Profit before impaired asset expense and income tax151,282161,725

Fair value (loss) on investments and investment property(314)(4,488)

Impaired asset expense846,42323,244

Profit before income tax104,545133,993

Income tax expense929,99638,125

Profit for the year74,54995,868

Other comprehensive income

Items that are or may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss, net of

income tax:

Effective portion of change in fair value of derivative financial instruments in a

cash flow hedge relationship

(10,701)7,116

Movement in fair value reserve925(533)

Movement in foreign currency translation reserve1,773(6,803)

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss, net of income tax:

Movement in fair value of equity investments at fair value through other

comprehensive income

(3,152)(2,411)

Other comprehensive income for the year, net of income tax(11,155)(2,631)

Total comprehensive income for the year63,39493,237

Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share109.85c13.96c

Diluted earnings per share109.85c13.96c

Total comprehensive income for the year is attributable to the owners of the Group.

85
FINANCIAL RESULTS

84

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

For the year ended 30 June 2024

June 2024June 2023

$000’sNote

Share

CapitalReserves

Retained

Earnings

Total

Equity

Share

Capital Reserves

Retained

Earnings

Total

Equity

Balance at beginning

of year

800,7126,240 224,0521,031,004599,1859,936 199,586808,707

Total comprehensive

income for the year

Profit for the year--74,54974,549--95,86895,868

Other comprehensive

(loss)/ income, net of

income tax

17-(11,155)-(11,155)-(2,631)-(2,631)

Total comprehensive

income for the year

- (11,155)74,54963,394- (2,631)95,86893,237

Transactions with

owners

Dividends paid16--(71,190)(71,190)--(71,402)(71,402)

Dividend reinvestment

plan

1613,476--13,4767,100--7,100

Transaction costs

associated with capital

raising

16(6,254)--(6,254)(3,749)--(3,749)

Share based payments28-(2,816)-(2,816)-105-105

Share issuance16210,255--210,255 197,006--197,006

Vesting of share based

payments

28765(765)--1,170(1,170)--

Total transactions


with owners

218,242(3,581)(71,190)143,471 201,527(1,065)(71,402)129,060

Balance at end of


the year

1,018,954(8,496)227,411 1,237,869800,7126,240 224,0521,031,004

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

As at 30 June 2024

$000 ’sNoteJune 2024June 2023

Assets

Cash and cash equivalents629,619311,503

Investments111,092,131330,240

Derivative financial instruments1212,31636,983

Finance receivables measured at amortised cost134,266,9464,334,214

Finance receivables - reverse mortgages212,897,8182,403,810

Investment properties3,66011,903

Operating lease vehicles1418,26116,966

Right of use assets1815,51912,318

Other assets1835,18527,990

Current tax asset16,7671,960

Intangible assets18279,906235,733

Deferred tax asset923,72721,105

Total assets9,291,8557,744,725

Liabilities

Deposits15 5,949,1164,131,025

Other borrowings15 2,040,7632,496,375

Derivative financial instruments129,0177,624

Lease liabilities1817,77614,287

Tax liabilities-6,112

Trade and other payables1837,31458,298

Total liabilities8,053,9866,713,721

Net assets1,237,8691,031,004

Equity

Share capital161,018,954800,712

Retained earnings and other reserves17218,915230,292

Total equity1,237,8691,031,004

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

87
FINANCIAL RESULTS

86

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

For the year ended 30 June 2024

$000’sNoteJune 2024June 2023

Cash flows from operating activities

Interest received433,047333,874

Operating lease income received5,2884,571

Lending, credit fees and other income received9,3456,292

Operating inflows447,680344,737

Interest paid(327,643)(193,679)

Payments to suppliers and employees(155,782)(128,195)

Taxation paid(46,842)(54,629)

Operating outflows(530,267)(376,503)

Net cash flows applied to operating activities before changes in operating

assets and liabilities

(82,587)(31,766)

Proceeds from sale of operating lease vehicles2,2194,492

Purchase of operating lease vehicles(6,732)(8,766)

Net movement in finance receivables

1

473,912(448,210)

Net movement in deposits541,541526,939

Net cash flows from operating activities

2

928,35342,689

Cash flows from investing activities

Purchase of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets(28,091)(24,669)

Proceeds from investment securities246,49055,443

Purchase of investment securities(637,399)(95,000)

Deposit paid for the conditional acquisition of Challenger Bank Limited-(3,936)

Purchase of equity investment-(6,952)

Purchase of investment property-(71)

Cash acquired on acquisition of subsidiary19165,620-

Purchase of subsidiary, net of cash acquired-(3,047)

Net cash flows applied to investing activities(253,380)(78,232)

Cash flows from financing activities

Proceeds from wholesale borrowings1,743,5101,264,359

Repayment of wholesale borrowings(2,362,786)(1,208,292)

Proceeds from issue of unsubordinated notes189,58887,589

Repayment of unsubordinated notes(123,764)(330,300)

Proceeds from issue of subordinated notes51,57297,934

Dividends paid16(57,714)(64,303)

Payment of lease liabilities(3,044)(2,656)

Net issue of share capital16204,001193,364

Net cashflows (applied to)/from financing activities(358,637)37,695

Net increase in cash held316,3362,152

Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents1,780(1,407)

Opening cash and cash equivalents311,503310,758

Closing cash and cash equivalents

3

629,619311,503

1 Includes proceeds from sale of reverse mortgage portfolio from the Group to HBA prior to HBA’s acquisition. Refer to Note 21 - Fair value for

further details.

2 Cash flows from operating activities do not include cash flows from wholesale borrowings which are included as part of financing activities.

3 At 30 June 2024, the Group has $176.0 million (2023: $97.0 million) of cash held by the Trusts which may only be used for the purposes defined

in the underlying Trust documents. Refer to Note 27 - Structured entities for definition of Trusts and further details.

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

1 Cash flows from operating activities do not include cash flows from wholesale borrowings which are included as part of financing activities.

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS (CONTINUED)

For the year ended 30 June 2024

Reconciliation of profit after tax to net cash flows from operating activities

$000’sNoteJune 2024June 2023

Profit for the year74,54995,868

Add/(less) non-cash items:

Depreciation and amortisation expense12,12910,124

Depreciation on lease vehicles143,9023,461

Capitalised net interest income and fee income(186,389)(154,706)

Impaired asset expense846,42323,244

Fair value movements(11,537)6,899

Deferred tax(2,622)1,969

Other non-cash items(3,110)2,097

Total non-cash items (141,204)(106,912)

Add/(less) movements in operating assets and liabilities:

Finance receivables473,912(448,210)

Operating lease vehicles(5,197)(5,266)

Other assets595(2,856)

Current tax (20,919)(17,892)

Derivative financial instruments26,0609,521

Deposits541,541526,939

Other liabilities(20,984)(8,503)

Total movements in operating assets and liabilities995,00853,733

Net cash flows from operating activities

1

928,35342,689

89
FINANCIAL RESULTS

88

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the year ended 30 June 2024

1 Financial statements preparation

Reporting entity

The financial statements presented are the consolidated financial statements comprising Heartland Group

Holdings (HGH) and its controlled entities (the Group). Refer to Note 26 – Significant subsidiaries and Significant

events section within this note for further details.

HGH is a company incorporated in New Zealand under the Companies Act 1993 and a Financial Market Conduct

(FMC) reporting entity for the purposes of the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013.

The Group is a designated climate reporting entity (CRE) under the climate-related disclosure regime and is

required to meet its requirements effective from the financial reporting period commencing 1 July 2023. Refer to

Note 22 - Enterprise risk management for further details.

Basis of preparation

The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Practice in

New Zealand (NZ GAAP), the New Zealand Exchange (NZX) Main Board Listing Rules and the Australian Securities

Exchange (ASX) Listing Rules. The financial statements comply with New Zealand Equivalents to International

Financial Reporting Standards (NZ IFRS) and other applicable Financial Reporting Standards as appropriate for

profit-oriented entities. The financial statements also comply with International Financial Reporting Standards

Accounting Standards (IFRS Accounting Standards) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

The financial statements are presented in New Zealand dollars which is the Group’s functional and presentation

currency. Unless otherwise indicated, amounts are rounded to the nearest thousand dollars.

The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis after considering the Group’s funding and

liquidity position.

The accounting policies adopted have been applied consistently throughout the periods presented in these

financial statements.

Certain comparative balances have been reclassified to align with the presentation used in the current financial

year. These reclassifications have no impact on the overall financial performance or financial position for the

comparative year.

Basis of measurement

The financial statements have been prepared on the basis of historical cost, except for certain financial

instruments and investment properties, which are measured at their fair values as identified in the accounting

policies set out in the accompanying notes to the financial statements.

Principles of consolidation

The financial statements of the Group incorporate the assets, liabilities and results of all controlled entities.

Controlled entities are all entities in which the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its

involvement with the entities and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entities.

Intercompany transactions, balances and any unrealised income and expense (except for foreign currency

transaction gains or losses) between controlled entities are eliminated.

Assets and liabilities in a transactional currency that is not the New Zealand dollar, are translated at the exchange

rates ruling at balance date. Revenue and expense items are translated at the average rate at the balance date.

Exchange differences are taken to the statement of comprehensive income.

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

1 Financial statements preparation (continued)

Changes in accounting standards

Accounting standards issued and effective

Disclosure of Accounting Policies - Amendments to NZ IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements

The Group adopted the amendments to NZ IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements. Effective 1 July 2023, these

amendments require the disclosure of material accounting policy information instead of significant accounting

policies. The amendments did not result in any changes to the accounting policies and did not impact the

accounting policy information disclosed below.

Disclosure of fees for audit firms’ services (Amendments to FRS-44)

Amendments were issued to FRS-44 New Zealand Additional Disclosures (Amendments to FRS-44) that require an

entity to describe the services provided by its audit or review firm and to disclose the fees incurred by the entity for

those services using prescribed categories.

The Group early adopted the Amendments to FRS-44 from 1 July 2022. Refer to Note 7 - Compensation of auditor for

further details.

There have been no other changes to accounting policies or new or amended standards that are issued and

effective that are expected to have a material impact on the Group.

Accounting standards issued not yet effective

Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements (NZ IFRS 18)

IFRS 18 Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements (IFRS 18) was issued in April 2024 to replace IAS 1

Presentation of Financial Statements (IAS 1) when applied. New Zealand Equivalent to IFRS 18 (NZ IFRS 18) was

issued on 23 May 2024. Most of the presentation and disclosure requirements will largely remain unchanged

together with other disclosures carried forward from IAS 1. NZ IFRS 18 primarily introduces the following:

• a defined structure for the statement of comprehensive income by classifying items into one of the five

categories: operating, investing, financing, income taxes and discontinued operations. Entities will also present

expenses in the operating category by nature, function, or a mix of both, based on facts and circumstances;

• disclosure of management-defined performance measures (a subset of alternative performance measures /

non-GAAP measures) in a single note together with reconciliation requirements, and

• additional guidance on aggregation and disaggregation principles (applied to all primary financial statements

and notes).

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

91
FINANCIAL RESULTS

90

1 Financial statements preparation (continued)

Accounting standards issued not yet effective (continued)

Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements (NZ IFRS 18) (continued)

NZ IFRS 18 also made limited change to certain presentation and disclosure requirements in the financial

statements, e.g., NZ IAS 7 Statement of Cash Flows; as well as consequential changes to various IFRS Accounting

Standards.

NZ IFRS 18 will be effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2027. The Group expects to

adopt NZ IFRS 18 and relevant consequential changes of other accounting standards in the financial year beginning

1 July 2027. The Group is currently assessing the impact and will disclose more detailed assessments in the future.

Other new accounting standards, amendments to accounting standards and interpretations have been published

that are not mandatory for the 30 June 2024 reporting periods and have not been early adopted by the Group.

These standards, amendments or interpretations are not expected to have a material impact on the current or

future reporting periods.

Critical accounting estimates and judgements

The preparation of the Group’s financial statements requires the use of estimates and judgements. This note

provides an overview of the areas that involve a higher degree of judgement or complexity. Detailed information

about each of these estimates and judgements is included in the relevant notes together with the basis of

calculation for each affected item in the financial statements.

• Provisions for impairment - The effect of credit risk is quantified based on the Group’s best estimate of future

cash repayments and proceeds from any security held or by reference to risk profile groupings, historical

loss data and forward-looking information. Refer to Note 8 - Impaired asset expense and Note 13 - Finance

receivables measured at amortised cost for further details.

• Recognition of Banking Licence intangible asset - The recognition of Banking Licence intangible asset required

judgement in determining external and internal costs directly attributable to the Group’s joint application for

an Australian Authorised Deposit-Taking Institution Licence with Challenger Bank Limited (now Heartland

Bank Australia Limited). Judgement is also required to determine whether such costs fulfil the definition and

recognition criteria of an intangible asset. Such costs include professional fees and costs of employee benefits

arising directly from the application. Refer to Note 18 - Other balance sheet items for further details.

• Fair value of reverse mortgages - Fair value is quantified by the transaction price (cash advanced plus accrued

capitalised interest). Judgement is applied in determining the appropriateness of the transaction price as fair

value. Refer to Note 21 - Fair value for further details.

• Goodwill - The Group carries out impairment testing annually over the carrying value of goodwill of its cash

generating units (CGUs). Uncertainty is involved in estimating fair value less cost to sell and judgement is

applied in assumptions used to determine the recoverable amount of CGU or group of CGUs for impairment

testing. Refer to Note 18 - Other balance sheet items for further details.

• Acquisition of Challenger Bank Limited (now Heartland Bank Australia Limited) – Fair value of the consideration

transferred and fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed, measured on a provisional

basis. Judgement is applied in determining consideration and in the valuation of the acquiree’s identifiable

assets and liabilities assumed on the acquisition date. Refer to Note 19 – Acquisition for further details.

Assumptions made at each reporting date (e.g., the calculation of the provision for impairment and fair value

adjustments) are based on best estimates as at that date. Although the Group has internal controls in place to

ensure that estimates can be reliably measured, actual amounts may differ from these estimates. The estimates

and judgements used in the preparation of the Group’s financial statements are continually evaluated. They are

based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that may have a financial

impact on the entity. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the reporting period in which the

estimates are revised and in any future periods affected.

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

1 Financial statements preparation (continued)

Significant events

Heartland Bank Limited (HBL), subsidiary of HGH, completed the acquisition of Challenger Bank Limited (CBL) from

Challenger Limited on 30 April 2024. Completing the acquisition makes HBL the first New Zealand registered bank to

acquire an Australian authorised deposit-taking institution (ADI). From 1 May 2024, CBL began trading as Heartland

Bank Australia.

As a result of the above transaction, the Group has obtained control over Heartland Bank Australia Limited (HBA)

and has consolidated its results, assets and liabilities from the transaction date. Refer to Note 19 – Acquisition for

further details.

Under the varied conditions of CBL’s banking licence, all the Australian banking business and other Australian

financial activities within HGH and its controlled entities are required to be conducted within CBL or as subsidiaries

of CBL. On 2 May 2024, HGH transferred to CBL 100% shareholding of its Australian subsidiaries, being Heartland

Australia Holdings Pty Limited (HAH) and its controlled entities. This resulted in CBL assuming ownership over

HGH’s Australian reverse mortgage lending, specialist livestock finance and other financial services businesses.

Later in May 2024, the legal entity name for CBL officially changed to HBA.

Financial assets and liabilities

Financial Assets

Financial assets are classified based on:

• The business model within which the assets are managed; and

• Whether the contractual cash flows of the instrument represent solely payment of principal and interest (SPPI).

The Group determines the business model at the level that reflects how groups of financial assets are managed.

When assessing the business model, the Group considers factors including how performance and risks are

managed, evaluated and reported and the frequency and volume of, and reason for sales in previous periods.

Financial assets are classified into the following measurement categories:

Financial AssetsMeasurement Category Note

Government securities, bank bonds and floating

rate notes

Fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI)

and fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL)

11

Public sector securities and corporate bondsFVOCI11

Equity investmentsFVOCI and FVTPL 11

Finance receivables – Reverse mortgagesFVTPL21

Finance receivablesAmortised cost13

Derivative financial instrumentsFVTPL12

Financial assets measured at amortised cost

Financial assets are measured at amortised cost if they are held within a business model whose objective is

achieved through holding the financial asset to collect contractual cash flows which represent SPPI.

Financial assets at amortised cost are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised

cost using the effective interest rate method.

Financial assets measured at FVOCI

Financial assets are measured at FVOCI if they are held within a business model whose objective is achieved both

through collecting contractual cash flows which represent SPPI or selling the financial asset.

Financial assets at FVOCI are measured at fair value with unrealised gains and losses recognised in other

comprehensive income except for interest income, impairment charges and foreign exchange gains and losses,

which are recognised in profit or loss.

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

93
FINANCIAL RESULTS

92

1 Financial statements preparation (continued)

Financial assets and liabilities (continued)

Financial assets (continued)

Financial assets measured at FVTPL

Financial assets are measured at FVTPL if:

• they are held within a business model whose objective is achieved through selling or repurchasing the financial

asset in the near term, or forms part of a portfolio of financial instruments that are managed together and for

which there is evidence of short-term profit taking; or

• the contractual cash flows of the financial asset do not represent SPPI on the principal balance outstanding; or

• they are designated at FVTPL upon initial recognition to eliminate or reduce an accounting mismatch.

Financial assets at FVTPL are measured at fair value with subsequent changes in fair value recognised in profit or

loss.

Financial Liabilities

Financial liabilities are classified into the following measurement categories:

• those to be measured at amortised cost;

• those to be measured at FVTPL.

Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost

Financial liabilities are measured at amortised cost if they are not held for trading or designated at FVTPL.

Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost are accounted for using the effective interest rate method.

Financial liabilities measured at FVTPL

Financial liabilities are measured at FVTPL if:

• they are held for trading whose principal objective is achieved through selling or repurchasing the financial

liability in the near term, or forms part of a portfolio of financial instruments that are managed together and for

which there is evidence of short-term profit taking; or

• they are designated at FVTPL upon initial recognition to eliminate or reduce an accounting mismatch.

Financial liabilities at FVTPL are measured at fair value with subsequent changes in fair value recognised in profit or

loss.

Further details of the accounting policy for each category of financial asset or financial liability mentioned above is

set out in the note for the relevant item.

The Group’s policies for determining the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities are set out in Note 21 -

Fair value.

Recognition

The Group initially recognises finance receivables and borrowings on the date that they are originated. All other

financial assets and liabilities (including assets and liabilities designated at FVTPL) are initially recognised on the

trade date at which the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

Derecognition

The Group derecognises a financial asset when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire,

or it transfers the rights to receive the contractual cash flows on the financial asset in a transaction in which

substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset are transferred. Any interest in transferred

financial assets that is created or retained by the Group is recognised as a separate asset.

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

1 Financial statements preparation (continued)

Financial assets and liabilities (continued)

Financial liabilities (continued)

The Group enters into transactions whereby it transfers assets recognised on its statement of financial position,

but retains either all risks or rewards of the transferred assets or a portion of them. If all or substantially all risks and

rewards are retained, then the transferred assets are not derecognised from the statement of financial position.

Transfers of assets with the retention of all or substantially all risks and rewards include, for example, securitised

assets and repurchase transactions.

Financial liabilities are derecognised when the obligation is discharged, cancelled or expires. Where an existing

financial liability is replaced by another from the same lender on substantially different terms, or the terms of an

existing liability are substantially modified, the exchange or modification is treated as a derecognition of the original

liability and the recognition of a new liability, with the difference in the respective carrying amounts recognised in

profit or loss.

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

95
FINANCIAL RESULTS

94

PERFORMANCE

2 Segmental analysis

Segment information is presented in respect of the Group’s operating segments which are consistent with those

used for the Group’s management and internal reporting structure.

An operating segment is a component of an entity engaging in business activities and whose operating results

are regularly reviewed by the Group’s chief operating decision maker (CODM). The CODM, who is responsible for

allocating resources and assessing performance of the Group, has been identified as the Group’s Chief Executive

Officer (CEO) and direct reports.

Operating Segments

The Group operates within New Zealand and Australia and comprises the following main operating segments:

Operating segments – New Zealand

Motor Motor vehicle finance.

Reverse mortgages Reverse mortgage lending.

Personal lending Transactional, home loans and personal loans to individuals.

Business Term debt, plant and equipment finance, commercial mortgage lending and working

capital solutions for small-to-medium sized businesses.

Rural Specialist financial services to the farming sector, primarily offering livestock finance,

rural mortgage lending, seasonal and working capital financing, as well as leasing

solutions to farmers.

Operating segments – Australia

During the year, the Group revised the composition of its reportable segments, following the acquisition of CBL

by HBL on 30 April and transfer of HAH and its subsidiaries from HGH to HBA on 2 May 2024, with HBA assuming

ownership over HGH’s Australian reverse mortgage lending, specialist livestock finance and other financial services

businesses (refer to Note 19 – Acquisition for further details). The Group has subsequently aggregated previously

reported StockCo Australia and Australia segments into one reportable segment Australian Banking Group.

This change was made to align the presentation with the internal reporting provided to the Group’s CODM

where business performance of HBA and its subsidiaries is assessed as one single segment operating within

Australia. Comparative information within this note has been adjusted to reflect the change in the Group’s revised

composition of reportable segments within Australian Banking Group.

Australian Banking Group Australian Banking Group provides banking and financial services in Australia which

consist of reverse mortgage lending, livestock finance and other financial services

within Australia.

All other segments

Other Operating expenses, such as premises, IT and support centre costs are not allocated

to operating segments and are included in Other. These are primarily in relation to the

New Zealand business.

Finance receivables are allocated across the operating segments as assets. Liabilities are managed centrally and

therefore are not allocated across the operating segments. The Group does not rely on any single major customer

for its revenue base.

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

2 Segmental analysis (continued)

$000’sMotor

Reverse

Mortgages

Personal


LendingBusinessRural

Australian

Banking

GroupOtherTotal

June 2024

Net interest income58,90946,5865,15662,09034,65268,6171,635277,645

Lending and credit fee

income

3,9082,6511983,9353743,218-14,284

Net other income/

(expense)

1,194-5431,145(443)(839)(2,861)(1,261)

Net operating income64,01149,2375,89767,17034,58370,996(1,226)290,668

Operating expenses4,6285,3666,8259,1133,18141,77868,495139,386

Profit/(loss) before

fair value (loss) on

investments, impaired

asset expense and

income tax

59,38343,871(928)58,05731,40229,218(69,721)151,282

Fair value (loss) on

investments

------(314)(314)

Impaired asset expense24,329-1,47617,5272,428663-46,423

Profit/(loss) before

income tax

35,05443,871(2,404)40,53028,97428,555(70,035)104,545

Income tax expense------29,99629,996

Profit/(loss) for the

year

35,05443,871(2,404)40,53028,97428,555 (100,031)74,549

Total assets1,608,282 1,068,154339,110 1,306,689 720,3393,415,495833,7869,291,855

Total liabilities8,053,986

June 2023

Net interest income60,68139,6969,54871,63033,52273,933(7,021)281,989

Lending and credit fee

income

2,0342,6714472,2782924,031-11,753

Net other income/

(expense)

1,485-935991398(130)(7,617)(3,938)

Net operating income/

(expense)

64,20042,36710,93074,89934,21277,834(14,638)289,804

Operating expenses4,1404,9296,4619,3873,06833,05267,042128,079

Profit/(loss) before

fair value (loss) on

investments, impaired

asset expense and

income tax

60,06037,4384,46965,51231,14444,782(81,680)161,725

Fair value (loss) on

investments

------(4,488)(4,488)

Impaired asset expense10,911-3,1958,156630352-23,244

Profit/(loss) before

income tax

49,14937,4381,27457,35630,51444,430(86,168)133,993

Income tax expense------38,12538,125

Profit/(loss) for the

year

49,14937,4381,27457,35630,51444,430(124,293)95,868

Total assets1,563,939888,600358,5721,356,913 712,5962,110,958753,1477,744,725

Total liabilities6,713,721

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

97
FINANCIAL RESULTS

96

3 Net interest income

Policy

Interest income and expense on financial instruments is measured using the effective interest rate method

that discounts the financial instruments’ future cash flows to their present value and allocates the interest

income or expense over the life of the financial instrument. The effective interest rate is established on initial

recognition of the financial assets or liabilities and is not subsequently revised. For financial instruments at

amortised cost, the calculation of the effective interest rate includes all yield related fees and commissions paid

or received that are an integral part of the underlying financial instrument.

Interest income is calculated based on the gross carrying amount of financial assets in stages 1 and 2 of the

Group’s expected credit losses (ECL) model and on the carrying amount net of the provision for ECL for financial

assets in stage 3. For financial instruments measured at FVTPL, interest is not calculated under the effective

interest rate method.

$000’sJune 2024June 2023

Interest income

Cash and cash equivalents12,95210,906

Investments measured at FVOCI12,0825,081

Investments measured at FVTPL4,186-

Finance receivables measured at amortised cost380,055335,070

Finance receivables - reverse mortgages251,757176,653

Total interest income

1

661,032527,710

Interest expense

Deposits240,758148,054

Other borrowings167,796117,774

Net interest (income) on derivative financial instruments(25,167)(20,107)

Total interest expense²383,387245,721

Net interest income277,645281,989

1 Cash and cash equivalents and Finance receivables are measured at amortised cost. Investments are measured at FVOCI and FVTPL. Total

interest income derived from financial assets measured at amortised cost or FVOCI is calculated using the effective interest rate method.

Finance receivables - reverse mortgages are measured at FVTPL.

2 Deposits and Other borrowings are measured at amortised cost, therefore interest expense incurred on these financial liabilities is

calculated using the effective interest rate method. Net interest expense on derivative financial instruments is not calculated using the

effective interest rate method as they are measured at FVTPL.

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

4 Net operating lease income

Policy

As a lessor, the Group retains substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership of the assets and

therefore, classifies the leases as operating leases. Rental income and expense from operating leases are

recognised on a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant lease. Initial direct costs incurred in negotiating

and arranging an operating lease are added to the carrying amount of the leased asset and recognised on

a straight-line basis over the lease term. Profits on the sale of operating lease assets are included as part of

operating lease income. Current year depreciation and losses on the sale of operating lease assets are included

as part of operating lease expenses. The leased assets are depreciated over their useful lives on a basis

consistent with similar assets.

$000’sJune 2024June 2023

Operating lease income

Lease income5,3744,639

Gain on disposal of lease assets684992

Total operating lease income6,0585,631

Operating lease expense

Depreciation on lease assets3,9023,461

Direct lease costs471366

Total operating lease expense4,3733,827

Net operating lease income1,6851,804

5 Other income

Policy

Rental income from investment properties

Rental income from investment properties is recognised on a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant

lease.

Insurance income

Insurance premium income and commission expense are recognised in profit or loss from the date of

attachment of the risk over the period of the insurance contract. Claim expense is recognised in the profit or loss

on an accrual basis once our liability to the policyholder has been confirmed under the terms of the contract.

Fair value gain or loss on derivative financial instruments

A fair value gain or loss associated with the effective portion of a derivative designated as a cash flow hedge is

recognised initially in the hedging reserve. The ineffective portion of a fair value gain or loss and changes in the

fair value of any derivatives not designated in a hedge relationship are recognised immediately in the statement

of comprehensive income and disclosed within Other income. Refer to Note 12 - Derivative financial instruments

for further details.

Fair value gain or loss on non-derivative financial instruments

A fair value gain or loss on certain non-derivative financial instruments are recognised in the statement of

comprehensive income for financial instruments held at fair value through profit or loss. Refer to Note 11 –

Investments for further details.

$000’sJune 2024June 2023

Rental income from investment properties9951,064

Insurance income

1

209756

Fair value (loss) on derivative instruments measured at fair value(5,074)(8,237)

Fair value (loss) on non-derivative financial instruments

2

(727)-

Other income4624

Foreign exchange gain1,64751

Total other (expense)(2,946)(5,742)

1 Insurance income includes net income from Marac Insurance Limited (MIL), a subsidiary of Heartland Bank Limited (HBL). MIL ceased writing

insurance policies in 2020 with the periodic policies expected to expire in 2025.

2 Includes realised and unrealised losses on HBA’s government securities, bank bonds and floating rate notes measured at fair value through

profit and loss. Refer to Note 11 - Investments for further details.

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

FINANCIAL RESULTS
98

06

99

05

01

02

03

04

6 Operating expenses

Policy

Operating expenses are recognised as the underlying service is rendered or over a period in which an asset is

consumed or a liability is incurred.

$000’sJune 2024June 2023

Personnel expenses

1

67,12966,989

Directors' fees1,5071,451

Superannuation2,0881,772

Depreciation - property, plant and equipment1,8091,904

Legal and professional fees

2

6,2404,642

Advertising and public relations3,0173,089

Depreciation - right of use asset3,2522,539

Technology services13,61910,296

Telecommunications, stationery and postage2,1031,948

Customer administration costs10,9589,814

Customer onboarding costs2,7172,765

Occupancy costs2,5881,741

Amortisation of intangible assets5,5165,681

Other operating expenses

3

16,84313,448

Total operating expenses139,386128,079

7 Compensation of auditor

In accordance with the Amendments to FRS-44, the Group is required to disclose the fees incurred for services

received from its audit or review firm, with a description of each service, including audit or review of the financial

statements. Other services performed during the reporting period are required to be disclosed using the following

categories:

• audit or review related services;

• other assurance services and other agreed-upon procedures engagements;

• taxation services and;

• other services.

In accordance with the Group’s external auditor independence policy, it is prohibited for the external auditor’s

firm to perform tax compliance work. It is the Group’s policy to engage the external auditor‘s firm on assignments

additional to its statutory audit duties only if they are not perceived to be in conflict with the role of external auditor.

All services are pre-approved by the Board Audit and Risk Committee.

1 Excludes certain personnel expenses directly incurred in acquiring and developing software and capitalised as part of specific application

software.

2 Legal and professional fees include compensation of auditor which is disclosed in Note 7 - Compensation of auditor.

3 Other operating expenses mainly comprise non-recoverable proportion of goods and services tax (GST), travel, insurance and project

expenses.

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

7 Compensation of auditor (continued)

The fees payable to the auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC), Ernst & Young (EY) and predecessor auditor,

KMPG, are outlined in the below table:

$000’sJune 2024June 2023

Fees paid to auditor - PwC

Audit and review of financial statements

1

1,3881,046

Audit or review related services

Assurance engagements

2

4062

Agreed-upon procedures engagements

3

-21

Other assurance services and other agreed-upon procedures engagements

Assurance engagements

4

73-

Agreed-upon procedures engagements--

Taxation services

5

-54

Other services

6

-33

Total compensation paid to PwC1,5011,216

Fees paid to auditor - EY

Audit and review of financial statements

1

692-

Audit or review related services-

Assurance engagements

7

119-

Agreed-upon procedures engagements--

Other assurance services and other agreed-upon procedures engagements

Assurance engagements--

Agreed-upon procedures engagements--

Taxation services--

Other services

8

332-

Total compensation paid to EY1,143-

Fees paid to predecessor auditor - KPMG

Audit and review of financial statements

1

-40

Total compensation paid to KPMG-40

Total compensation of auditor2,6441,256

1 Fees are for both the audit of the annual financial statements and review of the interim financial statements. This includes limited assurance

on disclosures of capital adequacy and regulatory liquidity requirements.

2 Fees in 2024 are for reasonable assurance engagement for insurance solvency return, reasonable assurance on registry and trust deed

suprvisor reporting. Fees in 2023 are for reasonable assurance engagement for insurance solvency return, reasonable assurance on

registry, trust deed supervisor reporting, Economic and Financial Statistics (EFS) regulatory reporting and Australian Financial Services

Licence (AFSL) assurance engagement.

3 Fees in 2023 are for agreed upon procedures engagements in relation to Seniors Warehouse Trusts.

4 Fees are for pre-conditions assessments and assurance relating to greenhouse gas emissions reporting.

5 For 2023, PwC was engaged to carry out tax work in respect of Stockco Australia’s 30 June 2023 tax returns prior to their appointment as

external auditor.

6 Other services paid to PwC in 2023 comprised actuarial services for reverse mortgages carried out prior to their appointment as external

auditors

7 Fees are for assurance services for APRA regulatory reporting and AFSL reporting.

8 Other services paid to EY in 2024 comprised actuarial services for reverse mortgages, actuarial services for stress testing, directors

remuneration review, executive reward survey report, executive remuneration review, CPS 234 information security plan review, hedge

accounting and other accounting advisory services, review of Australian banking policies and periodic assessment of StockCo funding

facilities and facilitation of strategy review workshop. Except for the actuarial services for reverse mortgages stress testing, all other

services were carried out prior to their appointment as external auditor.

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

101
FINANCIAL RESULTS

100

8 Impaired asset expense

$000’sJune 2024June 2023

Individually impaired asset expense13,70513,010

Collectively impaired asset expense34,13712,794

Total impaired asset expense excluding recovery of amounts


previously written off to the income statement

47,84225,804

Recovery of amounts previously written off to the income statement(1,419)(2,560)

Total impaired asset expense46,42323,244

Refer to Note – 13 Finance receivables measured at amortised cost for provision for impairment details.

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

9 Taxation

Policy

Income tax

Income tax expense for the year comprises current tax and movements in deferred tax balances, including any

adjustment required for prior years’ tax expense. Income tax expense is recognised in profit and loss except

to the extent that it relates to items recognised directly in other comprehensive income, in which case it is

recognised in equity or other comprehensive income.

Current tax

Current tax is the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted

or substantively enacted at the reporting date, and any adjustment to the tax payable or receivable in respect of

previous years. Current tax for current and prior years is recognised as a liability (or asset) to the extent that it is

unpaid (or refundable).

Deferred tax

Deferred tax is provided using the balance sheet liability method, providing for temporary differences between

the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for accounting purposes and the amounts used for taxation

purposes. As required by NZ IAS 12 Income Taxes, a deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is

probable that a future taxable profit will be available to realise the asset.

Goods and services tax (GST)

Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of GST. As the Group is predominantly involved in providing

financial services, only a proportion of GST paid on inputs is recoverable. The non-recoverable proportion of GST

is treated as an expense or, if relevant, as part of the cost of acquisition of an asset.

Income tax expense

$000’sJune 2024June 2023

Income tax recognised in profit or loss

Current tax

Current year35,99737,159

Adjustments for prior year(879)(1,556)

Tax at other rates590554

Deferred tax

Current year(5,446)1,457

Adjustments for prior year(581)304

Change in recognition of deferred tax asset372-

Tax at other rates(57)207

Total income tax expense recognised in profit or loss29,99638,125

Income tax recognised in other comprehensive income

Current tax

Investment securities at fair value in fair value reserve357(246)

Fair value movements in derivatives held in cash flow hedge reserve(4,276)2,418

Total income tax expense recognised in other comprehensive income(3,919)2,172

Reconciliation of effective tax rate

Profit before income tax104,545133,993

Tax at the local income tax rate (NZ: 28%, Australia: 30%)29,79738,175

Adjusted tax effect of items not deductible1,2871,202

Adjustments for prior year(1,460)(1,252)

Change in recognition of deferred tax372-

Total income tax expense29,99638,125

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

103
FINANCIAL RESULTS

102

9 Taxation (continued)

Deferred tax assets comprise the following temporary differences:

$000’sJune 2024June 2023

Employee expenses2,6362,516

Share Based payment-1,069

Provision for impairment21,52814,958

Intangibles and property plant and equipment(1,465)(1,529)

Deferred acquisition costs(6)(55)

Right of use assets(4,180)-

Lease liabilities4,834-

Operating lease vehicles(594)451

Deferred income(6,522)(6,938)

Prior year tax loss4,9118,540

Deductible prior year expense421593

Other temporary differences2,1641,500

Total deferred tax assets23,72721,105

Opening balance of deferred tax assets21,10523,074

Movement recognised in profit or loss6,084(1,969)

Transfer on acquisition of business820-

Utilisation of tax loss(3,910)-

Change in recognition of deferred tax asset(372)-

Closing balance of deferred tax assets23,72721,105

Imputation credit account

$000 ’sJune 2024June 2023

Imputation credits available for use in subsequent reporting periods46,42737,785

10 Earnings Per Share

June 2024June 2023

Earnings Per

Share


Cents

Net Profit

After Tax

$000’s

Weighted

Average No.

of Shares

000’s

Earnings Per

Share

Cents

Net Profit

After Tax

$000’s

Weighted

Average No.

of Shares

000’s

Basic earnings9.8574,549757,04613.9695,868686,781

Diluted earnings9.8574,549757,04613.9695,868686,781

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

FINANCIAL POSITION

11 Investments

Policy

Investments are classified into one of the following categories:

Fair value through other comprehensive income

Investments under this category are held within a business model whose objective is achieved both through

collecting contractual cash flows or selling the financial asset. These investments include bank bonds, floating

rate notes, public sector securities, corporate bonds and equity investments where the Group has irrevocably

elected at initial recognition to measure at FVOCI. These are initially measured at fair value, including transaction

costs, and subsequently carried at fair value. Changes in fair value of these investments are recognised in other

comprehensive income and presented within the fair value reserve.

Fair value through profit or loss

Investments under this category are held within a business model whose objective is achieved through selling

the financial asset. These investments include government securities, bank bonds, floating rate notes and

equity investments and are measured at fair value plus transaction costs. Changes in fair value of these

investments are recognised in profit or loss in the period in which they occur.

$000’sJune 2024June 2023

Investments measured at FVOCI

Bank bonds and floating rate notes270,581305,310

Public sector securities and corporate bonds101,2359,882

Equity investments7,5759,665

Investments measured at FVTPL

Government securities, bank bonds and floating rate notes

1

706,840-

Equity investments5,9005,383

Total investments1,092,131330,240

1 Includes HBA’s investments measured at fair value through profit or loss. Refer to Note 21 - Fair value for further details.

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

105
FINANCIAL RESULTS

104

12 Derivative financial instruments

Policy

The Group uses derivatives for risk management purposes. Derivatives held for risk management purposes are

placed into hedges that either meet hedge accounting requirements, or economic hedges not placed into an

accounting hedge relationship.

Derivatives are recognised at their fair value, with the derivatives being carried as assets when their fair value is

positive and as liabilities when their fair value is negative.

A hedged item is an asset, liability, firm commitment or highly probable forecast transaction that exposes the

Group to risk of changes in fair value or cash flows, and that is designated as being hedged. The Group applies

fair value hedge accounting to hedge movements in the value of fixed interest rate assets and liabilities subject

to interest rate risk. The Group applies cash flow hedge accounting to hedge the variability in highly probable

forecast future cash flows attributable to interest rate risk on variable rate assets and liabilities.

Derivative instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting are held as economic hedges. Changes in the

fair value of any derivative instrument that does not qualify for hedge accounting are recognised immediately in

the statement of comprehensive income and disclosed within Other income.

Fair value hedge accounting

The criteria that must be met for a relationship to qualify for hedge accounting include:

• the hedging relationship must be formally designated and documented at inception of the hedge,

• effectiveness testing must be carried out on an on-going basis to ensure the hedge is effective and

consistent with the originally documented risk management strategy, and

• the instruments or counterparty must be a third party external to the Group.

The Group documents, at the inception of the transaction, the relationship between hedged items and hedging

instruments, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions.

The Group also documents its assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether

the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair value of

hedged items.

Subsequent to initial designation, changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify for

fair value hedge accounting are recorded through profit or loss alongside any changes in the fair value of the

hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk.

Where the hedged item is carried at amortised cost, the movement in fair value of the hedged item attributable

to the hedged risk is made as an adjustment to the carrying value of the hedged asset or liability. When a

hedging instrument expires or is sold, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, the

adjustment to carrying amount of a hedged item carried at amortised cost is amortised to the statement of

comprehensive income on an effective yield basis over the remaining period to maturity of the hedged item.

Where a hedged item carried at amortised cost is derecognised from the balance sheet, the adjustment to the

carrying amount of the asset or liability is immediately transferred to the statement of comprehensive income.

Cash flow hedge accounting

The criteria that must be met for a relationship to qualify for hedge accounting include:

• the hedging relationship must be formally designated and documented at inception of the hedge,

• effectiveness testing must be carried out on an on-going basis to ensure the hedge is effective and

consistent with the originally documented risk management strategy, and

• the instruments or counterparty must be a third party external to the Group.

The Group documents, at the inception of the transaction, the relationship between hedged items and hedging

instruments, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions.

The Group also documents its assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the

derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of

hedged items.

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

12 Derivative financial instruments (continued)

Cash flow hedge accounting (continued)

A fair value gain or loss associated with the effective portion of a derivative designated as a cash flow hedge

is recognised initially in the hedging reserve. The ineffective portion of a fair value gain or loss is recognised

immediately in the statement of comprehensive income.

When a hedging derivative expires or is sold, the hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, or

the Group elects to revoke the hedge designation, the cumulative gain or loss on the hedging derivative remains

in the cash flow hedging reserve until the forecast transaction occurs and affects income, at which point it

is transferred to the corresponding income or expense line. If a forecast transaction is no longer expected to

occur, the cumulative gain or loss on the hedging derivative previously reported in the cash flow hedging reserve

is immediately transferred to the statement of comprehensive income.

Net Investment hedge

The Group held investments in foreign operations, where changes in net assets resulting from changes in

foreign currency rate were recognised in the foreign currency translation reserve.

Where the Group hedges the currency translation risk arising from net investments in foreign operations, the

gains and losses on the hedging instruments are also reflected in other comprehensive income to the extent

the hedge is effective. When all or part of a foreign operation is disposed, the cumulative value of the exchange

difference is recognised in profit or loss.

The Group actively manages interest rate risk by entering into derivative contracts to hedge against movements

in interest rates. As permitted by NZ IFRS 9, the Group has elected to continue to apply the hedge accounting

requirements of NZ IAS 39.

The Group’s approach to managing market risk, including interest rate risk, is disclosed in Note 25 – Interest rate risk.

The Group actively manages residual interest rate risk from the net exposure of its underlying assets and liabilities,

associated with the mismatch of the interest rate repricing profiles of its interest earning assets and interest

bearing liabilities, by entering into interest rate swaps to hedge against movements in interest rates.

Interest rate swaps are bilateral derivative contracts with commitments to exchange one set of cash flows for

another resulting in an economic exchange of interest rates (for example, fixed rate for floating rate) without

exchange of principal. Interest rate swap notional values indicate the volume of transactions outstanding at the

end of the financial year and provide basis for comparison with instruments recognised on the balance sheet but do

not necessarily indicate the amounts of future cash flows involved, therefore don’t indicate the Group’s exposure

to credit or market risks. The fair values of derivative instruments and their notional values are set out in the below

table.

June 2024June 2023

$000’s

Notional

Principal

Fair Value

Assets

Fair Value

Liabilities

Notional

Principal

Fair Value

Assets

Fair Value

Liabilities

Interest rate related contracts

Held as economic hedges344,598293782 260,6506,539-

Designated as cash flow hedges885,9034,6584,609850,06815,398941

Designated as fair value hedges424,5027,3653,626543,20015,0456,683

Interest rate swaps1,655,00312,3169,0171,653,91836,9827,624

Foreign currency related contracts

Held as economic hedges---1681-

Foreign currency related contracts---1681-

Total derivative financial

instruments

1,655,00312,3169,017 1,654,08636,9837,624

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

107
FINANCIAL RESULTS

106

12 Derivative financial instruments (continued)

Micro cash flow hedge accounting is applied to interest rate swaps designated as hedges of the Group’s floating

rate domestic borrowings and deposits by using ‘receive floating / pay fixed’ interest rate swaps to fix the cost of

floating interest rate borrowings and deposits.

Micro fair value hedge accounting is applied to receive fixed interest rate swaps designated as hedges of interest

rate risk arising from fixed-rate subordinated notes and retail bond, and to pay fixed interest rate swaps designated

as hedges of interest rate risk arising from fixed-rate investment securities.

The Group determines whether an economic relationship between the hedged item and the hedging instrument

exists based on an assessment of the qualitative characteristics of this hedged item and the hedged risk,

supported by quantitative analysis. Close alignment of the critical terms of the hedged item and hedging

instrument is also considered a strong indication of the presence of an economic relationship by the Group.

The Group establishes a hedge ratio by aligning the par amount of the exposure to be hedged and the notional

amount of the interest rate swap designated as a hedging instrument.

Retrospective testing for each reporting period uses a regression model, which compares the change in the fair

value of the hedged item and the change in the fair value of the hedging instrument. For a hedge to be deemed

effective, the change in fair values should be within 80% and 125% of each other. Should the result fall outside this

range the hedge would be deemed ineffective and recognised immediately through the income statement in line

with each hedge relationship policy above.

The hedge relationship is reviewed on a monthly basis and the hedging instruments and hedged items are de-

designated and re-designated, if necessary, based on the effectiveness test results and changes in the hedged

exposure.

Hedge ineffectiveness may arise from timing difference on repricing between the hedged item and the hedging

instrument, difference in timing of their cash flows, or due to changes in the counterparties’ credit risk affecting the

fair value of hedging instruments.

The following table shows the maturity and interest rate risk profiles of the interest rate swaps as hedging

instruments in continuing fair value and cash flow hedge relationships.

$000’s

0-6

Months

6-12

Months

1-2

Years

2-5

Years

5+

YearsTotal

June 2024

Interest rate risk

Cash flow hedge relationships

Pay fixed

Nominal amounts45,00040,000232,851568,052-885,903

Average interest rate5.20%5.15%4.71%4.59%--

Fair value hedge relationships

Pay fixed

Nominal amounts10,00250,00055,400209,100-324,502

Average interest rate1.63%0.73%0.47%4.59%--

Receive fixed

Nominal amounts---100,000-100,000

Average interest rate---4.30%--

Total interest rate risk


nominal amount

55,00290,000288,251877,152- 1,310,405

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

12 Derivative financial instruments (continued)

$000’s

0-6

Months

6-12

Months

1-2

Years

2-5

Years

5+

YearsTotal

June 2023

Interest rate risk

Cash flow hedge relationships

Pay fixed

Nominal amounts-20,000295,000535,068-850,068

Average interest rate-4.22%3.78%4.00%--

Fair value hedge relationships

Pay fixed

Nominal amounts54,70038,00060,000160,4005,100318,200

Average interest rate1.17%0.77%0.88%3.06%1.51%-

Receive fixed

Nominal amounts-125,000-100,000-225,000

Average interest rate-1.78%-4.30%--

Total interest rate risk nominal amount54,700183,000355,000795,4685,100 1,393,268

The following table sets out the accumulated fair value adjustments arising from the corresponding fair value

hedge relationships and the outcome of the changes in fair value of the hedged item as well as the hedging

instruments used as the basis for recognising effectiveness.

As at

30 June 2024

For the year ended

30 June 2024

$000’s

Carrying


value

Accumulated

amount of fair value

hedge adjustment

Gain/(loss)

recognised in

income statement

Interest rate risk

Investments361,808(4,390)10,036

Other borrowings(99,706)721(4,610)

Total262,102(3,669)5,426

Interest rate swaps3,7393,739(5,303)

Hedge ineffectiveness of financial

instruments recognised in other income

123

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

109
FINANCIAL RESULTS

108

12 Derivative financial instruments (continued)

As at

30 June 2023

For the year ended

30 June 2023

$000’s

Carrying


value

Accumulated

amount of fair value

hedge adjustment

Gain/(loss)

recognised in

income statement

Interest rate risk

Investments290,723(14,893)2,620

Other borrowings(221,956)5,331473

Total68,767(9,562)3,093

Interest rate swaps8,3628,362(3,133)

Hedge ineffectiveness of financial

instruments recognised in other income

(40)

The accumulated amount of fair value hedge adjustments included in the carrying amount of hedged items that

have ceased to be adjusted for hedging gains and losses is nil (2023: nil).

The balance of the cash flow hedge reserve, amounts recognised in the reserve, and amounts transferred out of

the reserve are shown in the following table.

June 2024June 2023

$000’s

Cash flow


hedge

reserveFCTR¹

Cash flow

hedge

reserveFCTR¹

Cash flow hedges

Balance at beginning of year15,075-7,959-

Transferred to the income statement(744)-(1,771)-

Net (loss)/gain from change in fair value(14,233)-11,305-

Net movement before tax(14,977)-9,534-

Tax on net movement in cash flow hedge reserve4,276-(2,418)-

Balance at end of year4,374-15,075-

Net investment hedge---2,537

During the year ended 30 June 2024, a gain of $0.9 million was recognised in fair value gain on derivative financial

instruments in the statement of comprehensive income related to hedge ineffectiveness from cash flow hedge

relationships (2023: $0.7 million).

There were no transactions for which cash flow hedge accounting had to be ceased as a result of the highly

probable cash flows no longer being expected to occur (2023: nil).

There are $2.5 million (2023: $10.1 million) of balances recognised in the cash flow hedge reserve for which hedge

accounting is no longer applied on the basis that the associated variable cash flows are still expected to occur over

the lifetime of the original hedge relationships. The associated cash flow hedge reserve is being released over the

period of the original hedge relationship which has since been de-designated.

1 Represents the accumulated effective amount of the hedging instrument deferred to Foreign currency translation reserve (FCTR) and is

related to hedge relationship for which hedge accounting is no longer applied.

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

13 Finance receivables measured at amortised cost

Policy

Finance receivables measured at amortised cost are initially recognised at fair value plus incremental direct

transaction costs and are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less

any impairment loss.

Fees and direct costs relating to loan origination, financing and loan commitments are deferred and amortised

to interest income over the life of the loan using the effective interest rate method. Lending fees not directly

related to the origination of a loan are recognised over the period of service.

$000 ’sJune 2024June 2023

Gross finance receivables measured at amortised cost4,343,2674,387,480

Less provision for impairment(76,321)(53,266)

Net finance receivables measured at amortised cost4,266,9464,334,214

Due within one year1,050,4481,172,487

Due more than one year3,292,8193,214,993

Less provision for impairment(76,321)(53,266)

Net finance receivables measured at amortised cost4,266,9464,334,214

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

111
FINANCIAL RESULTS

110

13 Finance receivables measured at amortised cost (continued)

Policy

Impairment of finance receivables measured at amortised cost

At each reporting date, the Group applies a three-stage approach to measuring expected credit losses (ECL)

of finance receivables not carried at fair value. The ECL model assesses whether there has been a significant

increase in credit risk since initial recognition.

Exposures are assessed on a collective basis in each stage unless there is sufficient evidence that one or more

events associated with an exposure could have a detrimental impact on estimated future cash flows. Where

such evidence exists, the exposure is assessed on an individual basis.

For the purposes of a collective evaluation of impairment, finance receivables are grouped based on shared

credit risk characteristics, credit risk ratings, contractual term, date of initial recognition, remaining term to

maturity, customer type and other relevant factors.

The ECL model is a forward-looking model where impairment allowances are recognised before losses are

actually incurred. On initial recognition, an impairment allowance is required, based on events that are possible

in the next 12 months.

Assets may migrate between the following stages based on their change in credit quality:

Stage 1 - 12 months ECL (past due 30 days or less)

Where there has been no evidence of increased credit risk since initial recognition, and finance receivables are

not credit impaired upon origination, the portion of the lifetime ECL associated with the probability of default

events occurring within the next 12 months is recognised.

Stage 2 - Lifetime ECL not credit impaired (greater than 30 but less than 90 days past due)

Where there has been a significant increase in credit risk.

Stage 3 - Lifetime ECL credit impaired (90 days past due or more)

Objective evidence of impairment, are considered to be in default or otherwise credit impaired.

Credit quality of financial assets

The Group internally computes probability of default using historical default data, to assess the potential risk of

default of the lending, or other financial services products, provided to counterparties or customers. The Group

has defined counterparty probabilities of default across consumer, retail, business and rural portfolios.

The Group considers a receivable to be in default when contractual payments are 90 days or more past due,

or when it is considered unlikely that the credit obligation to the Group will be paid in full without recourse to

actions, such as realisation of security.

Finance receivables are written off against the related impairment allowance when there is no reasonable

expectation of recovery. Any recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited to credit impairment

expense in profit or loss.

In determining whether credit risk has increased all available information relevant to the assessment of

economic conditions at the reporting date are taken into consideration. To do this the Group considers its

historical loss experience and adjusts this for current observable data. In addition to this the Group uses

reasonable and supportable forecasts of future economic conditions including experienced judgement to

estimate the amount of an expected impairment loss. Future economic conditions consider macroeconomic

factors such as unemployment, interest rate, gross domestic product, and inflation, and requires an evaluation

of both the current and forecast direction of the economic cycle. The methodology and assumptions

including any forecasts of future economic conditions are reviewed regularly as incorporating forward-looking

information increases the level of judgement as to how changes in these macroeconomic factors will affect the

ECL.

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

13 Finance receivables measured at amortised cost (continued)

Policy (continued)

The calculation of expected credit loss is modelled for portfolios of like assets. For portfolios which are either

new or too small to model, judgement is used to determine impairment provisions.

For assets that are individually assessed for ECL, the allowance for ECL is calculated directly as the difference

between the defaulted assets carrying value and the recoverable amount (being the present value of expected

future cash flows, including cashflows from the realisation of collateral or guarantees, where applicable).

Modification of contractual cash flows

The Group sometimes modifies the terms of loans provided to customers due to commercial renegotiations, or

for distressed loans, with a view to maximising recovery.

Such restructuring activities include extended payment term arrangements, payment holidays and payment

forgiveness. Restructuring policies and practices are based on indicators or criteria which, in the judgement of

management, indicate that payment will most likely continue.

These policies are kept under continuous review. Restructuring is most commonly applied to term loans.

Information is not presented in respect of other financial assets or credit related contingent liabilities as the related

allowances for ECL are not material to the Group.

The Group’s models for estimating ECL for each of its portfolios are based on the historical credit experience

of those portfolios. The models assume that economic conditions remain static over time, and the provision is

calculated as a point in time estimate. In FY2024, Heartland introduced a new methodology to calculating the

Forward-Looking provision (that is, the change in provision as economic conditions change) for Motor. This includes

building distribution curves based on previous loss rates. The Group then applies judgement to determine which

loss rate applies to the upside, central, and downside scenario depending on how economic conditions may change

in the foreseeable future. Subsequently, the loss rates are applied to current Motor receivables as at the reporting

date to calculate forward-looking provisions under different economic scenarios.

The most significant and judgemental provision for impairment is on the motor vehicle lending with a collective ECL

of $29.9 million at 30 June 2024 (2023: $15.1 million) which includes $1.0 million for a forward looking position allowing

for the impact of multiple economic scenarios.

As part of this assessment, three different economic indicators have been assessed. The assessment is based

on the macroeconomic variables which the motor vehicle portfolio is most sensitive to. This includes consumer

price index (inflation), the unemployment rate, and the OCR. However, management believes the most sensitive

macroeconomic variable is unemployment, followed by CPI, then OCR. Therefore, the tables below present the

forecasts for both the unemployment rate and CPI. The modelled provision for the motor vehicle lending is a

probability weighted estimate based on three scenarios. The forecast of unemployment across all three scenarios

uses consensus external data obtained from external economic experts, as well as, an average of forecasts from

the relevant big four banks.

The forecast assumes the following for unemployment and CPI for all three scenarios:

Unemployment Rate2024/20252025/20262026/2027

Upside4.68%4.58%4.50%

Central5.13%5.03%4.80%

Downside6.10%6.28%5.40%

CPI2024/20252025/20262026/2027

Upside2.00%2.00%1.90%

Central2.30%2.05%2.10%

Downside2.70%2.40%2.60%

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

113
FINANCIAL RESULTS

112

13 Finance receivables measured at amortised cost (continued)

The probability weights assigned to each scenario are based on management’s estimate of their relative likelihood.

The following table indicates the weightings applied by the Group as at 30 June 2024:

Upside 10%

Central 50%

Downside 40%

The weightings are based on management’s belief that there is still significant downside risk, uncertainty, and

stresses in future economic conditions. Therefore, management has applied a 40% probability on the downside

scenario. The following sensitivity table shows the provision for impairment based on the probability weighted

scenarios and what the impairment allowance for motor vehicle lending would be assuming a 100% weighting is

applied to the three scenarios with all other assumptions held constant.

Reported probability weighted impairment allowance $29.9 million

100% Upside $28.8 million

100% Central $29.0 million

100% Downside $31.7 million

The following table details the movement from the opening balance to the closing balance of the provision for

impairment losses by class.

Collectively Assessed

Individually

AssessedTotal$000’sStage 1Stage 2Stage 3

June 2024

Impairment allowance as at 30 June 202313,0092,46321,49916,29553,266

Changes in loss allowance

Transfer between stages

1

(769)(5,687)4,4781,978-

New and increased provision (net of provision

releases)

1

1,9548,42225,73911,72747,842

Credit impairment charge

1,1852,73530,21713,70547,842

Write-offs--(17,451)(7,518)(24,969)

Effect of changes in foreign exchange rate-(1)16-15

Acquisition of subsidiary167---167

Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2024

14,3615,19734,28122,48276,321

June 2023

Impairment allowance as at 30 June 202220,2561,95814,60215,18952,005

Changes in loss allowance

Transfer between stages

1

(8,226)(3,864)3,7588,332-

New and increased provision (net of provision

releases)

1

9834,36915,7744,67825,804

Credit impairment charge

(7,243)50519,53213,01025,804

Write-offs--(12,612)(11,904)(24,516)

Effect of changes in foreign exchange rate(4)-(23)-(27)

Impairment allowance as at 30 June 202313,0092,46321,49916,29553,266

1 The increase in provision when a loan moves to a higher stage is included in New and increased provision (net of provision releases) in

the higher stage to which the loan moved. The decrease in provision when a loan moves to a lower stage is included in New and increased

provision (net of provision releases) in the higher stage from which the loan moved.

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

13 Finance receivables measured at amortised cost (continued)

Impact of changes in gross finance receivables measured at amortised cost on allowance for ECL

Collectively Assessed

Individually

AssessedTotal$000’sStage 1Stage 2Stage 3

30 June 2024

Gross finance receivables measured at

amortised cost as at 30 June 2023

4,070,598182,47081,29453,118 4,387,480

Acquisition of subsidiary61,179---61,179

Transfer between stages(261,729)95,866112,11153,752-

Additions1,284,203---1,284,203

Deletions(1,269,748)(36,077)(60,382)(2,592) (1,368,799)

Write-offs(226)(628)(16,305)(7,810)(24,969)

Effect of changes in foreign exchange rate4,16625-4,173

Gross finance receivables measured at


amortised cost as at 30 June 2024

3,888,443241,633116,72396,4684,343,267

30 June 2023

Gross finance receivables measured at

amortised cost as at 30 June 2022

3,967,917118,42446,11466,3714,198,826

Transfer between stages(237,955)161,60564,62711,723-

Additions1,412,648--9,3261,421,974

Deletions(1,072,012)(97,559)(17,068)(15,194)(1,201,833)

Write-offs--(12,379)(19,108)(31,487)

Gross finance receivables measured at


amortised cost as at 30 June 2023

4,070,598182,47081,29453,118 4,387,480

Impact of changes in gross exposures on loss allowances

Overall credit impairment provisions increased by $23.0 million (43.3%) for the year ended 30 June 2024, mainly due

to the shift of $137.9 million (3.1%) of gross receivables moving to advanced stages associated with deteriorating

credit quality.

As at 30 June 2024, there were $0.03 million undrawn lending commitments available to counterparties for whom

drawn balances are classified as individually impaired (2023: nil).

As at 30 June 2024, the contractual amount outstanding on loans to customers written off during the year and are

still subject to enforcement activity was nil (2023: nil).

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

115
FINANCIAL RESULTS

114

14 Operating lease vehicles

Policy

Operating lease vehicles are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation.

Operating lease vehicles are depreciated on a straight-line basis over their expected useful life after allowing

for any residual values. The estimated lives of these vehicles vary up to five years. Vehicles held for sale are not

depreciated but are tested for impairment.

$000’sJune 2024June 2023

Cost

Opening balance22,91320,450

Additions6,7328,766

Disposals(3,454)(6,303)

Closing balance26,19122,913

Accumulated depreciation

Opening balance5,9475,289

Depreciation charge for the year3,9023,461

Disposals(1,919)(2,803)

Closing balance7,9305,947

Opening net book value16,96615,161

Closing net book value18,26116,966

The future minimum lease payments receivable under operating leases not later than one year is $5.037 million (2023:

$4.086 million), within one to five years is $7.192 million (2023: $7.598 million) and over five years is $0.002 million (2023: nil).

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

15 Borrowings

Policy

Borrowings and deposits are initially recognised at fair value including incremental direct transaction costs.

They are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

The Group hedges interest rate risk on certain debt issues. When fair value hedge accounting is applied to fixed

rate debt issues, the carrying values are adjusted for changes in fair value related to the hedged risks.

$000’sJune 2024June 2023

Deposits

Short-term interest bearing deposits1,399,1891,493,190

Non-interest bearing deposits38,1939,205

Term deposits4,511,7342,628,630

Total borrowings related to deposits5,949,1164,131,025

Other borrowings

Unsubordinated notes458,019385,482

Subordinated notes153,73297,794

Securitised borrowings1,369,3941,713,737

Certificate of deposit59,618148,110

Bank borrowings-131,248

Money market borrowings-20,004

Total other borrowings2,040,7632,496,375

Total deposits and other borrowings7,989,8796,627,400

Due within one year6,150,0444,731,388

Due more than one year1,839,8351,896,012

Total deposits and other borrowings7,989,8796,627,400

Deposits and unsubordinated notes rank equally and are unsecured.

Unsubordinated notes

Unsubordinated notes include short and long-term retail bonds and medium term notes. Medium term notes are

issued in both New Zealand and Australian dollars to eligible non-retail investors in compliance with applicable laws.

The Group has the following unsubordinated notes on issue at balance sheet date.

Retail bonds and medium term notes

$000’s

Frequency of

interest repaymentJune 2024June 2023Maturity Date

NZ $125 millionSemi-annually-122,16512 April 2024

NZ $20 millionSemi-annually20,302-27 March 2028

AU $45 million

1

Quarterly49,97449,471 9 July 2024

AU $30 million

1

Quarterly33,28532,5859 July 2024

AU $220 millionQuarterly242,543125,92513 May 2025

AU $100 millionQuarterly111,91555,3365 October 2027

Total retail bonds and medium term notes458,019385,482

The Group actively engages facility providers in commercial negotiations including tenor extensions, increase in

facility limits, refinancing arrangements, and other commercial terms. The Group has a track record of extending

or refinancing funding arrangements as they fall due and does not anticipate any difficultly in doing so when the

facilities above expire.

1 Medium term notes, matured on 9 July 2024, were fully repaid.

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

117
FINANCIAL RESULTS

116

15 Borrowings (continued)

Subordinated notes

NZD Subordinated notes

On 28 April 2023, HBL, a subsidiary of the Group, issued $100 million of subordinated unsecured notes (NZD

Subordinated notes) to New Zealand investors and certain overseas institutional investors pursuant to the terms

of the Subordinated Unsecured Notes Deed Poll in accordance with the laws of New Zealand. NZD Subordinated

notes are treated as Tier 2 capital under HBL regulatory capital requirements and will mature on 28 April 2033.

Interest payable

The interest rate is a fixed rate of 7.51% for a period of 5 years until 28 April 2028, after which it will reset to quarterly

floating rate equal to the sum of the applicable 3-month Bank Bill Rate plus 3.2% Issue Margin. The quarterly

payment of interest in respect of the subordinated notes are subject to HBL being solvent at the time of, and

immediately following the interest payment.

Early Redemption

HBL may choose to repay all or some of the subordinated notes for their face value together with accrued interest

(if any) on 28 April 2028 or any interest payment date thereafter. Early redemption of all the subordinated notes for

certain tax or regulatory events is permitted on an interest payment date. Early redemption is subject to certain

conditions, including HBL obtaining the Reserve Bank of New Zealand (RBNZ) prior written approval and HBL being

solvent at the time.

Ranking

The claims of the holders of the subordinated notes will rank:

• Behind the claims of all depositors and other creditors of HBL;

• equally with the claims of other holders of any other securities and obligations that rank equally with the

subordinated notes and;

• ahead of the rights of the HBL’s shareholders and holders of any other securities and obligations of HBL that rank

behind the subordinated notes.

AUD Subordinated notes

On 28 June 2024, HBA, a subsidiary of the Group, issued A$50 million of subordinated unsecured notes (AUD

Subordinated notes) pursuant to the terms of the Debt Issuance Programme in accordance with the laws of

Australia. AUD Subordinated notes are treated as Tier 2 capital under HBA regulatory capital requirements and will

mature on 28 June 2034. AUD Subordinated notes do not qualify for treatment as Tier 2 capital under HBL regulatory

capital requirements.

Interest payable

The interest rate is a floating rate equal to the sum of the applicable 3-month Bank Bill Swap Rate plus 3.7% Issue

Margin. The quarterly payment of interest in respect of the subordinated notes are subject to HBA being solvent at

the time of, and immediately following the interest payment.

Early Redemption

HBA may elect to repay the subordinated notes before 28 June 2034 in part or in full at their face value together with

accrued interest on 28 June 2029 or any interest payment date thereafter. Early redemption of all the subordinated

notes for certain tax or regulatory events is permitted on an interest payment date. Early redemption is subject

to certain conditions, including HBA obtaining the Australian Prudential Regulatory Authority (APRA) prior written

approval and HBA being solvent at the time.

Ranking

The claims of the holders of the subordinated notes will rank:

• Behind the claims of all depositors and other creditors of HBA;

• equally with the claims of other holders of any other securities and obligations that rank equally with the

subordinated notes and;

• ahead of the rights of the HBA’s shareholders and holders of any other securities and obligations of HBA that

rank behind the subordinated notes.

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

15 Borrowings (continued)

Securitised Borrowings

The Group had the following securitised borrowings outstanding as at 30 June 2024:

Securitisation facility June 2024June 2023

$000’sCurrencyLimitDrawnLimitDrawn Maturity Date

AUDNZDAUDNZD

Heartland Auto Receivable

Warehouse (HARWT)

NZD- 600,000 484,422 - 400,000 227,054 27 Mar 2028

Seniors Warehouse Trust

(SWT)

1

AU- - - 600,000 651,537 622,344 30 Sep 2025

StockCo Securitisation Trust

2021-1 (StockCo)

AU 250,000 273,733 155,581 300,000 325,768 271,739 16 Dec 2025

Seniors Warehouse Trust No.

2 (SWT2)

AU 750,000 821,198 596,669 450,000 488,652 457,657 24 Apr 2026

Atlas 2020-1 Trust (Atlas)

2

AU- - 132,722 - - 134,943 24 Sep 2050

Total securitised borrowings1,694,9311,369,3941,865,9571,713,737

• HARWT notes issued to investors are secured over motor vehicle loans.

• StockCo notes issued to investors are secured over livestock loans.

• SWT, SWT2 and Atlas notes issued to investors are secured over reverse mortgage loans.

Net debt reconciliation

The below table sets out net cash flow and non-cash changes in liabilities arising from financing activities.

$000’sJune 2024June 2023

Balance as at beginning of year2,496,3752,578,213

Proceeds from wholesale borrowings1,743,5101,264,359

Repayment of wholesale borrowings(2,362,786)(1,208,292)

Proceeds from issue of unsubordinated notes189,58887,589

Repayment of unsubordinated notes(123,764)(330,300)

Proceeds from issue of subordinated debt51,57297,934

Total cash movements(501,880)(88,710)

Acquisition of debt from purchase of subsidiary2,574-

Capitalised interest and fee expense30,79134,809

Fair value movements805(473)

Foreign exchange and other movements12,098(27,464)

Total non-cash movements46,2686,872

Balance as at the end of year2,040,7632,496,375

1 SWT drawn balance was fully repaid on 24 April 2024 and the facility was cancelled with effect from 1 May 2024.

2 Atlas is a closed securitisation trust due to its predefined asset composition and outstanding borrowings balance, fixed throughout its

operational life. As such, there is no facility limit applicable to Atlas issued notes.

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

119
FINANCIAL RESULTS

118

16 Share capital and dividends

Policy

Ordinary shares are classified as equity, incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of ordinary shares

and share options are recognised as a deduction from equity, net of any tax effect.

June 2024

Number of

Shares

June 2023

Number of

Shares

Issued shares

Opening balance709,658592,904

Shares issued during the year211,868112,417

Shares issued - dividend reinvestment plan9,0354,337

Closing balance930,561709,658

HGH completed a capital raise during the year which comprised an institutional share placement (Placement) and

a 1 for 6.85 accelerated non-renounceable entitlement offer (Entitlement Offer), offered to eligible institutional

shareholders (Institutional Entitlement Offer) and eligible retail shareholders (Retail Entitlement Offer). H G H

issued 131,949,647 shares for total proceeds of $131.9 million on 15 April 2024 under the Institutional Entitlement Offer

and 79,102,644 shares at $1.00 per share ($79.1 million) on 26 April 2024 under the Retail Entitlement Offer. The total

value of shares issued was $210.0 million with $6.3 million of transaction costs recognised in relation to this share

issuance.

On 19 September 2023, HGH issued a further 1,275,194 shares at $0.60 per share ($0.8 million) under the Long Term

Incentive Scheme of HGH (LTI Scheme), of which 459,070 shares at $1.74 per share ($0.8 million) were acquired by

HGH pursuant to the buyback offer to the participants to fund the tax liability arising for those participants upon

receipt of shares under the LTI Scheme.

The Group issued 4,790,946 new shares at $1.69 per share ($8.1 million) on 22 September 2023 and 4,243,768 new

shares at $1.27 per share ($5.4 million) on 20 March 2024 under the dividend reinvestment plan (DRP) for the period

(2023: 4,336,812 new shares at $1.64 per share ($7.1 million) on 23 March 2023 under the DRP for the period).

The ordinary shares have no par value. Each ordinary share of HGH carries the right to vote on a poll at meetings

of shareholders, the right to an equal share in dividends and the right to an equal share in the distribution of the

surplus assets of HGH in the event of liquidation.

Dividends paid

June 2024June 2023

Date

Declared

Cents

Per Share$000’s

Date

Declared

Cents

Per Share$000’s

Final dividend28 August 20236.042,57924 August 20225.532,609

Interim dividend26 February 20244.028,611 28 February 20235.538,793

Total dividends paid71,19071,402

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

17 Other reserves

$000’s

Employee

Benefit

Reserve

Foreign

Currency

Translation

Reserve

(FCTR)

Fair Value

Reserve

Cash Flow

Hedge

ReserveTotal

June 2024

Balance as at 30 June 20233,581(8,438)(3,978)15,0756,240

Movements attributable to net investments in

foreign operations

-1,773--1,773

Movements attributable to fair value hedges--1,282-1,282

Movements attributable to cash flow hedges---(14,977)(14,977)

Movements attributable to fair value changes


for the financial instruments at FVOCI

--(3,152)-(3,152)

Income tax effect--(357)4,2763,919

Total other comprehensive income/(loss)


net of income tax

-1,773(2,227)(10,701)(11,155)

Share based payments(2,816)---(2,816)

Vesting of share based payments(765)---(765)

Balance as at 30 June 2024- (6,665)(6,205)4,374(8,496)

June 2023

Balance as at 30 June 20224,646(1,635)(1,034)7,9599,936

Movements attributable to net investments in

foreign operations

-(6,803)--(6,803)

Movements attributable to fair value hedges--(779)-(779)

Movements attributable to cash flow hedges---9,5349,534

Movements attributable to fair value changes for

the financial instruments at FVOCI

--(2,411)-(2,411)

Income tax effect246(2,418)(2,172)

Total other comprehensive income/(loss) net

of income tax

- (6,803)(2,944)7,116(2,631)

Share based payments105---105

Vesting of share based payments(1,170)---(1,170)

Balance as at 30 June 20233,581(8,438)(3,978)15,0756,240

Employee benefit reserve

Includes amounts which arise on the recognition of the Group’s fair value estimate of equity instruments expected

to vest under share-based compensation plan.

FCTR

Exchange differences arising on translation of the Group’s foreign operations are accumulated in the Foreign

currency translation reserve and recognised in other comprehensive income. The cumulative amount is reclassified

to profit or loss when a foreign operation is disposed of.

Fair value reserve

Includes changes in the fair value of investment securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive

income, net of tax. For debt securities, these changes are reclassified to the profit or loss when the asset is

disposed. For equity securities, these changes are not reclassified to the profit or loss when the asset is disposed.

Cash flow hedge reserve

This includes fair value gains and losses associated with the effective portion of the designated cash flow hedging

instruments, net of tax.

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

121
FINANCIAL RESULTS

120

18 Other balance sheet items

Policy

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment (if any).

Depreciation is calculated on a straight line basis to write off the net cost or revalued amount of each asset over

its expected life to its estimated residual value.

$000’sJune 2024June 2023

Other assets

Trade receivables194430

GST receivables4,402562

Prepayments¹6,21811,931

Property, plant and equipment²22,03114,241

Other receivables2,340826

Total other assets35,18527,990

Policy

Intangible assets

Intangible assets with finite useful lives

Software acquired or internally developed by the Group is stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and any

accumulated impairment losses. Expenditure on software assets is capitalised only when it increases the future

economic value of that asset. Certain internal and external costs directly incurred in acquiring and developing

software are capitalised when specific criteria are met. Costs incurred on planning or evaluating software

proposals during the research phase or on maintaining systems after implementation are not capitalised.

Amortisation of software is on a straight line basis, at rates which will write off the cost over the assets’

estimated useful lives. The expected useful life of the software varies up to ten years.

Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) arrangements

SaaS arrangements are service agreements that grant the Group the right to access the cloud provider’s

application software over the contract period. Costs associated with configuring or customising the software,

along with ongoing fees for accessing the cloud provider’s application, are recognised as operating expenses

when the services are received.

Some of these costs pertain to developing software code that enhances or modifies, or creates additional

capability to, existing on-premise systems and qualifies as an intangible asset based on its definition and

recognition criteria.

The Group capitalises costs incurred in configuring or customising certain suppliers’ application software

within specific cloud computing arrangements as intangible assets as the Group considers that it would benefit

from those costs to implement the cloud-based software over the expected terms of the cloud computing

arrangements. However, such capitalisation occurs only if the activities result in creating an intangible asset

that the Group has control over and meets the necessary recognition criteria. Costs that do not meet the

criteria for capitalisation as intangible assets are expensed as incurred unless they are paid to the suppliers

(or subcontractors of the supplier) of the cloud-based software to significantly customise the cloud-based

software for the Group (i.e., such services are not distinct from the Group’s right to receive access to the

supplier’s cloud-based software). In the latter case, the upfront costs are recorded as prepayments for services

and amortised over the expected terms of the cloud computing arrangements.

Goodwill

Goodwill arising on acquisition represents the excess of the cost of the acquisition over the Group’s interest

in the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired. Goodwill that has an indefinite useful life is not subject

to amortisation and is tested for impairment annually. Goodwill is carried at cost less accumulated impairment

losses.

1 Prepayments at 30 June 2023 included $3.9 million deposit paid for the conditional acquisition of HBA.

2 Property, plant and equipment include rural property worth $7.8 million, which has undergone a change in use from investment property

during the year.

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

18 Other balance sheet items (continued)

$000’sJune 2024June 2023

Computer software

Software - cost

1

88,53348,513

Software under development5,69228,391

Accumulated amortisation(37,443)(31,944)

Net carrying value of computer software56,78244,960

Goodwill208,723184,422

Net carrying value of goodwill208,723184,422

Banking licence14,4016,351

Total intangible assets279,906235,733

Banking Licence

On 30 April 2024 Heartland Group Holdings Limited acquired 100% of the shares of CBL, holder of a full Australian

Authorised Deposit-Taking Institution (ADI) Licence, from Challenger Limited. HGH and CBL jointly applied to the

Australian Prudential Regulatory Authority (APRA) for approval to expand the range of products CBL offers and

to amend CBL’s APRA approved business plan to integrate with HGH’s existing Australian based financial services

business.

Costs directly attributable to the application have been recognised as Banking Licence intangible asset as the

Banking Licence will have an indefinite life with no foreseeable limit to the period over which the asset will generate

benefits for the business.

Goodwill

For the purposes of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to cash generating units. A Cash Generating Unit

(CGU) is the smallest identifiable group of assets that generate independent cash inflows. The Group has assessed

that goodwill should be allocated to the smallest identifiable CGU or group of CGUs.

During the year, the Group had also recognised provisional goodwill from the acquisition of HBA (refer to Note 19 –

Acquisition for further details).

The Group previously allocated goodwill to Heartland Bank Limited representing the New Zealand banking business,

Heartland Australia Holdings Pty Limited representing the Australian reverse mortgage lending business and

StockCo Australia Group representing the Australian specialist livestock finance business.

Pursuant to the acquisition of CBL, CBL and the Australian reverse mortgage lending and livestock financing

businesses were transferred into HBA (collectively the Australian businesses). The performance of the Australian

businesses is not monitored as separate business units but rather aggregated within HBA. The management

structure has also been reorganised to reflect this, and general managers, responsible for product categories,

report into one HBA management team. This represents a change in the way in which goodwill is monitored

internally, and has resulted in a reallocation of goodwill to the group of CGUs represented by the Australian

businesses. There were no indicators of impairment of goodwill immediately prior to the acquisition and business

reorganisation.

CGU / Group of CGUsGoodwill

$000’sJune 2024June 2023

Heartland Bank Limited29,799 29,799

Heartland Bank Australia Limited (previously Challenger Bank Limited)178,924 -

Heartland Australia Holdings Pty Limited-15,344

StockCo Australia Group²-139,279

Total goodwill208,723 184,422

1 The increase in software - cost is related to capitalised costs associated with the core banking system upgrade completed during the year

ended 30 June 2024.

2 Comprising StockCo Holdings 2 Pty Limited and StockCo Australia Management Pty Limited as stated in Note 26 – Significant subsidiaries.

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

123
FINANCIAL RESULTS

122

18 Other balance sheet items (continued)

Goodwill (continued)

Impairment testing of goodwill

Further information about goodwill impairment tests performed for CGUs or group of CGUs is provided below.

Heartland Bank Limited (HBL) - $29.8 million

The recoverable amount of the CGU was determined on a value in use (VIU) basis using a discounted cash flow

methodology. The model uses a five-year cash flow forecast based on the latest budget approved by the respective

Boards and extended out based on long term growth rates. The long-term growth rate applied to the future cash

flows after year five of the forecast was 2.0% (2023: 2.0%), and a discount rate of 10.0% (2023: 10.0%) for HBL

was applied which reflect both past experience and external sources of information. The goodwill impairment

assessment indicates significant headroom, and that no foreseeable adjustments to key assumptions such as

growth rate or discount rate would lead to impairment.

HBA group of CGUs (comprising the CGUs of Heartland Bank Australia Limited, Heartland Australia Holdings Pty

Limited and StockCo Australia Group) - $178.9 million

The recoverable amount is determined based on fair value less cost to sell by using an earnings multiple applicable

to the group of CGUs. The category of this fair value is Level 3. Earnings multiples relating to the group of CGUs are

sourced from publicly available data associated with comparable Australasian Financial Services companies to the

group of CGUs, and are applied to the projected earnings for the next twelve months. The key assumption is the

price-earnings (P/E) multiple observed for these businesses, the average of which for the comparable businesses

were in the range of 14.0x-16.0x. For goodwill to be impaired for this group of CGUs, the forecast earnings for the

next twelve months would need to decrease by between 15.9% and 26.4%.

No impairment losses have been recognised against the carrying amount of goodwill for the year ended 30 June

2024 (2023: nil).

The following information is in relation to the impairment tests performed for HAH and StockCo Australia Group for

the comparative period.

Heartland Australia Holdings Pty Limited (HAH)

The recoverable amount of the businesses was determined on a VIU basis using a discounted cash flow

methodology. The model uses a five-year cash flow forecast based on the latest budget approved by the Board

and extended out based on long-term growth rates. The long-term growth rate applied to the future cash flows

after year five of the forecast was 2.5% for HAH, and a discount rate of 10.0% was applied which reflect both past

experience and external sources of information. The goodwill impairment assessment indicates significant

headroom, and that no foreseeable adjustments to key assumptions such as growth rate or discount rate would

lead to impairment.

StockCo Australia Group

The recoverable amount of the business was determined on a fair value less cost to sell basis using a discounted

cash flow methodology. The model uses a four-year cash flow forecast based on the latest growth target approved

by the Board and extended out based on growth expectations for the business. This valuation methodology uses

level three inputs in terms of the fair value hierarchy in NZ IFRS 13. The following drivers and key assumptions are

used in the model:

• Annual lending growth which has been forecasted based on management’s current expectations of growth

in the specialist livestock financing portfolio. In forming these expectations management has referenced the

current and expected outlook in the overall Australian cattle and lamb markets and factored in pricing and

growth strategies relative to market outlook. This includes targeting new customer segments and distribution

channels to broaden reach.

• Gross interest income (including interest yield) which represents the pricing of the products which factors in

market outlook and new customer segments and are estimated based on management’s past experience.

• Cost of funds which was projected based on the forward curve for bank bill rate plus a margin at the date of

assessment, representing the expected funding structure of an analogous Australian ADI noting that the Group

is working towards obtaining an Australian ADI licence.

• Terminal growth rate of 2.4% after year five of the forecast and discount rate of 12.0%, which reflects external

sources of information.

The recoverable amount of the business exceeds its carrying amount by $30.4 million (A$28.0 million). The discount

rate would need to rise above 13.5% and the terminal growth rate will need to be below 2.0% in combination to result

in an impairment.

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

18 Other balance sheet items (continued)

Policy

Employee benefits

Annual leave entitlements are accrued at amounts expected to be paid. Long service leave is accrued by

calculating the probable future value of the entitlements and discounting back to present value. Obligations to

defined contribution superannuation schemes are recognised as an expense when the contribution is paid.

$000’sJune 2024June 2023

Trade and other payables

Trade and other payables17,15814,731

Insurance liability645914

Employee benefits12,95111,224

Other tax payables4,1763,820

Collateral received on derivatives

1

2,38427,609

Total trade and other payables37,31458,298

Policy

Leases

The Group leases office space, car parks, equipment and cars. Rental contracts are typically made for fixed

periods but may have extension options. Lease terms are negotiated on an individual basis and contain a wide

range of different terms and conditions.

In determining the lease term, all facts and circumstances that create an economic incentive to exercise an

extension option are considered. Extension options are only included in the lease term if the lease is reasonably

certain to be extended.

Lease liabilities are measured at the present value of the remaining lease payments and discounted using the

Group’s incremental borrowing rate (IBR). Lease liabilities are measured using the effective interest method.

Carrying amounts are remeasured only upon reassessments and lease modifications.

Right of use assets are depreciated at the shorter of lease term or the Group’s depreciation policy for that asset

class.

$000’sJune 2024June 2023

Right of use assets

Balance at beginning of year12,31814,145

Depreciation charge for the year, included within depreciation expense in the income

statement

(3,252)(2,539)

Additions to right of use assets6,453712

Total right of use assets15,51912,318

Lease liability

Current3,6893,166

Non-current14,08711,121

Total lease liability17,77614,287

Interest expense relating to lease liability693488

1 The Group has accepted collateral arising from derivative transactions, included in Cash and cash equivalents. The decrease in the carrying

amount of cash collateral received is attributable to decrease in net asset positions on derivative balances compared to 30 June 2023. Refer

to Note 31 - Offsetting financial instruments.

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

125
FINANCIAL RESULTS

124

19 Acquisition

Policy

Business combination

The Group accounts for business combinations using the acquisition method when the acquired set of activities

and assets meets the definition of a business and control is transferred to the Group. In determining whether a

particular set of activities and assets is a business, the Group assesses whether the set of assets and activities

consists of inputs and processes applied to those inputs that have the ability to contribute to the creation of

outputs.

The consideration transferred in the acquisition and any contingent consideration to be transferred are

generally measured at fair value, as are the identifiable net assets acquired. Goodwill is initially measured at

cost (being the excess of the aggregate of the consideration transferred over the fair value of the net assets

acquired) and is tested annually for impairment. Any gain on a bargain purchase is recognised in profit or loss

immediately. If the initial accounting for a business combination is incomplete by the end of the reporting period

in which the combination occurs, the Group reports provisional amounts for the items for which the accounting

is incomplete. Those provisional amounts are adjusted during the measurement period (see below), or additional

assets or liabilities are recognised, to reflect new information obtained about facts and circumstances that

existed as of the acquisition date that, if known, would have affected the amounts recognised as of that date.

The measurement period is the period from the date of acquisition to the date the Group obtains complete

information about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date, and does not exceed twelve

months. Transaction cost related to the acquisition is recognised as an expense in profit or loss when incurred

with the exception of costs to issue debt or equity securities.

On 30 April 2024 the Group completed the acquisition of 100% shareholding in CBL from Challenger Limited. From 1

May 2024, CBL began trading as Heartland Bank Australia, with the legal name change from CBL to HBA occurring

later in May 2024.

Total cash consideration in relation to the transaction was A$115.24 million (NZ$126.60 million) which is comprised of:

• the total purchase price of A$45.96 million (NZ$50.49 million), reflecting the initial purchase price of A$36.70

million (NZ$40.31 million) plus A$9.26 million (NZ$10.17 million) of additional consideration due to the deposit

raising programme undertaken by CBL prior to completion, and

• an additional payment of A$69.28 million (NZ$76.10 million), reflecting the increased capital being held by CBL

following its pre-completion purchase of A$574.30 million (NZ$631.35 million) of reverse mortgages from HAH.

The deposit raising programme was requisite to the completion of the acquisition and is considered as part of the

acquisition transaction.

The Group is assessing the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities acquired, and determining the related

deferred tax effects, if any, in line with the principles for estimating fair value adopted by the Group. Values were

provisionally allocated to identifiable assets and liabilities on completion date based on available information. They

may be adjusted during the 12 months following that date on the basis of new information obtained relating to facts

and circumstances prevailing at completion date.

Goodwill of A$21.19 million (NZ $23.21 million) has been recognised from the acquisition on a provisional basis. This is

supported by the enabled expansion through access to retail deposits, together with the anticipated synergies to

be realised over the next few years.

The provisional goodwill as at the acquisition date has been allocated to the Heartland Australia Bank Limited CGU

(refer to Note 18 - Other balance sheet items for further details).

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

19 Acquisition (continued)

Details of the fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired and the provisional goodwill arising from the acquisition

of HBA are set out as follows:

$000’s

Provisional fair value

recognised on acquisition

Assets

Cash and cash equivalents292,211

Investments 367,739

Finance receivables measured at amortised cost61,179

Finance receivables - reverse mortgages635,609

Provision for impairment(167)

Deferred tax asset820

Other assets860

Total assets1,358,251

Liabilities

Deposits1,249,375

Other borrowings2,574

Trade and other payables2,916

Total liabilities1,254,865

Net assets acquired103,386

Provisional goodwill arising on acquisition23,205

Fair value of consideration126,591

Cash flow on acquisition

Net cash acquired with the subsidiary292,211

Net cash (inflow) on acquisition of subsidiary(165,620)

HBA has contributed interest income of A$14.86 million (NZ $16.15 million) and net loss of A$1.20 million (NZ $1.29

million) to the Group for the period from 30 April 2024 to 30 June 2024.

If the acquisition had occurred on 1 July 2023, it is estimated that the contribution to the Group’s interest income

and profit for the year ended 30 June 2024 would have been A$35.47 million (NZ$38.40 million) and A$8.90 million

(NZ$9.60 million) net loss respectively.

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

127
FINANCIAL RESULTS

126

20 Related party transactions and balances

Policy

A person or entity is a related party under the following circumstances:

a) A person or a close member of that person’s family if that person:

i) has control or joint control over HGH;

ii) has significant influence over HGH; or

iii) is a member of the key management personnel of HGH.

b) An entity is related to HGH if any of the following conditions applies:

i) the entity and HGH are members of the same group;

ii) one entity is an associate or joint venture of the other entity;

iii) both entities are joint ventures of the same third party;

iv) one entity is a joint venture of a third entity and the other entity is an associate of the third entity;

v) the entity is a post-employment benefit plan for the benefit of employees of either the reporting entity


or an entity related to HGH

vi) the entity is controlled, or jointly controlled by a person identified in (a); and

vii) a person identified in (a)(i) has significant influence over the entity or is a member of the key

management personnel of entity (or of a parent of the entity).

(a) Transactions with key management personnel

Key management personnel (KMP), are those who, directly or indirectly, have authority and responsibility for

planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Group. This includes all executive staff and Directors.

KMP receive personal banking and financial investment services from the Group in the ordinary course of business.

The terms and conditions, for example interest rates and collateral, and the risks to the Group are comparable to

transactions with other employees and did not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other

unfavourable features.

All other transactions with KMP’s and their related parties are conducted in the ordinary course of business on

commercial terms and conditions.

$000’sJune 2024June 2023

Transactions with key management personnel

Interest income-123

Interest expense(69)(43)

Key management personnel compensation

Short-term employee benefits(3,423)(8,083)

Share-based plan benefit/(expense)-14

Total transactions with key management personnel(3,492)(7,989)

Due from/(to) key management personnel

Lending-4,428

Borrowings - deposits(1,231)(855)

Total due from/(to) key management personnel(1,231)3,573

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

20 Related party transactions and balances (continued)

(b) Transactions with related parties

HGH is the ultimate parent company of the Group.

Entities within the Group have regular transactions with each other on agreed terms. The transactions include the

provision of administrative services and customer operations. Banking facilities are provided by HBL to other Group

entities on normal commercial terms as with other customers. There is no lending from subsidiaries within the

Group to HGH.

Related party transactions between the Group eliminate on consolidation. Related party transactions outside of

the Group are as follows:

$000’sJune 2024June 2023

ASF Custodians Pty Limited

Audit fees-4

Heartland Trust (HT)

Dividends paid650714

HT held 6,504,266 shares in HGH (2023: 6,504,266 shares).

The Trustees of HT and certain employees of the Group provided their time and skills to the oversight and operation

of HT at no charge.

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

129
FINANCIAL RESULTS

128

21 Fair value

Policy

Fair value is the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly

transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

On initial recognition, the transaction price generally represents the fair value of the financial instrument, unless

there is observable information from an active market that provides a more appropriate fair value.

The fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities that are traded in active markets are based on quoted

market prices or dealer price quotations. For all other financial instruments, the Group determines fair value

using other valuation techniques.

The Group measures fair values using the following fair value hierarchy, which reflects the observability of the

inputs used in measuring fair value:

Level 1 - Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 - Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability,

either directly (that is, as prices) or indirectly (derived from prices).

Level 3 - Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

The Group recognises transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy as at the end of the reporting period

during which the change has occurred.

(a) Financial instruments measured at fair value

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial asset and

liability measured at fair value on a recurring basis in the consolidated statement of financial position.

The Group has an established framework in performing valuations required for financial reporting purposes

including Level 3 fair values. The Group regularly reviews and calibrates significant unobservable inputs and

valuation adjustments in accordance with market participants’ views. If external valuation specialists are engaged

to measure fair values, the Group assesses the evidence obtained from these specialists to support the conclusion

of these valuations. All significant valuations are reported to the Group’s Board Audit and Risk Committee for

approval prior to its adoption in the financial statements.

Investment in debt securities

Investments in public sector securities and corporate bonds are stated at FVOCI or FVTPL, with the fair value being

based on quoted market prices (Level 1 under the fair value hierarchy) or modelled using observable market inputs

(Level 2 under the fair value hierarchy). Refer to Note 11 – Investments for more details.

Investments valued under Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy are valued either based on quoted market prices or

dealer quotes for similar instruments, or discounted cash flows analysis.

Investments in equity securities

Investments in equity securities are classified at FVTPL unless an irrevocable election is made by the Group to

measure at FVOCI. Investment in listed securities traded in liquid, active markets where prices are readily observable

are measured under Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy with no modelling or assumptions used in the valuation. Equity

securities are measured at FVOCI where they are not held for trading, the Group doesn’t have control or significant

influence over the investee and where an irrevocable election is made to measure them at FVOCI. These securities

are measured at fair value with unrealised gains and losses recognised in other comprehensive income except for

dividend income which is recognised in profit or loss. Investments in unlisted equity securities are measured under

Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy with the fair value being based on unobservable inputs using market accepted

valuation techniques. Where appropriate, the Group may apply adjustments to the above-mentioned techniques to

determine fair value of an equity security to reflect the underlying characteristics. These adjustments are reflective

of market participant considerations in valuing the said security.

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

21 Fair value (continued)

(a) Financial instruments measured at fair value (continued)

Finance receivables - reverse mortgages

The reverse mortgage portfolio is classified and measured at FVTPL under NZ IFRS 9 Financial instruments (NZ

IFRS 9). An irrevocable election has been made by the Group to not apply the new NZ IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts

standard effective from 1 July 2023. The review of the reverse mortgage portfolio valuation determined that the

terms and conditions of these loan contracts do not contain a component of significant insurance risk, therefore

they continue to be treated under NZ IFRS 9 Financial Instruments classified at FVTPL under NZ IFRS.

On initial recognition the Group considers the transaction price to represent the fair value of the loan, on the basis

that no reliable fair value can be estimated as there is no relevant active market and fair value cannot be reliably

measured using other valuation techniques under NZ IFRS 13 Fair value measurement.

For subsequent measurement, and at balance date, the Group considered whether the fair value can be determined

by reference to a relevant active market or using a valuation technique that incorporates observable inputs but has

concluded relevant support is not currently available. In the absence of such market evidence the Group has used

the transaction value (cash advanced plus accrued capitalised interest) for subsequent measurement. The Group

has used an actuarial method to determine a proxy for the fair value that incorporates changes in the portfolio risk

and expectations of the portfolio performance. This includes inputs such as mortality and potential move into care,

voluntary exits, house price changes, interest rate margin and the no equity guarantee. This estimate is highly

subjective and a wide range of plausible values are possible. The estimate provides an indication of whether the

transaction value is overstated.

The Group does not consider that the actuarial estimate has moved outside of the original expectation range on

initial recognition. There has been no fair value movement recognised in profit or loss during the period (2023: nil).

Fair value is not sensitive to the above assumptions due to the nature of reverse mortgage loans. In particular, given

conservative origination loan-to-value ratio and security criteria, a material deterioration in house prices combined

with a material increase in interest rates over a sustained period of time would likely need to occur before any

potential impact to fair value.

The Group will continue to reassess the existence of a relevant active market and movements in expectations on an

on-going basis.

Derivative financial instruments

Derivative financial instruments are recognised in the financial statements at fair value. Fair values are determined

from observable market prices as at the reporting date, discounted cash flow models or option pricing models as

appropriate (Level 2 under the fair value hierarchy).

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

131
FINANCIAL RESULTS

130

21 Fair value (continued)

(a) Financial instruments measured at fair value (continued)

The following table analyses financial instruments measured at fair value at the reporting date by the level in the

fair value hierarchy into which each fair value measurement is categorised. The amounts are based on the values

recognised in the consolidated statement of financial position.

$000’sLevel 1Level 2Level 3Total

June 2024

Assets

Investments1,082,699-9,4321,092,131

Derivative financial instruments-12,316-12,316

Finance receivables - reverse mortgages--2,897,8182,897,818

Total financial assets measured at fair value1,082,69912,3162,907,2504,002,265

Liabilities

Derivative financial instruments-9,017-9,017

Total financial liabilities measured at fair value-9,017-9,017

June 2023

Assets

Investments318,756-11,484330,240

Derivative financial instruments-36,983-36,983

Finance receivables - reverse mortgages--2,403,8102,403,810

Total financial assets measured at fair value318,75636,9832,415,2942,771,033

Liabilities

Derivative financial instruments-7,624-7,624

Total financial liabilities measured at fair value-7,624-7,624

There were no transfers between levels in the fair value hierarchy in the year ended 30 June 2024 (2023: nil).

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

21 Fair value (continued)

(a) Financial instruments measured at fair value (continued)

The movement in Level 3 assets measured at fair value are below:

$000’s

Finance

Receivables

- Reverse MortgageInvestmentsTotal

June 2024

As at 30 June 20232,403,81011,4842,415,294

Sale of SWT portfolio to HBA

1

(631,345)-(631,345)

Additions - acquisition of HBA

2

635,609-635,609

New loans552,073-552,073

Repayments(335,429)-(335,429)

Capitalised Interest and fees261,318-261,318

Purchase of investments-1,0591,059

Fair value (loss) on investment-(3,152)(3,152)

Other³11,7824111,823

As at 30 June 20242,897,8189,4322,907,250

June 2023

As at 30 June 20221,996,8547,0322,003,886

New loans543,248-543,248

Repayments(297,066)-(297,066)

Capitalised Interest and fees183,458-183,458

Purchase of investments-6,9526,952

Fair value (loss) on investment-(2,411)(2,411)

Other

3

(22,684)(89)(22,773)

As at 30 June 20232,403,81011,4842,415,294

(b) Financial instruments not measured at fair value

The following assets and liabilities of the Group are not measured at fair value in the consolidated statement of

financial position.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents are measured at amortised cost and their carrying value is considered equivalent to

their fair value due to their short term nature.

Finance receivables measured at amortised cost

The fair value of the Group’s finance receivables is calculated using a valuation technique which assumes the

Group’s current weighted average lending rates for loans of a similar nature and term.

Finance receivables with a floating interest rate are deemed to be at current market rates. The current amount of

credit provisioning has been deducted from the fair value calculation of finance receivables as a proxy for future

losses.

1 Represents reverse mortgage portfolio sold to HBA on 24 April 2024, prior to its acquisition. Refer to Note 27 - Structured Entities.

2 Refer to Note 19 - Acquisition.

3 This relates to foreign currency translation differences for the assets.

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

133
FINANCIAL RESULTS

132

21 Fair value (continued)

(b) Financial instruments not measured at fair value (continued)

Borrowings

The fair value of deposits, bank borrowings and other borrowings is the present value of future cash flows and is

based on the current market interest rates payable by the Group for debt of similar maturities.

Other financial assets and financial liabilities

The fair value of all other financial instruments is considered equivalent to their carrying value due to their short-

term nature.

The following table sets out financial instruments not measured at fair value where the carrying value does not

approximate fair value, compares their carrying value against their fair value and analyses them by level in the fair

value hierarchy.

June 2024June 2023

$000’s

Fair Value

Hierarchy

Total Fair

Value

Total

Carrying

Value

Fair Value

Hierarchy

Total Fair

Value

Total

Carrying

Value

Assets

Finance receivables

measured at amortised cost

Level 34,146,6924,266,946Level 34,102,5914,334,214

Total financial assets4,146,6924,266,9464,102,5914,334,214

Liabilities

DepositsLevel 25,955,3695,949,116Level 24,130,3264,131,025

Other borrowingsLevel 22,042,3962,040,763Level 22,496,3102,496,375

Total financial liabilities7,997,7657,989,8796,626,6366,627,400

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

21 Fair value (continued)

(c ) Classification of financial instruments

The following tables summarise the categories of financial instruments and the carrying value of all financial

instruments of the Group:

$000’s

FVOCI

Equity

FVOCI Debt

SecuritiesFVTPL

Amortised

Cost

Total

Carrying

Value

June 2024

Assets

Cash and cash equivalents---629,619629,619

Investments7,575371,816712,740-1,092,131

Finance receivables measured at

amortised cost

---4,266,9464,266,946

Finance receivables - reverse mortgages--2,897,818-2,897,818

Derivative financial instruments--12,316-12,316

Other financial assets---2,5342,534

Total financial assets7,575371,8163,622,8744,899,0998,901,364

Liabilities

Deposits---5,949,1165,949,116

Other borrowings---2,040,7632,040,763

Derivative financial instruments--9,017-9,017

Other financial liabilities---20,18720,187

Total financial liabilities--9,0178,010,0668,019,083

June 2023

Assets

Cash and cash equivalents---311,503311,503

Investments9,665315,1925,383-330,240

Finance receivables measured at

amortised cost

---4,334,2144,334,214

Finance receivables - reverse mortgages--2,403,810-2,403,810

Derivative financial instruments--36,983-36,983

Other financial assets---1,2561,256

Total financial assets9,665315,1922,446,1764,646,9737,418,006

Liabilities

Deposits---4,131,0254,131,025

Other borrowings---2,496,3752,496,375

Derivative financial instruments--7,624-7,624

Other financial liabilities---43,25443,254

Total financial liabilities--7,6246,670,6546,678,278

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

135
FINANCIAL RESULTS

134

RISK MANAGEMENT

22 Enterprise risk management program

The board of directors (the Board) sets and monitors the Group’s risk appetite across the primary risk domains

of credit, capital, liquidity, market (including interest rate and foreign exchange), operational and compliance

and general business risk. Management is, in turn, responsible for ensuring appropriate structures, policies,

procedures and information systems are in place to actively manage these risk domains, as outlined within the Risk

Management Strategy and Framework document (RMS&F). Collectively, these processes are known as the Group’s

Enterprise Risk Management Program (RMP).

The RMS&F supersedes HGH’s Enterprise Risk Management Framework (ERMF) and has been developed to

accommodate changes in the Group’s operating environment, arising from the acquisition and integration of HBA,

and is aligned with HBA’s own Risk Management Strategy document that reflects Australian Prudential Regulation

Authority (APRA) regulatory requirements in addition to the HGH’s existing RMS&F that supports the RBNZ

prudential risk management requirement.

Role of the Board and the Board Audit and Risk Committee

The Board, through its Board Audit and Risk Committee (BARC) is responsible for oversight and governance of

the development of the RMP. The role of the BARC includes assisting the Board to formulate its risk appetite and

monitoring the effectiveness of the RMP. BARC’s responsibilities also include:

• Reviewing financial reporting and application of accounting policies as part of the internal control and risk

assessment framework.

• Monitoring the identification, evaluation and management of all significant risks through the Group. This work is

supported by an internal audit programme, which provides an independent assessment of the design, adequacy

and effectiveness of internal controls. The BARC receives regular reports from internal audit.

• Advising the Board on the formulation of the Board’s Risk Appetite Statement.

• Reviewing any reports, policies, standards, other risk documents or matters, or minutes which have been

prepared by or in respect of the HGH’s Board.

• Monitor material, emerging and strategic risks for the Group and its subsidiaries.

The BARC consists of three non-executive directors. The Chair of the HBL Audit Committee and the Chair of the

HBL Risk Committee, as well as the HGH CEO, the HBL CEO, the Head of Internal Audit and the HGH Chief Financial

Officer (CFO), HBL CFO and HBL Chief Risk Officer (CRO), each attend BARC meetings. The BARC undertakes its

responsibilities with the assistance of subsidiary Boards and subsidiary Board Committees.

Internal Audit

The Group has an Internal Audit function, the objective of which is to provide independent, objective assurance

over the internal control environment. In certain circumstances, Internal Audit will provide risk and control advice

to Management provided the work does not impede the independence of the Internal Audit function. The function

assists the Group in accomplishing its objectives by bringing a systematic and disciplined approach to evaluate and

improve the effectiveness of risk management, control, and governance processes.

Internal Audit is allowed full, free and unfettered access to any and all of the organisation’s records, personnel and

physical properties deemed necessary to accomplish its activities.

A regular cycle of review has been implemented to cover all areas of the business, focused on assessment,

management and control of risks identified. The audit plan takes into account cyclical review of various business

units and operational areas, as well as identified areas of higher identified risk. The audit methodology is designed

to meet the International Standards for the Professional Practice of Internal Auditing of The Institute of Internal

Auditors.

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

22 Enterprise risk management program (continued)

Group Asset and Liability Committee (GALCO)

The GALCO is a management committee consisting of members from HBL and HBA which informs and supports the

HGH BARC by providing consolidated oversight of risks of the Group’s assets and liabilities across both HBL and HBA

in relation to market risk, liquidity risk, balance sheet structure and capital management through:

• Ensuring compliance of the Group with risk limits and governance requirements.

• Recommending policies for approval and changes to risk tolerances to BRC and BAC.

• Setting the strategic direction for asset and liability management, to be reflected in the asset and liability

management policy.

• Monitoring, assessing and proactively reacting to trends in the economy, interest rates, and foreign exchange

rates to limit any potential adverse impact on earnings.

HBL Executive Risk Committee (ERC)

The ERC comprises the HBL CEO, HBL CRO, HBL CFO, HBL Group Treasurer and Head of Internal Audit. The ERC has

responsibility for overseeing risk aspects including internal control environment to ensure that residual risk is

consistent with the Group’s risk appetite. The ERC generally meets monthly, and minutes are made available to the

BARC. ERC’s specific responsibilities include decision making and oversight of operational risk, compliance risk and

credit risk.

Climate-related risks

Climate-related risks are integrated into the Group’s overall risk management strategy and processes.

Risk Management

HGH has a defined risk tolerance for climate-related risk, which is monitored as part of HGH’s respective RAS,

reviewed, and updated at least annually to incorporate necessary changes and consider any new material

emerging risks.

HGH’s Enterprise Operational Risk Assessment identifies and assists proactive management of the Group’s most

critical operational risks, including climate-related risks, by establishing an inherent risk rating and residual risk

rating to assist with monitoring of the risk exposure.

All Group business units are required to review their risk and control self-assessment (RCSA) at least annually. The

RCSA primarily focuses on key operational risks and considers climate-related risks where relevant.

Governance

The Board is responsible for the Group’s corporate governance, strategy and risk appetite ensuring climate-related

risks and opportunities are considered. Oversight, assessment and management of climate-related risks and

opportunities occur within HBL and HBA given their direct involvement in business operations and decision-making.

The HGH Sustainability Committee meets at least quarterly to consider climate-related risks and opportunities and

provide updates, guidance, and leadership regarding climate initiatives to the Board.

The ERC receives monthly updates on risk appetite and status, including the status of climate-related risks, as well

as quarterly Climate Change Composite Assessment capturing HBL and HBA climate-related risks.

HBL and HBA management are responsible for executing the initiatives, metrics and targets allocated based on

accountability.

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

137
FINANCIAL RESULTS

136

22 Enterprise risk management program (continued)

Climate-related risks (continued)

Strategy

The Group’s sustainability strategy continues to evolve with the ongoing commitment to reducing its direct

environmental impact, creating business practices that support positive environmental outcomes and fostering an

internal culture of environmental awareness. The Group’s strategy is built upon three pillars:

• building the capability to appropriately take climate change risks into consideration when making lending

decisions,

• funding borrowers’ transition to a net-zero economy; and

• embedding sustainability into every aspect of the Group’s operations.

The Group integrates climate-related risks and opportunities into its wider business strategy, supported by

ongoing monitoring of these risks through specific metrics and set targets focused on sustainable finance and its

own operational emissions.

The Group assesses the impact of climate-related risks on its financial position and performance. Although climate

change introduces an element of uncertainty, the Group has determined that climate-related risks do not have a

material impact on the judgements, assumptions, and estimates for the year ended 30 June 2024.

HGH will release its Climate Report for the year ended 30 June 2024 by 31 October 2024, providing further details

on the Group’s approach to climate-related risks. A copy of the Climate Report will be available on HGH’s website at

heartlandgroup.info/sustainability.

Operational and compliance risk

Operational and compliance risk is the risk arising from day-to-day operational activities in the execution of the

Group’s strategy which may result in direct or indirect loss. Operational and compliance risk losses can occur as

a result of fraud, human error, missing or inadequately designed processes, failed systems, damage to physical

assets, improper behaviour or from external events. The losses range from direct financial losses, to reputational

damage, unfavourable media attention, injury to or loss of staff or clients or as a breach of laws or banking

regulations. Where appropriate, risks are mitigated by insurance.

To ensure appropriate responsibility is allocated for the management, reporting and escalation of operational

and compliance risk, the Group operates a “three lines of defence” model which outlines principles for the roles,

responsibilities and accountabilities for operational and compliance risk management:

• The first line of defence is the business line management of the identification, management and mitigation

of the risks associated with the products and processes of the business. This accountability includes regular

testing and attestation of the adequacy and effectiveness of controls and compliance with the Group’s policies.

• The second line of defence is the Risk and Compliance function, responsible for the design and ownership of

the Operational Risk Management Framework. It incorporates key processes including Risk and Control Self-

Assessment (RCSA), incident management, independent evaluation of the adequacy and effectiveness of the

internal control framework, and the attestation process.

• The third line of defence is Internal Audit which is responsible for independently assessing how effectively the

Group is managing its risk according to its stated risk appetite.

The Group’s exposure to operational and compliance risk is governed by a RAS approved by the Board and is used

to guide management activities. This statement sets out the nature of risk which may be taken and aggregate risk

limits, which are monitored by the ERC.

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

22 Enterprise risk management program (continued)

Market risk

Market risk is the possibility of experiencing losses or gains due to factors affecting the overall performance of

financial markets in which the Group is exposed. The primary market risk exposures for the Group are interest rate

risk and foreign exchange risk. The risk being that market interest rates or foreign exchange rates will change and

adversely impact on the Group’s earnings due to either adverse moves in foreign exchange market rates or in the

case of interest rate risks mismatches between repricing dates of interest bearing assets and liabilities and/or

differences between customer pricing and wholesale rates.

Interest rate risk

Interest rate risk refers to exposure of an entity’s earnings and/or capital because of a mismatch between the

interest rate exposures of its assets and liabilities. Interest rate risk for the Group arises from the provision of

non-traded retail banking products and services and from traded wholesale transactions entered into to reduce

aggregate interest rate risk (known as hedges). This risk arises from four key sources:

• Mismatches between the repricing dates of interest bearing assets and liabilities (yield curve and repricing risk);

• Banking products repricing differently to changes in wholesale market rates (basis risk);

• Loan prepayment or deposit early withdrawal behaviour from customers that deviates from the expected or

contractually agreed behaviour (optionality risk);

• The effect of internal or market forces on a bank’s net interest margin where, for example, in a low-rate

environment any fall in rates will further decrease interest income earned on the assets whereas funding cost

cannot be reduced as it is already at the minimum level (margin compression risk); and

• The risk that the fair value of financial instruments will change when interest rates change (price risk). This is

particularly relevant for the Group’s fair-valued assets, such as its liquid asset portfolio, which the fair value of is

relied upon to support the Group’s funding requirements.

Refer to Note 25 - Interest rate risk for further details regarding interest rate risk.

Foreign exchange risk

Foreign exchange (FX) risk arises from a change in FX rates for assets, liabilities, profit, or income denominated in an

entity’s non-functional currency. Functional currency is the currency in which an entity primarily operates.

FX Risk has the below components:

• Structural FX risk refers to the risk that an entity is exposed to when its assets, liabilities, or capital resources are

denominated in a currency that is different to its reporting currency. This risk does not impact earnings unless

and until the investment is sold. However, it does impact shareholder equity through revaluations of the net

asset value through the foreign currency translation reserve.

• Profit translation risk is the risk that deviations in exchange rates significantly impact the translated value of a

foreign currency-based operation’s profit, creating volatility in the entity’s reported profit.

• Balance sheet translation risk - arises from monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies.

Movements in FX rates change the equivalent value of foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities

through the entity’s reported profit.

The Group’s investment of capital in foreign currency operations generates an exposure to changes in foreign

exchange rates. The Group has exposure to foreign currency translation risks through its Australian subsidiaries

which have functional currency of Australian dollars (AUD). Variations in the value of these foreign currency

operations arising as a result of exchange differences are reflected in the foreign currency translation reserve in

equity. The Group incurs some non-traded foreign currency risk related to the potential repatriation of profits from

its Australian subsidiaries.

The Group does not currently hedge its net investments in foreign operations except in circumstances where there

is a material exposure arising from a currency that is anticipated to be volatile, and the hedging is cost effective.

This risk is routinely monitored, and hedging is conducted where it is likely to add shareholder value.

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

139
FINANCIAL RESULTS

138

22 Enterprise risk management program (continued)

Market risk (continued)

Foreign exchange risk (continued)

The Group’s sensitivity to movements in the FX rates arises mainly from the translation of the profit generated by

its Australian subsidiaries and the AUD-denominated monetary assets and liabilities. The Group’s FX sensitivity

analysis is based on the Australian subsidiaries’ annual profit for the financial year representing an annual exposure

to profit translation risk. Additionally, it incorporates the exposure to HBL’s AUD-denominated cash balance as at

the reporting date.

The following sensitivity analysis measures the impact on the Group’s net profit after tax and equity from a

reasonably possible movements in the AUD/NZD exchange rates, given the historical exchange rate volatility, with

all other variables remaining constant.

$000’s

Impact

on profit

before tax

Impact on

equity

Impact

on profit

before tax

Impact on

equity

As at 30 June 2024As at 30 June 2023

AUD/NZD exchange rate - increase 1%(173)(124)(275)(198)

AUD/NZD exchange rate - decrease 1%176127280202

Counterparty Credit Risk

Counterparty credit risk is the risk that the Group’s earnings and/or capital are adversely impacted by the default of

a counterparty.

The Group has on-going credit exposure associated with:

• Cash and cash equivalents;

• Finance receivables;

• Holding of investment securities; and

• Payments owed to the Group from risk management instruments.

Counterparty credit risk is managed against limits set in the Market Risk Policy including credit exposure on

derivative contracts, bilateral set-off arrangements, cash and cash equivalents and investment securities.

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

23 Credit risk exposure

Credit risk is the risk that a borrower will default on any type of debt by failing to make payments which it is obligated

to make. The risk is primarily that of the lender and includes loss of principal and interest, disruption to cash flows

and increased collection costs.

Credit risk is managed to achieve sustainable risk-reward performance whilst maintaining exposures within

acceptable risk “appetite” parameters. This is achieved through the combination of governance, policies, systems

and controls, underpinned by commercial judgement as described below.

To manage this risk the ERC oversees the formal credit risk management strategy. The ERC reviews the Group’s

credit risk exposures typically on a monthly basis. The credit risk management strategies aim to ensure that:

• Credit origination meets agreed levels of credit quality at point of approval;

• Sector concentrations are monitored;

• Maximum total exposure to any one debtor is actively managed;

• Changes to credit risk are actively monitored with regular credit reviews.

The BARC (with the assistance of the HBL Board Risk Committee for New Zealand and the Heartland Australia Group

Board for Australia) also oversees the Group’s credit risk exposures to monitor overall risk metrics having regard to

risk appetite set by the Board.

HBL’s Board Risk Committee (BRC) has authority for approval of all credit exposures for New Zealand. Lending

authority has been provided by the BRC to HBL’s Credit Committee, and to the business units under a detailed

Delegated Lending Authority framework. Application of credit discretions in the business operation are monitored

through a defined review and hindsight structure as outlined in the Credit Risk Oversight Policy. Delegated Lending

Authorities are provided to individual officers with due cognisance of their experience and ability. Larger and higher

risk exposures require approval of senior management, the Credit Committee and ultimately through to HBL’s BRC.

HBA Board has authority for approval for all credit exposures for HBA and its subsidiaries.

Reverse mortgage loans and negative equity risk

Reverse mortgage loans are a form of mortgage lending designed for the needs of people over 60 years of age.

These loans differ to conventional mortgages in that they typically are not repaid until the borrower ceases to

reside in the property. Further, interest is not required to be paid, it is capitalised into the loan balance and is

repayable on termination of the loan. As such, there are no incoming cash flows and therefore no default risk to

manage during the term of the loan. Negative equity risk arises from the promise by the Group that the maximum

repayment amount is limited to the net sale proceeds of the borrowers’ property.

The Group’s exposure to negative equity risk is managed via lending standards specific for this product. In addition

to usual criteria regarding the type, and location, of security property that the Group will accept for reverse

mortgage lending, a key aspect of the Group’s policy is that a borrower’s age on origination of the reverse mortgage

loan will dictate the loan-to-value ratio of the reverse mortgage on origination. New Zealand and Australia reverse

mortgage lending standards and operations are well aligned.

Business Finance Guarantee Scheme

HBL along with other registered banks in New Zealand, has entered into a Deed of Indemnity with the New Zealand

Government to implement the New Zealand Government’s Business Finance Guarantee Scheme (the Scheme). T h e

purpose of the Scheme is to provide short term credit to eligible small and medium size businesses, who have been

impacted by the economic effects of COVID-19. The scheme allowed banks to lend to a maximum of $5 million for a

maximum of five years. The New Zealand Government will guarantee 80% of any loss incurred (credit risk) with HBL

holding the remaining 20%. The Scheme concluded on 30 June 2021. As at 30 June 2024 HBL had a total exposure of

$42.2 million (2023: $54.8 million) to its customers under this Scheme.

North Island Weather Events (NIWE) Loan Guarantee Scheme

On 31 July 2023, HBL entered into a Deed of Indemnity with the New Zealand Government to implement the

North Island Weather Events Loan Guarantee Scheme. The supported loans are intended to assist New Zealand

businesses to manage the impacts of the North Island Weather Events (during Auckland Anniversary weekend

2023). The facility limit for each supported loan must not exceed $10 million for a maximum of 5 years. The New

Zealand Government will guarantee 80% of any loss incurred (credit risk) with HBL holding the remaining 20%.

The Scheme concluded on 30 June 2024. As at 30 June 2024 HBL had supported loans under this scheme of $33.2

million.

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

141
FINANCIAL RESULTS

140

23 Credit risk exposure (continued)

Maximum exposure to credit risk at the relevant reporting dates

The following table represents the maximum credit risk exposure, without taking into account any collateral held.

The on balance sheet exposures set out below are based on net carrying amounts as reported in the statement of

financial position.

$000’sJune 2024June 2023

On balance sheet:

Cash and cash equivalents629,619311,503

Investments1,092,131315,192

Finance receivables measured at amortised cost4,266,9464,334,214

Finance receivables - reverse mortgages2,897,8182,403,810

Derivative financial assets12,31636,983

Other financial assets2,5341,256

Total on balance sheet credit exposures8,901,3647,402,958

Off balance sheet:

Letters of credit, guarantee commitments and performance bonds3,1307,378

Undrawn facilities available to customers554,307435,314

Conditional commitments to fund at future dates9,94724,873

Total off balance sheet credit exposures567,384467,565

Total credit exposures9,468,7487,870,523

Concentration of credit risk by geographic region

$000’sJune 2024June 2023

New Zealand5,806,1755,540,453

Australia3,522,2662,115,332

Rest of the world¹216,628268,004

9,545,0697,923,789

Provision for impairment(76,321)(53,266)

Total credit exposures9,468,7487,870,523

1 These overseas assets are primarily NZD-denominated investments in AA+ (Standard & Poor’s) and higher rated securities issued by

offshore supranational agencies (“Kauri Bonds”).

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

23 Credit risk exposure (continued)

Concentration of credit risk by industry sector

The Australian and New Zealand Standard Industrial Classification (ANZSIC) codes have been used as the basis for

categorising customer and investee industry sectors.

$000’sJune 2024June 2023

Agriculture1,084,8891,156,042

Forestry and fishing113,264130,055

Mining10,2768,266

Manufacturing69,79980,729

Finance and insurance1,758,706817,864

Wholesale trade40,56146,053

Retail trade and accommodation 376,927402,146

Households4,715,5354,078,270

Other business services302,035198,377

Construction338,998336,333

Rental, hiring and real estate services196,329205,079

Transport and storage431,665359,865

Other106,085104,710

9,545,0697,923,789

Provision for impairment(76,321)(53,266)

Total credit exposures9,468,7487,870,523

Credit risk grading

The Group’s finance receivables are monitored either by account behaviour (Behavioural portfolio) or a regular

assessment of their credit risk grade based on an objective review of defined risk characteristics (Judgemental

portfolio).

The Judgemental portfolio consists mainly of business and rural lending where an on-going and detailed working

relationship with the customer has been developed while the Behavioural portfolio consists of consumer, retail and

smaller business receivables.

Judgemental loans are individually risk graded based on loan status, financial information, security and debt

servicing ability. Exposures in the Judgemental portfolio are credit risk graded by an internal risk grading mechanism

where grade 1 is the strongest risk. Grade 8 and grade 9 are the weakest risk grades where a loss is probable.

Behavioural loans are managed based on their arrears status.

All loans past due but not impaired have been categorised into three impairments stages (see Note 13 – Finance

receivables measured at amortised cost) which are in most cases based on arrears status. If a Judgemental loan is

risk graded 6 or above it will be classified as stage 2 as a minimum and carry a provision based on lifetime ECL.

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

143
FINANCIAL RESULTS

142

23 Credit risk exposure (continued)

Credit risk grading (continued)

Collectively Assessed

Individually

AssessedTotal$000’sStage 1Stage 2Stage 3

June 2024

Judgemental portfolio

Grade 1 - Very Strong183,354---183,354

Grade 2 - Strong40,557---40,557

Grade 3 - Sound167,2305,556536-173,322

Grade 4 - Adequate505,17714,1426,940-526,259

Grade 5 - Acceptable977,49541,50536,206-1,055,206

Grade 6 - Monitor-120,61112,028-132,639

Grade 7 - Substandard-47,32817,225-64,553

Grade 8 - Doubtful--14188,54988,690

Grade 9 - At risk of loss--1666,6336,799

Total Judgemental portfolio1,873,813229,14273,24295,1822,271,379

Total Behavioural portfolio2,014,63012,49143,4811,286 2,071,888

Gross finance receivables measured at


amortised cost

3,888,443241,633116,72396,4684,343,267

Provision for impairment(14,361)(5,197)(34,281)(22,482)(76,321)

Total finance receivables measured at


amortised cost

3,874,082236,43682,44273,986 4,266,946

Undrawn facilities available to customers272,8291,805904-275,538

June 2023

Judgemental portfolio

Grade 1 - Very Strong25---25

Grade 2 - Strong3,658---3,658

Grade 3 - Sound41,887477--42,364

Grade 4 - Adequate637,9939,9753,477-651,445

Grade 5 - Acceptable1,390,9265,492602-1,397,020

Grade 6 - Monitor-64,9466,763-71,709

Grade 7 - Substandard-76,95513,725-90,680

Grade 8 - Doubtful---51,44751,447

Grade 9 - At risk of loss---1,6711,671

Total Judgemental portfolio2,074,489157,84524,56753,1182,310,019

Total Behavioural portfolio1,996,10924,62556,727-2,077,461

Gross finance receivables measured at


amortised cost

4,070,598182,47081,29453,118 4,387,480

Provision for impairment(13,009)(2,463)(21,499)(16,295)(53,266)

Total finance receivables measured at


amortised cost

4,057,589180,00759,79536,8234,334,214

Undrawn facilities available to customers255,1742,60986-257,869

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

23 Credit risk exposure (continued)

Collateral held

The Group employs a range of policies and practices to mitigate credit risk and has internal policies on the

acceptability of specific classes of collateral. Collateral is held as security to support credit risk on finance

receivables and enforced in satisfying the debt in the event contractual repayment obligations are not met. The

collateral held for mitigating credit risk for the Group’s lending portfolios is outlined below.

Reverse mortgage and Residential mortgage loans

Reverse mortgage loans are secured by a first mortgage over a residential property which is typically a customer’s

primary residential dwelling, residential investment property or holiday home. Residential mortgage loans are

secured by a residential mortgage over an owner-occupied property located in an approved urban area.

Corporate lending

Business lending including rural lending is typically secured by way of a charge over property and/or specific

security agreement over relevant business assets, and, where considered appropriate, a general security

agreement to provide the ability to control cash flows.

Other lending

Other lending comprises personal loans, primarily motor loans, which are secured by a motor vehicle or a boat; and

other shorter term smaller personal loans which are predominantly unsecured.

The Group analyses the coverage of the loan portfolio which is secured by the collateral it holds.

Coverage is measured by the value of security as a proportion of loan balance outstanding and classified as follows:

Fully secured Greater or equal to 100%

Partially secured 1% - 99.9%

Unsecured No security held

The Group’s loan portfolio have the following coverage from collateral held on credit impaired loans:

CorporateResidentialAll other

June 2024

Fully secured47%100%69%

Partially secured37%-10%

Unsecured16%-21%

Total100%100%100%

June 2023

Fully secured53%100%72%

Partially secured39%- 10%

Unsecured8%- 18%

Total100%100%100%

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

145
FINANCIAL RESULTS

144

24 Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group is unable to meet its payment obligations as they fall due. The timing

mismatch of cash flows and the related liquidity risk in all banking operations are closely monitored by the Group.

Measurement of liquidity risk is designed to ensure that the Group has the ability to generate or obtain sufficient

cash in a timely manner and at a reasonable price to meet its financial commitments on a daily basis.

The Group’s exposure to liquidity risk is governed by a policy approved by the Board and managed by GALCO. This

policy sets out the nature of the risk which may be taken and aggregate risk limits, which GALCO must observe.

Within this, the objective of the GALCO is to derive the most appropriate strategy for the Group in terms of a mix of

assets and liabilities given its expectations of future cash flows, liquidity constraints and capital adequacy. The

GALCO employs asset and liability cash flow modelling to determine appropriate liquidity and funding strategies.

HBA and its controlled entities manage their own domestic liquidity and funding needs in accordance with HBA’s

own liquidity policy and the policies of the Group. HBA’s liquidity policy is also overseen by APRA.

In March 2020, HBL was onboarded by the RBNZ as an approved counterparty and executed a 2011 Global Master

Repo Agreement providing an additional source for intra-day liquidity for the Group if required.

The Group holds the following liquid assets and committed funding sources for the purpose of managing liquidity

risk:

$000’sJune 2024June 2023

Cash and cash equivalents629,619311,503

Investments in debt securities1,078,656315,192

Total liquid assets1,708,275626,695

Undrawn committed bank facilities465,600294,042

Total liquid assets and committed undrawn funding2,173,875920,737

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

24 Liquidity risk (continued)

Contractual liquidity profile of financial liabilities

The following tables present the Group’s financial liabilities by relevant maturity groupings based upon contractual

maturity date. The amounts disclosed in the tables represent undiscounted future principal and interest cash

flows. As a result, the amounts in the tables below may differ to the amounts reported on the statement of financial

position.

The contractual cash flows presented below may differ significantly from actual cash flows. This occurs as a result

of future actions by the Group and its counterparties, such as early repayments or refinancing of term loans and

borrowings. Deposits and other public borrowings include customer savings deposits and transactional accounts,

which are at call. These accounts provide a stable source of long term funding for the Group.

$000’s

On

Demand

0-6

Months

6-12

Months

1-2

Years

2-5

Years

5+

YearsTotal

June 2024

Non-derivative financial liabilities

Deposits893,5313,256,7501,740,935115,87095,356-6,102,442

Other borrowings-205,029305,0101,304,185217,942443,5132,475,679

Lease liabilities-2,1582,2124,04310,61064019,663

Other financial liabilities-20,187----20,187

Total non-derivative financial

liabilities

893,5313,484,1242,048,1571,424,098323,908444,1538,617,971

Derivative financial liabilities

Inflows from derivatives-20,4077,57014,49130,423-72,891

Outflows from derivatives-22,8778,75015,83231,551-79,010

Total derivative financial liabilities- 2,4701,1801,3411,128- 6,119

Undrawn facilities available to

customers

554,307-----554,307

June 2023

Non-derivative financial liabilities

Deposits782,7712,313,9831,015,52562,61842,186-4,217,083

Other borrowings-220,675575,087918,506822,614330,3532,867,235

Lease liabilities-1,4891,5012,8757,0462,73115,642

Other financial liabilities-43,254----43,254

Total non-derivative financial

liabilities

782,7712,579,4011,592,113983,999871,846333,0847,143,214

Derivative financial liabilities

Inflows from derivatives-3,5833,5524,79913,469-25,403

Outflows from derivatives-6,6446,7965,77313,125-32,338

Total derivative financial liabilities- 3,0613,244974(344)- 6,935

Undrawn facilities available to

customers

435,314-----435,314

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

147
FINANCIAL RESULTS

146

25 Interest rate risk

The Group’s market risk is derived primarily of exposure to interest rate risk, predominantly from raising funds

through the retail and wholesale deposit market, the debt capital markets and committed and uncommitted bank

funding, securitisation of receivables and offering loan finance products to the commercial and consumer market in

New Zealand and Australia.

The Group’s exposure to market risk is governed by a policy approved by the Board and managed by the GALCO. This

policy sets out the nature of risk which may be taken and aggregate risk limits, and the GALCO must conform to this.

The objective of the GALCO is to derive the most appropriate strategy for the Group in terms of the mix of assets

and liabilities given its expectations of the future and the potential consequences of interest rate movements,

liquidity constraints and capital adequacy.

The objective of the Group’s interest rate risk policies is to limit underlying net profit after tax (NPAT) volatility. The

measurement comprises net interest income the Group generates from its interest earning assets and interest

bearing liabilities.

The exposure to net interest income comes from a reduction in margins on interest earning assets or interest

bearing liabilities and is managed when setting rates by taking into consideration wholesale rates, liquidity

premiums, as well as appropriate lending credit margins.

Sensitivity to interest rates arises from mismatches in the interest rate characteristics of interest bearing assets

and the corresponding liability funding. One of the main causes of these mismatches is timing differences in the

repricing of assets and liabilities. These mismatches are actively managed as part of the overall interest rate risk

management process in accordance with the Group’s policy.

An analysis of the Group’s sensitivity is based on the values of the interest bearing assets and liabilities as at the

reporting date, and measures the prospective impact on the net profit after tax and equity from movements in

market interest rates by 100 basis points (BP), presented in the below table:

$000’s

Impact on

NPAT

Impact on

equity

Impact on

NPAT

Impact on

equity

As at 30 June 2024As at 30 June 2023

Market interest rates - 100 basis points increase255 255120120

Market interest rates - 100 basis points decrease(255)(255)(120)(120)

The Group also manages interest rate risk by:

• Monitoring maturity profiles and seeking to match the re-pricing of assets and liabilities;

• Monitoring interest rates daily and regularly (at least monthly) reviewing interest rate exposures; and

• Entering into derivatives to hedge against movements in interest rates.

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

25 Interest rate risk (continued)

Contractual repricing analysis

The interest rate risk profile of financial assets and liabilities that follows has been prepared on the basis of maturity

or next repricing date, whichever is earlier.

$000’s

0-3

Months

3-6

Months

6-12

Months

1-2

Years

2+

Years

Non-

Interest

BearingTotal

June 2024

Financial assets

Cash and cash equivalents629,619-----629,619

Investments4,461605,518154,87357,641256,16313,4751,092,131

Derivative financial assets-----12,31612,316

Finance receivables measured at

amortised cost

1,869,269393,187589,162797,035618,293-4,266,946

Finance receivables - reverse

mortgages

2,897,818-----2,897,818

Other financial assets-----2,5342,534

Total financial assets5,401,167998,705744,035854,676874,45628,325 8,901,364

Financial liabilities

Deposits2,733,2661,334,4691,659,617109,70873,86438,1925,949,116

Other borrowings1,883,541---157,222-2,040,763

Derivative financial liabilities-----9,0179,017

Lease liabilities-----17,77617,776

Other financial liabilities-----20,18720,187

Total financial liabilities4,616,8071,334,4691,659,617109,708231,08685,172 8,036,859

Effect of derivatives held for risk

management

1,219,913(145,235)(277,771)(405,932)(390,975)--

Net financial assets/(liabilities)2,004,273(480,999)(1,193,353)339,036252,395(56,847)864,505

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

149
FINANCIAL RESULTS

148

25 Interest rate risk (continued)

Contractual repricing analysis (continued)

$000’s

0-3

Months

3-6

Months

6-12

Months

1-2

Years

2+

Years

Non-

Interest

BearingTotal

June 2023

Financial assets

Cash and cash equivalents311,499----4311,503

Investments29,82824,96337,76755,460167,17415,048330,240

Derivative financial assets-----36,98336,983

Finance receivables measured at

amortised cost

1,891,666382,923601,344767,933690,348-4,334,214

Finance receivables - reverse

mortgages

2,403,810-----2,403,810

Other financial assets-----1,2561,256

Total financial assets4,636,803407,886639,111823,393857,52253,2917,418,006

Financial liabilities

Deposits2,269,837795,536962,20559,02635,2169,2054,131,025

Other borrowings1,918,31149,598393,072-135,394-2,496,375

Derivative financial liabilities-----7,6247,624

Lease liabilities-----14,28714,287

Other financial liabilities-----43,25443,254

Total financial liabilities4,188,148845,1341,355,27759,026170,61074,370 6,692,565

Effect of derivatives held for risk

management

1,084,971(66,798)(41,181) (556,676)(420,316)--

Net financial assets/(liabilities)1,533,626(504,046)(757,347)207,691266,596(21,079)725,441

The tables above illustrate the periods in which the cash flows from interest rate swaps are expected to occur and

affect profit or loss.

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

OTHER DISCLOSURES

26 Significant subsidiaries

Country of

incorporation

and place of

businessNature of business

Proportion of ownership

and voting power held

Significant subsidiariesJune 2024June 2023

Heartland Bank LimitedNew ZealandBank100%100%

VPS Properties LimitedNew Zealand

Investment property

holding company

100%100%

Marac Insurance LimitedNew ZealandInsurance services100%100%

Heartland Bank Australia Limited

1

AustraliaBank100% -

Heartland Australia Holdings Pty LimitedAustraliaFinancial services100%100%

Heartland Australia Group Pty LimitedAustraliaFinancial services100%100%

Australian Seniors Finance Pty LimitedAustraliaManagement services100%100%

StockCo Holdings 2 Pty LimitedAustraliaFinancial services100%100%

StockCo Australia Management Pty LimitedAustraliaManagement services100%100%

27 Structured entities

A structured entity is one which has been designed such that voting or similar rights are not the dominant factor

in deciding who controls the entity. Structured entities are created to accomplish a narrow and well-defined

objective such as the securitisation or holding of particular assets, or the execution of a specific borrowing or

lending transaction. Structured entities are consolidated where the substance of the relationship is that the Group

controls the structured entity.

(a) Heartland Cash and Term PIE Fund (Heartland PIE Fund)

The Group controls the operations of the Heartland PIE Fund which is a portfolio investment entity that invests in

the Group’s deposits. Investments of Heartland PIE Fund are represented as follows:

$000’sJune 2024June 2023

Deposits389,388244,258

(b) Heartland Auto Receivable Warehouse Trust 2018-1 (HARWT)

HARWT securitises motor vehicle loan receivables as a source of funding.

The Group continues to recognise the securitised assets and associated borrowings in the statement of financial

position as the Group remains exposed to and has the ability to affect variable returns from those assets and

liabilities. Although the Group recognises those interests in HARWT, the loans sold to HARWT are set aside for the

benefit of investors in HARWT. Other depositors and lenders to the Group have no recourse to those assets.

$000’sJune 2024June 2023

Cash and cash equivalents43,64616,874

Finance receivables measured at amortised cost540,075254,735

Other borrowings(550,144)(258,256)

1 Heartland Bank Australia Limited (HBA) is the current legal name of CBL acquired by HBL on 30 April 2024. Refer to Significant events section

in Note 1 - Financial statements preparation and Note 19 - Acquisition for further details.

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

151
FINANCIAL RESULTS

150

27 Structured entities (continued)

(c ) Seniors Warehouse Trust, Seniors Warehouse Trust No.2 (together the SWT Trusts) and

Australian Seniors Finance Settlement Trust (ASF Trust)

SWT Trusts and ASF Trust (collectively the Trusts) form part of Australian Seniors Finance Pty Limited (ASF) reverse

mortgage business and were set up by ASF as asset holding entities. The Trustee for the Trusts is ASF Custodians

Pty Limited, and the Trust Manager is ASF. The reverse mortgage loans held by the Trusts are set aside for the

benefit of the investors in the Trusts. The balances of SWT Trusts and ASF Trust are represented as follows:

$000’sJune 2024

1

June 2023

Cash and cash equivalents68,31629,392

Finance receivables - reverse mortgages852,1191,371,110

Other borrowings(787,373)(1,124,835)

(d) Atlas 2020-1 Trust (Atlas Trust)

Atlas Trust was set up on 11 September 2020 as part of ASF’s reverse mortgage business similar to the existing SWT

Trusts and ASF Trust. The Trustee for the Trust is BNY Trust Company of Australia Limited and the Trust Manager is

ASF. The balances of Atlas Trust are represented as follows:

$000’sJune 2024June 2023

Cash and cash equivalents16,32211,684

Finance receivables - reverse mortgages152,156144,099

Other borrowings(144,635)(143,353)

(e) StockCo Securitisation Trust 2022-1

StockCo Securitisation Trust 2022-1 was set up on 31 May 2022 as part of StockCo Australia’s livestock business.

The Trustee for the Trust is AMAL Trustees Pty Limited and the Trust Manager is AMAL Management Services Pty

Limited. The balances of StockCo Securitisation Trust 2022-1 are represented as follows:

$000’sJune 2024June 2023

Cash and cash equivalents47,70439,089

Finance receivables measured at amortised cost171,960365,130

Other borrowings(211,046)(365,823)

1 Senior Warehouse Trust (SWT) total borrowings balance was fully repaid upon the sale of its finance receivables - reverse mortgages

portfolio to HBA on 24 April 2024, followed by the cancellation of the A$600 million facility limit, effective 1 May 2024. SWT had $5.2 million of

residual assets and nil liabilities on its balance sheet as at 30 June 2024.

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

28 Staff share ownership arrangements

The Group operates a share-based compensation plan that issues tranches of performance rights from time

to time that are equity settled. The plan contains clauses which provide the Board with absolute discretion to

moderate the awards to ensure an equitable outcome for both the recipients and Heartland shareholders. This

discretion means there can be no shared understanding of the terms and conditions of the arrangement between

participants and the company until finalisation of an award. The fair value of each tranche shall be measured at

grant date, which in the absence of shared understanding is deemed to be each reporting date for the respective

tranches until such time grant date has been established.

The fair value is determined using a Monte Carlo option pricing model developed by an independent third party

expert at each reporting date.

Each tranche contains a total shareholder return (TSR) measure which is a gate opener to consideration of

achievement of other performance measures. At the end of each reporting period the Group revises its estimate

of the value of performance rights based on its probability of attaining an equitable TSR and number of equity

instruments expected to vest.

The impact of the revision of the original estimates, if any, is recognised in profit or loss such that the cumulative

expense reflects the revised estimate, with a corresponding adjustment to the employee benefits reserve.

(a) Share-based compensation plan details

Heartland performance rights plan (PR plan)

The PR plan was established to enhance the alignment of participants’ interests with those of the Group’s

shareholders. Under the PR plan participants are issued performance rights which will entitle them to receive

shares in the Group. As at June 2024, there were 4 active tranches being 2024 (CEOs), 2024 (non-CEOs), 2025

(CEOs) and 2025 (non-CEOs). All tranches are subject to the existing rules of the PR plan.

The 2023 tranche fully vested in September 2023 as per the original expectation and on the basis that the

Group achieved its financial measures, strategic objectives and culture and conduct objectives over the period

commencing 1 July 2020 and ending on 30 June 2023. On vesting, 1,275,194 performance rights were converted into

ordinary shares, contributing a $765,116 decrease in the Employee benefits reserve.

2024 (CEOs) tranche

The performance rights were issued subject to the participants’ continued employment with the Group until the

measurement date and the Group achieving its financial measures, strategic objectives and culture and conduct

objectives, over the period commencing 1 July 2020 and ending on 30 June 2024. The targets are dynamic and

may be adjusted by the Board from time to time in order to account for unanticipated capital changes during the

performance period. The measurement date is the business days following the date on which the Group announces

its full year results for the financial year ended 2024.

The 2024 (CEOs) tranche includes the performance rights originally issued to the CEOs under the 2023 tranche but

whose measurement period was subsequently modified to be from 1 July 2020 to 30 June 2024. There have been no

other changes in plan terms or rules.

2024 (non-CEOs) tranche and 2025 (CEOs) tranche

Performance rights were issued for period commencing 1 July 2021 and ending on 30 June 2024 and 30 June 2025

respectively. The tranche rules have been aligned with the 2023 tranche and 2024 (CEOs) tranche. Measures are

tested on the business day after the announcement of full year results for the financial years ended 30 June 2024

and 30 June 2025 respectively.

2025 (non-CEOs) tranche

Performance rights were issued for the period commencing 1 July 2022 and ending on 30 June 2025. The tranche

rules have been aligned with the 2023 tranche and 2024 (non-CEOs) tranche. Measures are tested on the business

day after the announcement of full year results for the financial year ended 30 June 2025.

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

153
FINANCIAL RESULTS

152

28 Staff share ownership arrangements (continued)

(a) Share-based compensation plan details (continued)

June 2024

PR Plan

Number of

Rights

June 2023

PR Plan

Number of

Rights

Opening balance7,853,6408,801,096

Vested(1,275,194)(2,250,625)

Issued-1,717,909

Forfeited(160,970)(414,740)

Closing balance6,417,4767,853,640

(b) Effect of share-based payment transactions

$000’sJune 2024June 2023

Award of Shares

PR Plan(2,816)105

Total (income) / expense recognised(2,816)105

The fair value of each tranche of performance rights issued under the PR Plan were measured at nil as at 30 June

2024 based on the TSR performance of each respective tranche from its commencement date (2023: $2.2 million).

As at 30 June 2024 nil share scheme awards remain unvested and not expensed.

(c ) Number of rights outstanding

June 2024June 2023

Rights

Outstanding

Remaining

Years

Rights

Outstanding

Remaining

Years

PR Plan - 2023--1,275-

PR Plan - 20243,548-3,5481

PR Plan - 20252,86913,0312

Total6,4177,854

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

29 Securitisation, funds management and other fiduciary activities

Funds management and other fiduciary activities

The Group, through Heartland PIE Fund Limited, controls, manages and administers the Heartland PIE Fund and

its products (Heartland Call PIE and Heartland Term Deposit PIE). Refer to Note 27 - Structured entities for further

details. The Heartland PIE Fund deals with HBL in the normal course of business, in the HBL’s capacity as Registrar of

the Fund and also invests in HBL’s deposits. The Group is considered to control the Heartland PIE Fund, and as such

the Heartland PIE Fund is consolidated within the financial statements of the Group.

30 Concentrations of funding

(a) Concentration of funding by industry

The Australian and New Zealand Standard Industrial Classification (ANZSIC) codes have been used as the basis for

categorising customer and investee industry sectors.

$000’sJune 2024June 2023

Agriculture104,818113,341

Forestry and fishing18,74521,944

Mining178291

Manufacturing17,69819,185

Finance and insurance2,542,2983,012,700

Wholesale trade10,2077,634

Retail trade and accommodation30,41025,136

Households5,025,7003,215,828

Rental, hiring and real estate services101,49559,720

Construction28,91436,868

Other business services65,79066,763

Transport and storage6,5127,807

Other 37,11440,183

Total borrowings7,989,8796,627,400

(b) Concentration of funding by geographical area

$000’sJune 2024June 2023

New Zealand4,921,4104,634,934

Australia3,005,3361,905,300

Rest of the world63,13387,166

Total borrowings7,989,8796,627,400

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

155
FINANCIAL RESULTS

154

31 Offsetting financial instruments

The Group offsets financial assets and financial liabilities and reports the net balance in the balance sheet where

there is currently a legally enforceable right to set off and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or to realise

the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

The Group enters into contractual arrangements with counterparties to manage the credit risks associated

primarily with over-the-counter derivatives. The Group has entered into credit support annexes (CSAs) which form

a part of International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) Master Agreement, in respect of certain exposures

relating to derivative transactions. As per these CSAs, the Group or the counterparty needs to collateralise the

market value of outstanding derivative transactions. As at 30 June 2024, the Group has received $2.38 million of

cash collateral (2023: $27.61 million) against derivative assets. Cash collateral includes amounts of cash obtained to

cover the net exposure between the counterparty in the event of default or insolvency. The cash collateral received

is not netted off against the balance of derivative assets disclosed in the consolidated statement of financial

position; and is disclosed within trade and other payables.

The following table sets out financial assets and financial liabilities which have not been offset but are subject

to enforceable master netting agreements (or similar arrangements) and the related amounts not offset in the

balance sheet. Financial instruments refer to amounts that are subject to relevant close out netting arrangements

under a relevant ISDA agreement. ISDA and similar master netting arrangements do not meet the criteria for

offsetting in the statement of financial position because under such agreements the counterparties typically have

the right to offset only following an event of default, insolvency or bankruptcy or following other pre-determined

events.

Effects of offsetting on the balance sheetRelated amounts not offset

$000’s

Gross

amounts

Gross

amount

set off in

balance

sheet

Net

amounts

reported in

the balance

sheet

Financial

instruments

Cash

collateral

received

Net

amount

June 2024

Derivative financial assets12,316-12,316(9,017)(2,384)915

Total financial assets12,316-12,316(9,017)(2,384)915

Derivative financial liabilities9,017-9,017(9,017)--

Total financial liabilities9,017-9,017(9,017)--

June 2023

Derivative financial assets36,983-36,983(7,624)(27,609)1,750

Total financial assets36,983- 36,983(7,624)(27,609)1,750

Derivative financial liabilities7,624-7,624(7,624)--

Total financial liabilities7,624-7,624(7,624)--

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

32 Contingent liabilities and commitments

The Group in the ordinary course of business will be subject to claims and proceedings against it whereby the

validity of the claim will only be confirmed by uncertain future events. In such circumstances the contingent

liabilities are possible obligations, or present obligations if known, where the transfer of economic benefit is

uncertain or cannot be reliably measured. Contingent liabilities are not recognised, but are disclosed, unless they

are remote. Where some loss is probable, provisions have been made on a case by case basis.

Contingent liabilities and credit related commitments arising in respect of the Group’s operations were:

$000’sJune 2024June 2023

Letters of credit, guarantee commitments and performance bonds3,1307,378

Total contingent liabilities3,1307,378

Undrawn facilities available to customers554,307435,314

Conditional commitments to fund at future dates9,94724,873

Total commitments564,254460,187

33 Events after reporting date

The Group approved a fully imputed final dividend of 3 cents per share on 28 August 2024.

There were no other events subsequent to the reporting period which would materially affect the financial

statements.

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

157
FINANCIAL RESULTS

156


Independent auditor’s report

To the shareholders of Heartland Group Holdings Limited

Our opinion

In our opinion, the accompanying financial statements of Heartland Group Holdings Limited (the

Company), including its subsidiaries (the Group), present fairly, in all material respects, the financial

position of the Group as at 30 June 2024, its financial performance and its cash flows for the year then

ended in accordance with New Zealand Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards

(NZ IFRS) and International Financial Reporting Standards Accounting Standards (IFRS Accounting

Standards).

What we have audited

The Group's financial statements comprise:

●the statement of financial position as at 30 June 2024;

●the statement of comprehensive income for the year then ended;

●the statement of changes in equity for the year then ended;

●the statement of cash flows for the year then ended; and

●the notes to the financial statements, comprising material accounting policy information and other

explanatory information.


Basis for opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (New Zealand) (ISAs

(NZ)) and International Standards on Auditing (ISAs). Our responsibilities under those standards are

further described in theAuditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statementssection of our

report.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis

for our opinion.

Independence

We are independent of the Group in accordance with Professional and Ethical Standard 1International

Code of Ethics for Assurance Practitioners (including International Independence Standards) (New

Zealand)(PES 1) issued by the New Zealand Auditing and Assurance Standards Board and the

International Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (including International Independence

Standards)issued by the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants (IESBA Code), and we

have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

Our firm carries out other services for the Group. These services are audit and assurance related

services for the Group comprising: assurance over insurance solvency, supervisor reporting, registry

audits and greenhouse gas emissions reporting. Other services include the provision of an executive

reward survey report. In addition, certain partners and employees of our firm may deal with the Group

on normal terms within the ordinary course of trading activities. The provision of these other services

and these relationships have not impaired our independence as auditor of the Group.

Key audit matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in

our audit of the financial statements of the current year. These matters were addressed in the context

of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not

provide a separate opinion on these matters.

PricewaterhouseCoopers, PwC Tower, 15 Customs Street West, Private Bag 92162, Auckland 1142, New Zealand

T: +64 9 355 8000, www.pwc.co.nz



Description of the key audit matterHow our audit addressed the key audit matter

Fair value of finance receivables -

reverse mortgages

The Group’s fair value of finance

receivables – reverse mortgages

(“Reverse mortgages”) totalled $2.9

billion at 30 June 2024 as disclosed in

note 21 of the financial statements.

Reverse mortgages are held at fair value

through profit or loss.

The Group records the estimated fair

value of the Reverse mortgages at

transaction price (cash advanced plus

accrued capitalised interest) on the

basis that no reliable fair value can be

estimated as there is no relevant active

market and the fair value cannot be

reliably estimated using other valuation

techniques as permitted under the

accounting standards.

To assess whether the transaction price

remains an appropriate proxy for fair

value, the Group considers the impact

on discounted future cash flows of

changes in the risk profile and

expectations of performance since

origination, including possible outflows

under the no negative equity guarantee

provided by the Group to the borrower.

High interest rates and volatility in house

prices, combined with the economic

outlook, increases the possibility of

outflows under the no negative equity

guarantee. Accordingly, we consider this

to be a key audit matter.

Our audit procedures included assessing the design

and implementation of controls relating to the

Group’s assessment of the fair value of Reverse

mortgages.

In addition, our audit procedures included:

●Assessing the reasonableness of the Group’s

approach to estimating the fair value based on the

transaction price against the requirements of the

accounting standards;

●Assessing whether there was evidence of a

relevant active market or observable inputs in

which to establish fair value using a market

approach;

●Engaging our internal actuarial expert to assess

the Group’s estimate of the value of discounted

future cash flows from the Reverse mortgages,

including any expected outflows under the no

negative equity guarantee and comparing this to

the transaction price of Reverse mortgages

(carrying value) to assess any potential shortfall

(a shortfall would indicate the transaction value

was overstated);

●Testing the completeness and accuracy of a

sample of critical data elements used as inputs to

the value of discounted future cash flows;

●Assessing the reasonableness of key

assumptions (such as future house prices,

voluntary exits, interest rate margins, future

interest rates) used in the value of discounted

future cash flows; and

●Considering the appropriateness of the

disclosures in note 21 of the financial statements

against the requirements of the accounting

standards.

PwC82



Description of the key audit matterHow our audit addressed the key audit matter

Provision for impairment of finance

receivables

As disclosed in note 13 of the financial

statements, the impairment allowance

totalled $76.3 million at 30 June 2024.

For the determination of the collectively

assessed impairment allowance, this

requires the use of credit risk

methodologies that are applied in models

using the Group’s historical experience of

the correlations between defaults and

losses, borrower creditworthiness,

segmentation of customers or portfolios

and economic conditions. The

assumptions we focused our audit on

included those with greater levels of

management judgement and for which

variations have the most significant

impact on the impairment allowance.

For finance receivables that meet specific

risk based criteria, the impairment

allowance is individually assessed by the

Group. These impairment allowances are

measured using probability weighted

scenarios which are intended to reflect a

range of reasonably possible outcomes,

and incorporate assumptions such as

estimated future cash proceeds expected

to be recovered from the realisation of

security held as collateral by the Group.

We considered this a key audit matter due

to the significant inherent estimation

uncertainty present in the determination of

the impairment allowance.

We obtained an understanding of control activities

over the Group’s impairment allowance, and for

relevant control activities assessed whether they are

appropriately designed. For controls relevant to our

planned audit approach, we tested, on a sample

basis, whether they operated effectively throughout

the financial year.

In addition, we, along with our credit risk modelling

expert, performed the following procedures, amongst

others, on a targeted or sample basis, on the Group’s

collectively assessed impairment allowance:

●Assessed the appropriateness of the methodology

inherent in the models used against the

requirements of NZ IFRS 9Financial Instruments;

●Challenged and assessed the appropriateness of

the collectively assessed impairment allowance

inclusive of the impacts of any post model

adjustments;

●Challenged management’s modelling outcomes

using a range of what we consider reasonably

possible assumptions to assess the collectively

assessed impairment allowance; and

●Tested the completeness and accuracy of critical

data elements used in the calculations.

With respect to individually assessed impairment

allowances we:

●For a sample of business and rural loans not

identified as impaired, considered the borrowers

latest information available to the Group to assess

the credit risk grade rating allocated to the

borrower as to whether the borrower could be

identified as impaired, a critical data element which

involves significant management judgement; and

●For loans where an impairment allowance was

individually assessed, we considered the

borrower's latest financial information, value of

security held as collateral and probability weighted

scenario outcomes (where applicable) to test the

basis of measuring the impairment allowance.

We also considered the impacts of events occurring

subsequent to balance date on the impairment

allowances.

We also assessed the reasonableness of the

disclosures against the requirements of the

accounting standards.

PwC81



Description of the key audit matterHow our audit addressed the key audit matter

Fair value of finance receivables -

reverse mortgages

The Group’s fair value of finance

receivables – reverse mortgages

(“Reverse mortgages”) totalled $2.9

billion at 30 June 2024 as disclosed in

note 21 of the financial statements.

Reverse mortgages are held at fair value

through profit or loss.

The Group records the estimated fair

value of the Reverse mortgages at

transaction price (cash advanced plus

accrued capitalised interest) on the

basis that no reliable fair value can be

estimated as there is no relevant active

market and the fair value cannot be

reliably estimated using other valuation

techniques as permitted under the

accounting standards.

To assess whether the transaction price

remains an appropriate proxy for fair

value, the Group considers the impact

on discounted future cash flows of

changes in the risk profile and

expectations of performance since

origination, including possible outflows

under the no negative equity guarantee

provided by the Group to the borrower.

High interest rates and volatility in house

prices, combined with the economic

outlook, increases the possibility of

outflows under the no negative equity

guarantee. Accordingly, we consider this

to be a key audit matter.

Our audit procedures included assessing the design

and implementation of controls relating to the

Group’s assessment of the fair value of Reverse

mortgages.

In addition, our audit procedures included:

●Assessing the reasonableness of the Group’s

approach to estimating the fair value based on the

transaction price against the requirements of the

accounting standards;

●Assessing whether there was evidence of a

relevant active market or observable inputs in

which to establish fair value using a market

approach;

●Engaging our internal actuarial expert to assess

the Group’s estimate of the value of discounted

future cash flows from the Reverse mortgages,

including any expected outflows under the no

negative equity guarantee and comparing this to

the transaction price of Reverse mortgages

(carrying value) to assess any potential shortfall

(a shortfall would indicate the transaction value

was overstated);

●Testing the completeness and accuracy of a

sample of critical data elements used as inputs to

the value of discounted future cash flows;

●Assessing the reasonableness of key

assumptions (such as future house prices,

voluntary exits, interest rate margins, future

interest rates) used in the value of discounted

future cash flows; and

●Considering the appropriateness of the

disclosures in note 21 of the financial statements

against the requirements of the accounting

standards.

PwC82

159
FINANCIAL RESULTS

158



Description of the key audit matterHow our audit addressed the key audit matter

Fair value of finance receivables -

reverse mortgages

The Group’s fair value of finance

receivables – reverse mortgages

(“Reverse mortgages”) totalled $2.9

billion at 30 June 2024 as disclosed in

note 21 of the financial statements.

Reverse mortgages are held at fair value

through profit or loss.

The Group records the estimated fair

value of the Reverse mortgages at

transaction price (cash advanced plus

accrued capitalised interest) on the

basis that no reliable fair value can be

estimated as there is no relevant active

market and the fair value cannot be

reliably estimated using other valuation

techniques as permitted under the

accounting standards.

To assess whether the transaction price

remains an appropriate proxy for fair

value, the Group considers the impact

on discounted future cash flows of

changes in the risk profile and

expectations of performance since

origination, including possible outflows

under the no negative equity guarantee

provided by the Group to the borrower.

High interest rates and volatility in house

prices, combined with the economic

outlook, increases the possibility of

outflows under the no negative equity

guarantee. Accordingly, we consider this

to be a key audit matter.

Our audit procedures included assessing the design

and implementation of controls relating to the

Group’s assessment of the fair value of Reverse

mortgages.

In addition, our audit procedures included:

●Assessing the reasonableness of the Group’s

approach to estimating the fair value based on the

transaction price against the requirements of the

accounting standards;

●Assessing whether there was evidence of a

relevant active market or observable inputs in

which to establish fair value using a market

approach;

●Engaging our internal actuarial expert to assess

the Group’s estimate of the value of discounted

future cash flows from the Reverse mortgages,

including any expected outflows under the no

negative equity guarantee and comparing this to

the transaction price of Reverse mortgages

(carrying value) to assess any potential shortfall

(a shortfall would indicate the transaction value

was overstated);

●Testing the completeness and accuracy of a

sample of critical data elements used as inputs to

the value of discounted future cash flows;

●Assessing the reasonableness of key

assumptions (such as future house prices,

voluntary exits, interest rate margins, future

interest rates) used in the value of discounted

future cash flows; and

●Considering the appropriateness of the

disclosures in note 21 of the financial statements

against the requirements of the accounting

standards.

PwC82



Description of the key audit matterHow our audit addressed the key audit matter

Fair value of finance receivables -

reverse mortgages

The Group’s fair value of finance

receivables – reverse mortgages

(“Reverse mortgages”) totalled $2.9

billion at 30 June 2024 as disclosed in

note 21 of the financial statements.

Reverse mortgages are held at fair value

through profit or loss.

The Group records the estimated fair

value of the Reverse mortgages at

transaction price (cash advanced plus

accrued capitalised interest) on the

basis that no reliable fair value can be

estimated as there is no relevant active

market and the fair value cannot be

reliably estimated using other valuation

techniques as permitted under the

accounting standards.

To assess whether the transaction price

remains an appropriate proxy for fair

value, the Group considers the impact

on discounted future cash flows of

changes in the risk profile and

expectations of performance since

origination, including possible outflows

under the no negative equity guarantee

provided by the Group to the borrower.

High interest rates and volatility in house

prices, combined with the economic

outlook, increases the possibility of

outflows under the no negative equity

guarantee. Accordingly, we consider this

to be a key audit matter.

Our audit procedures included assessing the design

and implementation of controls relating to the

Group’s assessment of the fair value of Reverse

mortgages.

In addition, our audit procedures included:

●Assessing the reasonableness of the Group’s

approach to estimating the fair value based on the

transaction price against the requirements of the

accounting standards;

●Assessing whether there was evidence of a

relevant active market or observable inputs in

which to establish fair value using a market

approach;

●Engaging our internal actuarial expert to assess

the Group’s estimate of the value of discounted

future cash flows from the Reverse mortgages,

including any expected outflows under the no

negative equity guarantee and comparing this to

the transaction price of Reverse mortgages

(carrying value) to assess any potential shortfall

(a shortfall would indicate the transaction value

was overstated);

●Testing the completeness and accuracy of a

sample of critical data elements used as inputs to

the value of discounted future cash flows;

●Assessing the reasonableness of key

assumptions (such as future house prices,

voluntary exits, interest rate margins, future

interest rates) used in the value of discounted

future cash flows; and

●Considering the appropriateness of the

disclosures in note 21 of the financial statements

against the requirements of the accounting

standards.

PwC82



Description of the key audit matterHow our audit addressed the key audit matter

Heartland Bank Australia Limited

group of cash generating units (CGUs)

goodwill impairment assessment

The carrying amount of the Heartland

Bank Australia Limited group of CGUs

goodwill as at 30 June 2024, as disclosed

in note 18 of the financial statements,

amounted to $178.9 million.

The carrying value of goodwill is a key

audit matter as it is a significant intangible

asset in the Group’s statement of financial

position. At balance date an impairment

assessment is required which uses an

estimate of the recoverable amount that is

dependent on future earnings.

With the Group’s acquisition of Challenger

Bank Limited (subsequently renamed

Heartland Bank Australia Limited),

reorganisation of the Heartland Australia

Holdings Limited business into Heartland

Bank Australia Limited and changes in the

way in which goodwill is monitored

internally, judgement is applied in respect

of the determination of the group of

CGU’s at which impairment is assessed.

The Group used the Fair Value Less Cost

to Sell (FVLCS) approach to determine

the recoverable amount of the Heartland

Bank Australia Limited group of CGUs.

FVLCS is based on a price-earnings

multiples approach using forecast

earnings for the next twelve months

(FY25 forecast earnings).

The assumptions used in the FVLCS are:

●Price-earnings multiple; and

●FY25 forecast earnings.

We held discussions with management to understand

the assumptions used in the determination of the

group of CGUs and the goodwill impairment

assessment.

Our audit procedures also included the following:

●Assessing judgements made in respect of the

determination of the group of CGUs, taking into

account the reorganisation of the Group’s

Australian business in the current year;

●Obtaining an understanding of the business

processes and controls applied by management

in performing the impairment assessment;

●Assessing the appropriateness of using a FVLCS

approach against the requirements of the

accounting standards;

●Engaging our internal valuation expert to assess

management's valuation methodology and key

assumptions, including comparable price-earnings

multiples;

●Obtaining evidence of the FY25 forecast earnings

approved by the Board and assessing the

reasonableness of key inputs including lending

growth, interest yields, funding mix, cost of funds

and expenses;

●Reviewing publicly available information on

analyst forecasts of FY25 forecast earnings;

●Testing the mathematical accuracy of the FY25

forecast earnings;

●Obtaining and evaluating management’s

sensitivity analyses to ascertain the impact of

reasonably possible changes in key assumptions

on the recoverable amount; and

●Considering the appropriateness of the

disclosures in note 18 of the financial statements

against the requirements of the accounting

standards.

PwC83



Description of the key audit matterHow our audit addressed the key audit matter

Fair value of finance receivables -

reverse mortgages

The Group’s fair value of finance

receivables – reverse mortgages

(“Reverse mortgages”) totalled $2.9

billion at 30 June 2024 as disclosed in

note 21 of the financial statements.

Reverse mortgages are held at fair value

through profit or loss.

The Group records the estimated fair

value of the Reverse mortgages at

transaction price (cash advanced plus

accrued capitalised interest) on the

basis that no reliable fair value can be

estimated as there is no relevant active

market and the fair value cannot be

reliably estimated using other valuation

techniques as permitted under the

accounting standards.

To assess whether the transaction price

remains an appropriate proxy for fair

value, the Group considers the impact

on discounted future cash flows of

changes in the risk profile and

expectations of performance since

origination, including possible outflows

under the no negative equity guarantee

provided by the Group to the borrower.

High interest rates and volatility in house

prices, combined with the economic

outlook, increases the possibility of

outflows under the no negative equity

guarantee. Accordingly, we consider this

to be a key audit matter.

Our audit procedures included assessing the design

and implementation of controls relating to the

Group’s assessment of the fair value of Reverse

mortgages.

In addition, our audit procedures included:

●Assessing the reasonableness of the Group’s

approach to estimating the fair value based on the

transaction price against the requirements of the

accounting standards;

●Assessing whether there was evidence of a

relevant active market or observable inputs in

which to establish fair value using a market

approach;

●Engaging our internal actuarial expert to assess

the Group’s estimate of the value of discounted

future cash flows from the Reverse mortgages,

including any expected outflows under the no

negative equity guarantee and comparing this to

the transaction price of Reverse mortgages

(carrying value) to assess any potential shortfall

(a shortfall would indicate the transaction value

was overstated);

●Testing the completeness and accuracy of a

sample of critical data elements used as inputs to

the value of discounted future cash flows;

●Assessing the reasonableness of key

assumptions (such as future house prices,

voluntary exits, interest rate margins, future

interest rates) used in the value of discounted

future cash flows; and

●Considering the appropriateness of the

disclosures in note 21 of the financial statements

against the requirements of the accounting

standards.

PwC82

161
FINANCIAL RESULTS

160



Description of the key audit matterHow our audit addressed the key audit matter

Operation of financial reporting

information technology (IT) systems

and controls

The Group’s operations and financial

reporting processes are dependent on IT

systems for the capture, processing,

storage and extraction of significant

volumes of transactions which is critical

to the recording of financial information

and the preparation of the Group’s

financial statements. In addition, the

Group upgraded its New Zealand core

banking system in the current year.

Accordingly, we consider this to be a key

audit matter.

In common with other groups with

banking subsidiaries, access

management controls are important to

ensure both access and changes made

to applications and data are appropriate.

Ensuring that only appropriate staff have

access to IT systems, that the level of

access itself is appropriate, and that

access is periodically monitored, are key

controls in mitigating the potential for

fraud or error as a result of a change to

an application or underlying data.

The Group’s controls over IT systems

are intended to ensure that:

●changes to existing systems operate

as intended and are authorised;

●access to process transactions or

change data is appropriate and

maintains an intended segregation of

duties;

●the use of privileged access to

systems and data is restricted and

monitored; and

●IT processing is approved and where

issues arise they are resolved.

For material financial statement transactions and

balances, our procedures included obtaining an

understanding of the business processes, IT systems

used to generate and support those transactions and

balances, associated IT application controls, and IT

dependencies in manual controls.

This involved assessing, where relevant to the audit:

●change management: the processes and controls

used to develop, test and authorise changes to

the functionality and configurations within

systems;

●security: the access controls designed to enforce

segregation of duties, govern the use of generic

and privileged accounts, or ensure that data is

only changed through authorised means; and

●IT operations: the controls over certain IT batch

processes used to ensure that any issues that

arise are managed appropriately.

In addition to the above, our audit procedures around

the upgrade of the New Zealand core banking system

included the following:

●assessing management’s governance over and

methodology applied for the system upgrade;

●testing the design and operating effectiveness of

key controls over the system development life

cycle; and

●testing the completeness and accuracy of

financial data migrated to the upgraded core

banking system.

Where relevant to our planned audit approach, we,

along with our IT specialists, evaluated and tested

the design and operating effectiveness of certain

controls over the continued integrity of IT systems

that are relevant to financial reporting.

We also carried out tests, on a sample basis, of IT

application controls that were key to our audit testing

strategy in order to assess the accuracy of relevant

system calculations, automated controls and the

operation of certain system enforced access controls.

Where we identified design or operating

effectiveness matters relating to IT systems and

application controls relevant to our audit, we

performed alternative or additional audit procedures.

PwC84



Description of the key audit matterHow our audit addressed the key audit matter

Fair value of finance receivables -

reverse mortgages

The Group’s fair value of finance

receivables – reverse mortgages

(“Reverse mortgages”) totalled $2.9

billion at 30 June 2024 as disclosed in

note 21 of the financial statements.

Reverse mortgages are held at fair value

through profit or loss.

The Group records the estimated fair

value of the Reverse mortgages at

transaction price (cash advanced plus

accrued capitalised interest) on the

basis that no reliable fair value can be

estimated as there is no relevant active

market and the fair value cannot be

reliably estimated using other valuation

techniques as permitted under the

accounting standards.

To assess whether the transaction price

remains an appropriate proxy for fair

value, the Group considers the impact

on discounted future cash flows of

changes in the risk profile and

expectations of performance since

origination, including possible outflows

under the no negative equity guarantee

provided by the Group to the borrower.

High interest rates and volatility in house

prices, combined with the economic

outlook, increases the possibility of

outflows under the no negative equity

guarantee. Accordingly, we consider this

to be a key audit matter.

Our audit procedures included assessing the design

and implementation of controls relating to the

Group’s assessment of the fair value of Reverse

mortgages.

In addition, our audit procedures included:

●Assessing the reasonableness of the Group’s

approach to estimating the fair value based on the

transaction price against the requirements of the

accounting standards;

●Assessing whether there was evidence of a

relevant active market or observable inputs in

which to establish fair value using a market

approach;

●Engaging our internal actuarial expert to assess

the Group’s estimate of the value of discounted

future cash flows from the Reverse mortgages,

including any expected outflows under the no

negative equity guarantee and comparing this to

the transaction price of Reverse mortgages

(carrying value) to assess any potential shortfall

(a shortfall would indicate the transaction value

was overstated);

●Testing the completeness and accuracy of a

sample of critical data elements used as inputs to

the value of discounted future cash flows;

●Assessing the reasonableness of key

assumptions (such as future house prices,

voluntary exits, interest rate margins, future

interest rates) used in the value of discounted

future cash flows; and

●Considering the appropriateness of the

disclosures in note 21 of the financial statements

against the requirements of the accounting

standards.

PwC82



Description of the key audit matterHow our audit addressed the key audit matter

Accounting for the acquisition of

Challenger Bank Limited

As disclosed in note 19 of the financial

statements, the Group acquired

Challenger Bank Limited on 30 April

2024 for a total cash consideration of

$126.6 million. The fair value of certain

assets and liabilities arising from the

acquisition have been determined on a

provisional basis as any completion

adjustments will be finalised within 12

months of the acquisition date. As a

result of this acquisition, the Group has

recognised provisional goodwill on

acquisition of $23.2 million.

We consider this acquisition to be a key

audit matter due to:

●the significance of the acquisition to

the Group;

●judgements made in the provisional

fair value assessment of assets and

liabilities arising from the acquisition

of Challenger Bank Limited; and

●the appropriateness of including

within the cash consideration the

additional payments made to

Challenger Limited in respect of the

deposit raising programme and

increased capital.

Our audit procedures included:

●Reading the Sale and Purchase Agreement (and

any subsequent amendments) to understand key

terms and conditions of the acquisition;

●Gaining an understanding of the valuation

approach and methodology undertaken by

management to identify separately identifiable

intangible assets against the criteria in the

accounting standards and fair value of assets

and liabilities acquired;

●Obtaining and reading the identification of

intangible assets report prepared by

management’s external expert for the acquisition

of Challenger Bank Limited;

●Agreeing the cash consideration to supporting

documentation. This included assessing the

appropriateness of including in the cash

consideration the additional payments made to

the vendor relating to the deposit raising

programme and increased capital;

●Performing an audit of the provisional acquisition

balance sheet; and

●Recalculating the provisional purchase price

allocation and resulting provisional goodwill as a

result of the fair value of acquired assets and

liabilities of Challenger Bank Limited.

We also assessed the disclosures made in note 19 of

the financial statements against the requirements of

the accounting standards.

PwC85



Description of the key audit matterHow our audit addressed the key audit matter

Fair value of finance receivables -

reverse mortgages

The Group’s fair value of finance

receivables – reverse mortgages

(“Reverse mortgages”) totalled $2.9

billion at 30 June 2024 as disclosed in

note 21 of the financial statements.

Reverse mortgages are held at fair value

through profit or loss.

The Group records the estimated fair

value of the Reverse mortgages at

transaction price (cash advanced plus

accrued capitalised interest) on the

basis that no reliable fair value can be

estimated as there is no relevant active

market and the fair value cannot be

reliably estimated using other valuation

techniques as permitted under the

accounting standards.

To assess whether the transaction price

remains an appropriate proxy for fair

value, the Group considers the impact

on discounted future cash flows of

changes in the risk profile and

expectations of performance since

origination, including possible outflows

under the no negative equity guarantee

provided by the Group to the borrower.

High interest rates and volatility in house

prices, combined with the economic

outlook, increases the possibility of

outflows under the no negative equity

guarantee. Accordingly, we consider this

to be a key audit matter.

Our audit procedures included assessing the design

and implementation of controls relating to the

Group’s assessment of the fair value of Reverse

mortgages.

In addition, our audit procedures included:

●Assessing the reasonableness of the Group’s

approach to estimating the fair value based on the

transaction price against the requirements of the

accounting standards;

●Assessing whether there was evidence of a

relevant active market or observable inputs in

which to establish fair value using a market

approach;

●Engaging our internal actuarial expert to assess

the Group’s estimate of the value of discounted

future cash flows from the Reverse mortgages,

including any expected outflows under the no

negative equity guarantee and comparing this to

the transaction price of Reverse mortgages

(carrying value) to assess any potential shortfall

(a shortfall would indicate the transaction value

was overstated);

●Testing the completeness and accuracy of a

sample of critical data elements used as inputs to

the value of discounted future cash flows;

●Assessing the reasonableness of key

assumptions (such as future house prices,

voluntary exits, interest rate margins, future

interest rates) used in the value of discounted

future cash flows; and

●Considering the appropriateness of the

disclosures in note 21 of the financial statements

against the requirements of the accounting

standards.

PwC82

163
FINANCIAL RESULTS

162



Our audit approach

Overview

The overall group materiality is $5.4 million, which represents approximately

5% of profit before tax.

We chose profit before tax as the benchmark because, in our view, it is the

benchmark against which the performance of the Group is most commonly

measured by users, and is a generally accepted benchmark.

Following our assessment of the risk of material misstatement, full scope

audits were performed for two (NZ Banking Group and Australia Banking

Group) of the three identified components based on their financial

significance. Specified audit procedures and analytical review procedures

were performed on the remaining component (the Company).

As reported above, we have five key audit matters, being:

●Provision for impairment of finance receivables

●Fair value of finance receivables - reverse mortgages


Heartland Bank Australia Limited group of cash generating units (CGUs)

goodwill impairment assessment


Operation of financial reporting information technology (IT) systems and

controls

●Accounting for the acquisition of Challenger Bank Limited

As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material

misstatement in the financial statements. In particular, we considered where management made

subjective judgements; for example, in respect of significant accounting estimates that involved

making assumptions and considering future events that are inherently uncertain. As in all of our audits,

we also addressed the risk of management override of internal controls, including among other

matters, consideration of whether there was evidence of bias that represented a risk of material

misstatement due to fraud.

Materiality

The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. An audit is designed to obtain

reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free from material misstatement.

Misstatements may arise due to fraud or error. They are considered material if, individually or in

aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on

the basis of the financial statements.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined certain quantitative thresholds for materiality,

including the overall Group materiality for the financial statements as a whole as set out above. These,

together with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit, the nature,

timing and extent of our audit procedures and to evaluate the effect of misstatements, both individually

and in aggregate, on the financial statements as a whole.

How we tailored our group audit scope

We tailored the scope of our audit in order to perform sufficient work to enable us to provide an opinion

on the financial statements as a whole, taking into account the structure of the Group, the accounting

processes and controls, and the industries in which the Group operates.

PwC86



Description of the key audit matterHow our audit addressed the key audit matter

Fair value of finance receivables -

reverse mortgages

The Group’s fair value of finance

receivables – reverse mortgages

(“Reverse mortgages”) totalled $2.9

billion at 30 June 2024 as disclosed in

note 21 of the financial statements.

Reverse mortgages are held at fair value

through profit or loss.

The Group records the estimated fair

value of the Reverse mortgages at

transaction price (cash advanced plus

accrued capitalised interest) on the

basis that no reliable fair value can be

estimated as there is no relevant active

market and the fair value cannot be

reliably estimated using other valuation

techniques as permitted under the

accounting standards.

To assess whether the transaction price

remains an appropriate proxy for fair

value, the Group considers the impact

on discounted future cash flows of

changes in the risk profile and

expectations of performance since

origination, including possible outflows

under the no negative equity guarantee

provided by the Group to the borrower.

High interest rates and volatility in house

prices, combined with the economic

outlook, increases the possibility of

outflows under the no negative equity

guarantee. Accordingly, we consider this

to be a key audit matter.

Our audit procedures included assessing the design

and implementation of controls relating to the

Group’s assessment of the fair value of Reverse

mortgages.

In addition, our audit procedures included:

●Assessing the reasonableness of the Group’s

approach to estimating the fair value based on the

transaction price against the requirements of the

accounting standards;

●Assessing whether there was evidence of a

relevant active market or observable inputs in

which to establish fair value using a market

approach;

●Engaging our internal actuarial expert to assess

the Group’s estimate of the value of discounted

future cash flows from the Reverse mortgages,

including any expected outflows under the no

negative equity guarantee and comparing this to

the transaction price of Reverse mortgages

(carrying value) to assess any potential shortfall

(a shortfall would indicate the transaction value

was overstated);

●Testing the completeness and accuracy of a

sample of critical data elements used as inputs to

the value of discounted future cash flows;

●Assessing the reasonableness of key

assumptions (such as future house prices,

voluntary exits, interest rate margins, future

interest rates) used in the value of discounted

future cash flows; and

●Considering the appropriateness of the

disclosures in note 21 of the financial statements

against the requirements of the accounting

standards.

PwC82



We performed a full scope audit of the Group’s two financially significant components. The full scope

audit of the Australia Banking Group component was performed by:

●a foreign non-PwC firm operating under our instructions for which we obtained a specified scope

audit opinion; and

●the remaining balances and transactions not included in the foreign non-PwC firms specific scope

audit was audited by us.

Our involvement with the foreign non-PwC firm auditing the Australia Banking Group component

included the following:

●issued Group audit instructions;

●meeting with the component audit team and reviewing their audit findings;

●inspecting audit working papers;

●attending key management and audit committee meetings; and

●maintaining regular communication throughout the audit and appropriately directing their audit.

Specified audit procedures and analytical review procedures were performed on the remaining

component

.

By performing these procedures, together with the procedures performed on the consolidation and

intercompany eliminations, we have obtained sufficient and appropriate audit evidence regarding the

financial information of the Group to provide a basis for our opinion on the Group’s financial

statements.

Other information

The Directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the

information included in the Annual Report (but does not include the financial statements and our

auditor's report thereon) and the Heartland Climate Report 2024. The Annual Report and Heartland

Climate Report 2024 are expected to be made available to us after the date of this auditor's report.

Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and we will not express

any form of audit opinion or assurance conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other

information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the

financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially

misstated.

When we read the other information not yet received, if we conclude that there is a material

misstatement therein, we are required to communicate the matter to the Directors and use our

professional judgement to determine the appropriate action to take.

Responsibilities of the Directors for the financial statements

The Directors are responsible, on behalf of the Company, for the preparation and fair presentation of

the financial statements in accordance with NZ IFRS and IFRS Accounting Standards, and for such

internal control as the Directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial

statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to

continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the

going concern basis of accounting unless the Directors either intend to liquidate the Group or to cease

operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

PwC87



Description of the key audit matterHow our audit addressed the key audit matter

Fair value of finance receivables -

reverse mortgages

The Group’s fair value of finance

receivables – reverse mortgages

(“Reverse mortgages”) totalled $2.9

billion at 30 June 2024 as disclosed in

note 21 of the financial statements.

Reverse mortgages are held at fair value

through profit or loss.

The Group records the estimated fair

value of the Reverse mortgages at

transaction price (cash advanced plus

accrued capitalised interest) on the

basis that no reliable fair value can be

estimated as there is no relevant active

market and the fair value cannot be

reliably estimated using other valuation

techniques as permitted under the

accounting standards.

To assess whether the transaction price

remains an appropriate proxy for fair

value, the Group considers the impact

on discounted future cash flows of

changes in the risk profile and

expectations of performance since

origination, including possible outflows

under the no negative equity guarantee

provided by the Group to the borrower.

High interest rates and volatility in house

prices, combined with the economic

outlook, increases the possibility of

outflows under the no negative equity

guarantee. Accordingly, we consider this

to be a key audit matter.

Our audit procedures included assessing the design

and implementation of controls relating to the

Group’s assessment of the fair value of Reverse

mortgages.

In addition, our audit procedures included:

●Assessing the reasonableness of the Group’s

approach to estimating the fair value based on the

transaction price against the requirements of the

accounting standards;

●Assessing whether there was evidence of a

relevant active market or observable inputs in

which to establish fair value using a market

approach;

●Engaging our internal actuarial expert to assess

the Group’s estimate of the value of discounted

future cash flows from the Reverse mortgages,

including any expected outflows under the no

negative equity guarantee and comparing this to

the transaction price of Reverse mortgages

(carrying value) to assess any potential shortfall

(a shortfall would indicate the transaction value

was overstated);

●Testing the completeness and accuracy of a

sample of critical data elements used as inputs to

the value of discounted future cash flows;

●Assessing the reasonableness of key

assumptions (such as future house prices,

voluntary exits, interest rate margins, future

interest rates) used in the value of discounted

future cash flows; and

●Considering the appropriateness of the

disclosures in note 21 of the financial statements

against the requirements of the accounting

standards.

PwC82

165
FINANCIAL RESULTS

164



Description of the key audit matterHow our audit addressed the key audit matter

Fair value of finance receivables -

reverse mortgages

The Group’s fair value of finance

receivables – reverse mortgages

(“Reverse mortgages”) totalled $2.9

billion at 30 June 2024 as disclosed in

note 21 of the financial statements.

Reverse mortgages are held at fair value

through profit or loss.

The Group records the estimated fair

value of the Reverse mortgages at

transaction price (cash advanced plus

accrued capitalised interest) on the

basis that no reliable fair value can be

estimated as there is no relevant active

market and the fair value cannot be

reliably estimated using other valuation

techniques as permitted under the

accounting standards.

To assess whether the transaction price

remains an appropriate proxy for fair

value, the Group considers the impact

on discounted future cash flows of

changes in the risk profile and

expectations of performance since

origination, including possible outflows

under the no negative equity guarantee

provided by the Group to the borrower.

High interest rates and volatility in house

prices, combined with the economic

outlook, increases the possibility of

outflows under the no negative equity

guarantee. Accordingly, we consider this

to be a key audit matter.

Our audit procedures included assessing the design

and implementation of controls relating to the

Group’s assessment of the fair value of Reverse

mortgages.

In addition, our audit procedures included:

●Assessing the reasonableness of the Group’s

approach to estimating the fair value based on the

transaction price against the requirements of the

accounting standards;

●Assessing whether there was evidence of a

relevant active market or observable inputs in

which to establish fair value using a market

approach;

●Engaging our internal actuarial expert to assess

the Group’s estimate of the value of discounted

future cash flows from the Reverse mortgages,

including any expected outflows under the no

negative equity guarantee and comparing this to

the transaction price of Reverse mortgages

(carrying value) to assess any potential shortfall

(a shortfall would indicate the transaction value

was overstated);

●Testing the completeness and accuracy of a

sample of critical data elements used as inputs to

the value of discounted future cash flows;

●Assessing the reasonableness of key

assumptions (such as future house prices,

voluntary exits, interest rate margins, future

interest rates) used in the value of discounted

future cash flows; and

●Considering the appropriateness of the

disclosures in note 21 of the financial statements

against the requirements of the accounting

standards.

PwC82

TE RĒHITA

DIRECTORY

Registered office

Heartland

35 Teed Street

Newmarket, Auckland 1023

PO Box 9919

Newmarket, Auckland 1149

T 0508 432 785

E shareholders@heartland.co.nz

W heartlandgroup.info

Auditor

PwC

Level 27, PwC Tower

15 Customs Street West

Auckland 1010

T 09 355 8000

Share registry

MUFG Corporate Markets (formerly Link Market Services)

Level 30, PwC Tower

15 Customs Street West

Auckland 1010

T 09 375 5998

E enquiries@linkmarketservices.co.nz

W linkmarketservices.co.nz

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements, as a whole,

are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that

includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that

an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (NZ) and ISAs will always detect a material misstatement

when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually

or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users

taken on the basis of these financial statements.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located at the

External Reporting Board’s website at:

https://www.xrb.govt.nz/assurance-standards/auditors-responsibilities/audit-report-1/

This description forms part of our auditor’s report.

Who we report to

This report is made solely to the Company’s shareholders, as a body. Our audit work has been

undertaken so that we might state those matters which we are required to state to them in an auditor’s

report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume

responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the Company’s shareholders, as a body, for our

audit work, for this report or for the opinions we have formed.

The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this independent auditor’s report is Karen Shires.

For and on behalf of:

Chartered AccountantsAuckland, New Zealand

28 August 2024

PwC88

heartlandgroup.info

---

Climate Report
2024

1
MESSAGE FROM THE CEO

Whatu ngarongaro te tangata,

toitū te whenua

People fade away,

but the land remains





Climate change is here to stay.

We saw the impact of challenging climatic

conditions on Heartland’s borrowers in New

Zealand and Australia this year. In New Zealand,

we continued to support some of our Business

and Rural customers through the ongoing effects

of Cyclone Gabrielle. In Australia, many of our

Livestock Finance customers were affected by

extreme weather patterns and forecasting which

flowed through to one the sharpest and steepest

livestock price declines in Australia since the 1970s.

We can expect these patterns to continue.

It is against that backdrop that we reflect on the

completion of Heartland’s first Climate Report. In it,

we provide insight into our environmental journey,

including achievements, challenges, climate-

related risks, opportunities and future targets.

On behalf of the management team and Board,

we are proud of the Climate Report and the work

that has been done to allow climate risk and

opportunity to so quickly become a central part

of everyday conversations at Heartland. This year

alone, we completed scenario analysis to better

understand the potential impact of climate change

on our business, introduced a tool to understand

specific climate impacts on mortgage-backed

portfolios, introduced a tool to better estimate the

greenhouse gas emissions from our residential

mortgage-backed portfolios , established new

partnerships with Tesla and MG Motors in New

Zealand and piloted an emission tracking software

for our Australian Livestock Finance customers .

Whilst we are ambitious for change, we are

equally conscious that the high interest rate

and inflationary environment has challenged

some borrowers in their ability to transition to low

emissions vehicles, practices and operating models.

Despite these challenges, Heartland’s focus will

continue to be on working with our customers,

critical partners and other stakeholders to facilitate

change – including through education, our existing

products or product innovation.

We’re particularly excited about the opportunity

for Heartland’s Reverse Mortgage product.

It already provides a great social good for older

New Zealanders and Australians, and we are

considering how we might be able to allow

customers to access more equity and make their

homes more climate resilient.

We welcome your feedback as we continue on

our journey towards supporting the just transition

to a net-zero economy.

Ngā mihi nui,

Jeff Greenslade

Chief Executive Officer

1

2
OUR JOURNEY

2020

Recorded Heartland’s first emissions inventory (for

FY2019).

Achieved a 17% absolute reduction in FY2020 from its

FY2019 base year.

Became a member of the Climate Leaders Coalition,

joining other New Zealand organisations on a

mission to reduce emissions in New Zealand.

2021

Set Heartland’s first science aligned emissions

reduction target of 35% absolute reduction by

FY2026 from its FY2019 base year.¹

Began implementing emission reduction initiatives

such as making documents available via online

channels and encouraging video conferencing

to reduce travel.

Began using certified renewable electricity

at Heartlands large offices in New Zealand.

2022

Began the phase out of diesel and petrol internal combustion engine (ICE)

vehicles within the New Zealand fleet with hybrid and plug-in hybrids.

Commenced the installation of EV charging stations at our key office locations.

2023

Continued the roll out of new generation² vehicles

within the New Zealand fleet with 45% of all vehicles

being hybrid or plug-in hybrids.

Developed an environmental risk screening tool to be

used in the credit decisioning process to understand

the sustainability of Heartland’s larger business

and rural borrowers by reference to environmental,

climate, reputational and regulatory factors (and

mitigating actions being employed by those

borrowers).

Conducted Heartland’s first waste audit at its

Auckland offices to understand how it can divert

more waste from landfill.

2024

Completed scenario analysis to

understand Heartland’s climate-

related risks and opportunities,

designed and launched Heartland’s

composite climate risk monitoring tool

and prepared Heartland’s first Climate

Report under the Climate-related

Disclosures regime.

Employed climate-risk modelling

software Jupiter Intelligence to

understand Heartland’s exposure to

climate hazards into the future and

set risk appetite targets for climate

hazards as part of Heartland’s climate

risk management strategy.

Launched a pilot with Australian

farmer-led software provider Ruminati

to enable producers across Australia

to track, reduce and validate on-farm

climate action across the supply chain.

Continued to partner with leading

new-generation vehicle distributors,

with the announcement of Heartland’s

white labelled ‘MG Finance’ partnership

with MG Motors NZ and became one

of Tesla’s preferred finance partners in

New Zealand.

1 In line with SBTi near-term criteria 2020 or earlier base year approach for SBTI reduction pathways (4.2% year-on-year or above)

2 Includes hybrid electric vehicle (HEV), plug-in electric vehicle (PHEV), battery electric vehicles (BEV), and hydrogen vehicles

2

3
APPROACH WITH HEARTLAND’S FIRST CLIMATE REPORT

Heartland Group Holdings Limited (Heartland

Group) and its subsidiary Heartland Bank Limited

(Heartland Bank) are both “Climate Reporting

Entities” and are required to prepare a Climate

Report. This Climate Report has been prepared

jointly by Heartland Group and Heartland Bank

(together, Heartland or the Group).

Scope of Heartland’s first Climate Report

FY2024 was a transformational year for Heartland.

Prior to 30 April 2024, Heartland Group’s Australian

businesses (Livestock Finance provided under the

StockCo Australia brand, and Reverse Mortgages

under the Heartland Finance brand) were carried

out through its subsidiary, Heartland Australia

Holdings Pty Limited (Heartland Australia).

On 30 April 2024, Heartland Bank acquired

Challenger Bank Limited (Challenger Bank), a n d

subsequently rebranded the authorised deposit

taking institution (ADI) to Heartland Bank Australia

Limited (Heartland Bank Australia). Heartland’s

existing Australian businesses were transferred to

the ADI on 2 May 2024. Although StockCo Australia

and Heartland Finance have been considered

when preparing this Climate Report, given the

short period of time between completion of the

acquisition of Heartland Bank Australia and the

end of FY2024, Heartland has been unable to take

Heartland Bank Australia comprehensively into

account when preparing this Climate Report.

Looking forward to FY2025

Challenger Bank did not undertake much

lending activity outside of residential mortgages

and personal lending prior to its acquisition by

Heartland Bank on 30 April 2024. Rather, the

acquisition was undertaken to provide a platform

for Heartland’s continued growth in Australia,

particularly through the StockCo and Heartland

Finance brands. For that reason, Heartland

Bank Australia’s main climate related risks

and opportunities are likely to be those faced

by Heartland Australia.

Statement of compliance

This is the climate report for Heartland Group and

Heartland Bank, and their respective subsidiaries

(i.e. the Group) for the year ended 30 June 2024.

This climate report complies with the Aotearoa

New Zealand Climate Standards (NZ CS) issued

by the External Reporting Board.

Heartland Bank

Heartland Group

S R Tyler

Independent Non-Executive Director

B R Irvine

Chair and Independent Non-Executive Director

K Mitchell

Non-Independent Non-Executive Director

E J Harvey

Non-Independent Non-Executive Director

3

44
Use of adoption provisions

In preparing this climate report, Heartland has elected to apply the following adoption provisions in accordance with NZ CS 2.

Adoption provision

(from NZ CS 2)

Description Paragraphs of NZ CS

exempted from

Adoption provision 1:

Current financial impacts

In its first reporting period, Heartland is exempt from disclosing the current financial impacts of its physical

and transition impacts

NZ CS 1, paras 12(b)

and (c )

Adoption provision 2:

Anticipated financial

impacts

In its first reporting period, Heartland is exempt from disclosing the anticipated financial impacts of climate-related risks

and opportunities reasonably expected by the entity.

NZ CS 1, paras 15(b), (c )

and (d)

Adoption provision 3:

Transition planning

In its first reporting period, Heartland is exempt from disclosing the transition planning aspects of its strategy and the

extent to which these are aligned with its internal capital deployment and funding decision-making processes. Heartland

is required to provide a description of its progress towards developing the transition plan aspects of its strategy in its first

reporting period.

NZ CS 1, paras 16(b)

and (c )

Adoption provision 4:

Scope 3 greenhouse gas

emissions

In its first reporting period, Heartland is exempt from disclosing its greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions in metric tonnes

of carbon dioxide equivalent classified as Scope 3. Heartland has elected to use this exemption with respect to its

upstream-leased, End-of-life treatment of sold products, and client and visitor transport emissions.

NZ CS 1, para 22(a)(iii)

Adoption provision 6:

Comparatives for metrics

In its first reporting period, Heartland is exempt from disclosing comparative information for each metric in the two

preceding reporting periods.

NZ CS 3, para 40

Adoption provision 7:

Analysis of trends

In its first reporting period, Heartland is exempt from disclosing an analysis of the main trends in a comparison of each

metric from previous reporting periods to the current reporting period.

NZ CS 3, para 42

01 STRATEGY

STRATEGY
6

HEARTLAND’S PURPOSE AND STRATEGIC VISION


Purpose:

Heartland’s purpose is to contribute to its

communities, creating superior earnings while

maintaining economic, environmental and

social sustainability.

Strategic vision:

Heartland’s guiding vision continues to be

sustainable growth through differentiation

based on a ‘best or only’ product strategy,

delivered through scalable digital platforms.

Heartland’s New Zealand business, Heartland

Bank, provides customers with savings and

deposit products, reverse mortgages, online

home loans, business loans, car loans and rural

loans. In Australia, Heartland Bank Australia

offers competitive term deposits, is Australia’s

leading provider of reverse mortgages and

provides specialist livestock finance through

the StockCo brand.

Heartland’s environmental sustainability

strategy

Heartland’s environmental sustainability strategy

is built upon three pillars:

• building the capability to appropriately take

climate change risks into consideration when

making lending decisions

• funding Heartland’s borrowers’ transition

to a net-zero economy

• embedding sustainability into what

Heartland does.

Embedding Sustainability into what

Heartland does

Heartland is committed to operating its business in

a more sustainable manner. This includes reducing

Heartland’s emissions in line with the Paris

Agreement to net-zero by 2050, and by 35% by 2025

from its FY2019 base year.

Funding Heartland’s borrowers’ transition to a

net-zero economy

Heartland is promoting and growing an

environmentally sustainable business by funding

clean assets and assisting Heartland’s customers

with the finance and assets they require

to transition to a net-zero economy.

Building the capability to appropriately take

climate change risks into consideration when

making lending decisions

By understanding, monitoring and managing

its potential exposure to climate change risks,

Heartland is building its capability to consider

climate change risks in its lending decisions.

Scenario analysis

Climate change is a significant and complex

problem that will impact Heartland, its employees,

customers and suppliers differently.

The two types of climate-related risks that

Heartland faces are:

• transitional risks – such as changes in policy,

legislation, technology, and markets (for

example the development of zero-emission

aviation) as it transitions to a lower-carbon

economy

• physical risks – being physical impacts of climate

change, such as extreme weather events,

severe heat waves, sea-level rise, erosion,

cyclones and biodiversity loss.

Due to the nature of its business, Heartland

is exposed to a combination of physical and

transitional risks. For example:

• Heartland operates from offices across New

Zealand and Australia, which are exposed

to physical risks from flooding, extreme heat

and storms

• Heartland’s Reverse Mortgage and residential

mortgage customers are susceptible to physical

risks due to storms, rising sea and river levels,

and floods

• Heartland’s Motor Finance and Asset Finance

customers are susceptible to the transitional

risk of the electrification of the fleet

• Heartland’s Rural Loan customers face a

combination of physical risks such as drought,

flooding and storms, and transitional risks

such as change in consumer preferences

and regulation.

6

STRATEGY
7

Further descriptions of the scenarios and emission reduction pathways used can be found in Appendix 1.

OrderlyToo Little, Too LateHot House

Scenario SummaryIn this scenario, collective global action is taken

towards the transition to a low-carbon global

economy. There is technology, policy, and behaviour

change to support the transition, which is matched by

an increasing carbon price to incentivise low-carbon

behaviour change.

This scenario represents a misaligned and delayed

transition to a low-carbon economy. While New

Zealand is a first mover, introducing policies that bring

about net zero emissions by 2050, there is very limited

global action towards a low emission economy.

This scenario represents a worst-case emissions

trajectory with minimal ambition to transition towards

a low-carbon economy despite widespread increase in

severe weather events, and associated destabilisation of

social, political and economic structures.

Policy trajectory

(temperature)

1.5°C>2°C and <3°C>3 ° C

Policy response Steady and constantStaggered in late 2020s to 2040No material response

Technological

advancements

Steady and constantStaggered in late 2020s to 2040Minimal and driven by cost saving benefits

Physical risksModerateHighExtreme

Transition risksModerateHigh Minimal

Reference

scenarios

NZBA’s Orderly scenario:


IPCC SSP1-1.9

Climate Change Commission – ‘Tailwinds’

NZBA’s Too Little, Too Late Scenario:

IPCC SSP2-4.5

‘Climate Change Commission – Headwinds’

NZBA’s Hothouse scenario:

IPCC SSP5-8.5

‘Climate Change Commission - Current Policy Reference

Heartland’s exposure

In 2021, Heartland conducted scenario analysis to

assess the potential impacts of climate change on

its lending portfolios. This analysis focused on both

physical and transitional risks, using an extreme

yet plausible, but not “worst-case”, scenario with

assessment of risks at 5- and 15-year timeframes.

Overall, the physical risks were considered low.

However, transitional risks, such as climate policy

changes, rising insurance costs and technological

advancements were considered more significant

and required ongoing monitoring.

These risks were identified as being capable

to affect borrower viability and asset values,

particularly in transportation, agriculture, fossil fuel,

heavy industries and residential property sectors.

FY2024 Scenario Analysis

In FY2024, Heartland carried out further scenario

analysis using internally developed climate

change scenario narratives. This scenario analysis

extended to StockCo Australia, Heartland Bank

Australia’s livestock business, which was acquired

in FY2022 and not included in the initial FY2021

scenario analysis.

Heartland selected three scenarios (known as the

“Orderly”, “Too Little, Too Late”, and “Hot House”),

which were developed by the New Zealand Banking

Association (NZBA). These scenarios were used to

align with others in the banking sector to improve

comparability. These scenarios were also used to

challenge Heartlands resilience against the varying

transitional impacts that arise in the “Orderly” and

“Too Little, Too Late”, Scenarios as well as look to

understand the potential physical impacts in their

extremes in the “Too Little, Too Late” and “Hot

House” scenario.

7

STRATEGY
8

These scenarios were then further customised

and developed to be relevant and specific to

Heartland, with a particular focus on the potential

impact on property backed mortgage lending,

transport, infrastructure/civil engineering, small

and midsize enterprises, and the agriculture sector.

Once customised, the narratives for each scenario

were agreed upon by a working group comprising

senior leaders from across Heartland, including

representation from the Sustainability Committee.

The working group identified climate-related

risks and opportunities over the short, medium

and long term, and assessed how resilient the

Group’s business strategy would be under the

different scenarios.

The identified risks and opportunities from

each scenario were scored based on likelihood

and impact, taking into account how adaptable

Heartland and its assets are, how isolated the

risk or opportunity is (e.g., floods quite often only

impact an isolated geographical area) and how

the risk or opportunity could affect Heartland and

the economy as a whole (e.g. severe droughts

have the potential to impact the price and supply

of food dramatically, leading to inflation and other

downstream impacts). Given the uncertainty around

which scenario will prevail, the score of each risk

and opportunity across the three scenarios were

aggregated to assess materiality (i.e. the risks and

opportunities with the higher aggregated scores

were the highest rated and most material).

The actions Heartland could take to mitigate risk and

leverage opportunities were identified, allowing the

Group to plan and allocate resources accordingly.

These actions are reflected in the Metrics and

Targets section of this Climate Report.

Using three customised scenarios (each with a

separate narrative for New Zealand and Australia),

enabled Heartland to gain further understanding of

the risks it had identified in the analysis completed

in FY2021 and identified new climate-related risks

and opportunities. The use of three customised

scenarios also enabled Heartland to identify the

risks and opportunities present in each scenario

for its product portfolios, when they are likely to

occur, and the varying direct and indirect effects on

Heartland’s business strategy. In turn this enabled

Heartland to better understand the resilience of its

business model. This work also helped to inform the

Group’s metrics and targets.

Further scenario analysis is expected to be

undertaken in FY2025 to include the acquisition

of an ADI in Australia (now known as Heartland

Bank Australia). Further scenario analysis will be

undertaken thereafter when there is a material

change to Heartland’s strategy or where Heartland

expects the outcome may differ materially due to

new information or tools becoming available.

ImmediateShort TermMedium termLong Term

Time Horizon1 Ye a r3730

Ye a r2024202620302050+

Rationale for

selection

Provides a current state assessment

and the ability to address immediate

transitional and acute physical risks

and opportunities.

Aligns with maximum fixed rate interest

periods for Online Home Loans.

Broadly aligns with the average term

of Business Loans.

Aligns with the maximum term of the

majority of Heartland’s credit exposures.

Aligns with maximum loan terms for

Online Home Loans and Rural lending,

and the vast majority of the expected

‘term’ of Heartland’s Reverse Mortgage

portfolio. Also aligns with long-term

international and domestic emission

reduction targets and long-term

science-aligned emission reduction

timeframes.

8

STRATEGY
9

3 Based on the Jupiter Intelligence’s Climate modelling tools ‘Climate Score’ being over 50 using the RCP 8.5 Scenario.

ProductsOpportunityPeriodExposure at 30 June 2024

• Asset Finance

• Business Relationship

• Open for Business

• High upfront cost of low emission vehicles and machinery, and low operating costs,

provides opportunities to finance the low emission transition for borrowers.

Immediate to long termTotal exposure of $1,329.1m

• Rural and Livestock

• StockCo

• Providing farm emission baseline tools to agricultural customers to enable them to

understand their emissions and set an emission reduction strategy could retain and

attract customers and identify opportunities to finance the transition to a low emission

economy for borrowers.

• Opportunities to finance farm improvements and emission reduction initiatives

for borrowers.

Immediate to long termTotal NZ exposure of $709.7m

(1.55% of the NZ portfolio is at

high risk of physical climate

im p a c ts)³

Total Australian exposure

of $272.0m

Objective: Investigate the appetite for a farm improvement/emissions reduction loan product in New Zealand and Australia

in FY2025.

• Australian Reverse

Mortgages

• NZ Reverse Mortgages

• Online Home Loans

• Providing borrowers with the information required to improve the resilience of their

properties and adapt to changing climates could retain and attract customers and identify

opportunities to finance their transition to a low emission economy for borrowers.

Short term, increasing in the

long term

Total Australian Reverse

Mortgage exposure of $1,813.9m

Total AU Residential Mortgage

exposure of $57.2m

Total NZ Reverse Mortgage

exposure of $1,068.2m (3.59% of

the NZ portfolio is at high risk of

physical climate impacts)³

Total Online Home Loan

exposure of $317.6m (1.13% of

the NZ portfolio is at high risk of

physical climate impacts)³

• Financing our borrowers’ home improvements to improve the resilience of their properties

to changing climates

Immediate, increasing in the

long term

Objective: Investigate the opportunity of a ‘Life-Proof’ offering to Reverse Mortgage customers enabling them to unlock more

equity in their home to make improvements to their house to make it more climate resilient by FY2026.

• Motor Finance• Financing Heartland’s borrowers’ transition to new generation vehicles.

• Partnering with manufacturers and dealerships of low emission technology to ensure that

Heartland’s customers have the option to transition to this technology if they are ready.

• Integrating sustainability into Heartland’s consumer product offerings including a special

EV interest rate to incentivise and accelerate the decarbonisation of the transport sector.

Immediate-to-long termTotal exposure of $1,630.4m

• Offering alternative transport finance solutions.Short to long term

Objective: Investigate the appetite for low emission transport product solutions by FY2030.

Anticipated impacts and financial impact

The below table sets out Heartland’s anticipated material risks and opportunities and the product portfolios most likely to be impacted.

9

STRATEGY
10

4 Based on the Jupiter Intelligence’s Climate modelling tools ‘Climate Score’ being over 50 using the RCP 8.5 Scenario out to 2050.

Business UnitsRiskPeriodExposure at 30 June 2024

• Asset Finance

• Business Relationship

• Open for Business

• Damage from severe climatic events, including closure of infrastructure, could result in

losses which could lead to loan defaults. (Physical)

• Cost of compliance with new environmental regulations (including costs of adoption of

low-emission vehicles and machinery) could lead to loan defaults. (Transitional)

• Borrowers could become unable to meet their emissions reduction targets or sector-

based emissions reduction targets because electrification of the fleet is slowed by supply

and technological delays, causing penalties or loss of business revenues and potentially

loan defaults. (Transitional)

Immediate, worsening in the

long term

Total exposure of $1,329.1m

• NZ Rural and Livestock

Finance

• AU Livestock Finance

• Drought, bushfires flooding and increasing risk of disease due to rising temperatures could

result in losses or deterioration of economic conditions due to remediation costs which

could lead to loan defaults. (Physical)

• Cost of compliance with new environmental regulations could lead to a reduction in the

viability of Heartland’s agricultural customers who are unable to adapt effectively, which

could lead to loan defaults. (Transitional)

• Increasing emissions pricing could also impact the ability of customers to transition to a

low emission economy due to rising costs, which could lead to loan defaults. (Transitional)

Immediate, worsening in the

long term

Total NZ exposure of $709.7m

(1.55% of the NZ portfolio is at

high risk of physical climate

impacts)⁴

Total Australian exposure of

$272.0m

• AU Reverse Mortgages

• NZ Reverse Mortgages

• Online Home Loans

• Flooding, bushfires, rising sea levels and other physical impacts may impact specific

properties over which Heartland has security, or reduce the value of those properties,

leading to losses for Heartland. (Physical)

• Insurers may increase premiums or cease to provide insurance in areas impacted by

flooding, bushfires, rising sea levels and other physical impacts, increasing the risk of

losses for Heartland. (Physical)

Immediate, worsening in the

long term

Total Australian Reverse

Mortgage exposure of $1,813.9m,

Total Residential Mortgage

L o a n s $ 5 7. 2 m

Total NZ Reverse Mortgage

exposure of $1,068.2m (3.59% of

the NZ portfolio is at high risk of

physical climate impacts)⁴

Total Online Home Loan

exposure of $317.6m (1.13% of

the NZ portfolio is at high risk of

physical climate impacts)⁴

• Motor Finance• Costs of adoption of low emission vehicles and increasing adoption of alternative modes

of transport could decrease demand for internal combustion engine (ICE) vehicles,

reducing the value of Heartland’s security and increasing the risk of losses for Heartland.

(Transitional)

• Wholesale Lending customers may be unable to sell vehicles due to changing regulation or

customer demand, increasing the risk of losses for Heartland. (Transitional)

Short to long termTotal exposure of $1,630.4m

10

5 EV Market Stats 2023, evdb.nz.
STRATEGY

11

Current impacts of climate-related risks

Current physical impacts

• Cyclone Gabrielle severely impacted the

North Island of New Zealand in February 2023.

Its effects were widespread, but particularly

intense in the Hawke’s Bay and Tairāwhiti regions,

with large areas of flooding and damage to

roads and other infrastructure. The impact of

those events continued to be felt in FY2024, with

Heartland incurring provisions for loan losses of

approximately $1.6 million as a result of a single

Business loan customer who was impacted by

those weather events and was unable to recover.

• Australian cattle exports dropped and the

price of Australian cattle fell substantially after

traces of Lumpy Skin Disease were identified

on livestock which had been live exported from

yards in Northern Australia to Indonesia during

May to July 2023. Indonesian authorities said

that the cattle had been infected prior to their

arrival in Indonesia and imposed a ban on further

exports from those key export yards. The fall

in cattle prices, and adverse weather had an

impact on Heartland’s Australian Livestock

Finance customers. Heartland expects that

conditions which amplify the spread of disease

in the agricultural sector are likely to occur

more frequently due to a warming climate and

considers this a key climate-related risk that will

continue to be monitored.

• On 31 July 31 2023, Heartland Bank entered

into a Deed of Indemnity with the New Zealand

Government to implement the North Island

Weather Events Loan Guarantee Scheme.

The supported loans are intended to assist

New Zealand businesses to manage the impacts

of the North Island Weather Events (during

Auckland Anniversary weekend 2023). The facility

limit for each supported loan must not exceed

$10 million for a maximum of 5 years. The New

Zealand Government will guarantee 80% of loss

incurred with the Bank holding the remaining

20%. The scheme concluded on 30 June 2024.

As at 30 June 2024 the Bank had supported loans

under this scheme of $33.2 million.

• Heartland’s Australian communities were

impacted by several severe weather events

during FY2024, including the bushfires

and flooding in Victoria, New South Wales,

and Queensland, and more specifically Cyclone

Jasper. Heartland is not aware of any impact on

its customers as a result of these events.

• Increased temperatures and low humidity

accompanied by warm winds resulted in

widespread bushfires in the Port Hills of

Canterbury. A state of emergency was called

with 100 homes evacuated and one home

destroyed. Heartland is not aware of any losses

as a result.

Current transitional impacts

EV demand

October 2023 saw a change in Government

and climate-related policies in New Zealand.

This included the removal of the Clean Car Rebate

and Clean Car Discount with effect from the end

of December 2023. As a result, more than 50% of

new cars sold during December 2023 were BEV or

PHEVs as retailers and consumers rushed to use the

rebate, more than doubling the percentage of new

cars sold in June 2023.⁵ However, demand for these

vehicles dropped during the second half of the

financial year from 15.66% of new drawdowns within

Heartland’s Motor Finance portfolio in the first half

of FY2024 to 14.70%.

StockCo x Ruminati partnership

In a strategic collaboration aimed at supporting

sustainable farming practices, StockCo Australia

announced a two-year pilot project with Australian

farmer-led software provider Ruminati. Ruminati

is an online emissions calculator created by

farmers for farmers. The platform provides farmers

accurate climate data and emissions information

to help track and validate on-farm climate action

across the supply chain.

This collaboration closely aligns with Heartland’s

goal to enable farmers to contribute to climate

goals while still improving farm productivity and

profitability. This partnership involved providing

farmers access to the newly released Ruminati

PRIME platform, allowing them to generate

accurate, detailed and personalised emissions

estimates. Within the platform, farmers can

also model the impact of methane and CO2-e

abatement options, set and measure against

individual emissions reduction targets, and create

tailor-made, future-facing emissions reduction

plans. So far, a low number of customers have

baselined their emissions using the tool. Heartland

is currently looking into ways to increase the

number of customers who understand their

emissions and the emission reduction plans they

have in place.

11

STRATEGY
12

6 Excluding Fielding, Dunedin, Wellington and Havelock North office.

12

Ruminati has created a simple-to-use tool,

simplifying a complex calculation and enabling

farmers to measure their emissions – the first step

in their emissions management. Ruminati’s VISION

Dashboard allows Heartland to track its customers’

emission reductions in line with national and

industry baselines including the Meat & Livestock

Australia’s (MLA’s) Carbon Neutral by 2030 target.

Heartland’s Fleet

In FY2024, Heartland continued the transition of its

New Zealand fleet to new-generation vehicles. As at

30 June 2024, 91% of the fleet are new generation

vehicles. Once the transition is complete, this is

expected to reduce Heartland’s Scope 1 emissions

by over 60% from its FY2019 base year.

EV Rates

Funding low emission assets is one of Heartland’s

largest climate-related opportunities. In FY2024,

Heartland continued to provide a discounted EV

interest rate, which offers a lower interest rate than

its standard rates for BEVs and PHEVs. In FY2024,

Heartland provided $55.1 million to fund 606 EVs

and 474 PHEVs.

Capital deployed towards climate-related risks and opportunities

The below breakdown defines capital deployment in FY2024 in relation to the climate-related risks

and opportunities identified through scenario analysis, and other climate-commitments.

Capital deployment (amount of capital expenditure, financing or investment deployed toward climate-related

risks and opportunities):

Ruminati - Project and vision dashboard subscription $0.01m

Purchasing of new-generation vehicles for Heartland’s New Zealand fleet $1.41m

Jupiter Intelligence Climate Global Services – Climate risk modelling tool$0.14m

Certified Renewable Energy certificates for the power used at Heartland Bank offices⁶$0.005m

Emissions accounting software and emission verification services$0.05m

Professional development$0.005m

Total$1.61m

Proportion of revenue, assets, or other business activities aligned with climate-related opportunities.

New generation vehicle gross finance receivables (Receivables) (% of entire Motor portfolios) =11%

7 Includes Scope 1, 2, and select scope 3 emissions that Heartland has operational control over including freight, flights, car rentals, taxi, working from home emissions, electricity transmission losses and waste generated in operations.
STRATEGY

13

Assets vulnerable to transitional or physical risks

The industries that are most vulnerable to transitional risks, and the amount and percentage of assets

vulnerable to those transitional risks, are monitored in Heartland’s Climate Change Composite Assessment.

Understanding Heartland’s GHG emissions

Heartland Group has been tracking and reporting its

GHG emissions since FY2020 using the emissions

generated during FY2019 as its baseline year.

Heartland Group takes an operational control

approach in consolidating its emissions. This means

that it discloses the emissions referable to its own

activity and:

• the emissions of Heartland Bank

• the emissions of Heartland Group’s operations in

Australia before 30 April 2024

• the emissions of Heartland’s equity investments.

Both Heartland Group and Heartland Bank’s

inventories are prepared in accordance with the

Greenhouse Gas Protocol and ISO 14064-1-2018. Scope

3 emissions under the Greenhouse Gas Protocol are

caught under Category 3-5. Refer to Appendix 2 and

3 for more detail about the methodology used to

calculate and split the emissions between Heartland

Group and Heartland Bank.

Heartland initially measured its operational

emissions⁷ and committed to reduce them by 35% by

FY2025, from the FY2019 base year. Since Heartland

set this target, it has introduced an array of initiatives

to reduce its emissions including transitioning diesel

vehicles out of its fleet, switching the electricity

used in most of Heartland’s Bank’s New Zealand

offices to clean renewable energy, purchasing

Renewable Energy Certificates (RECs) for the

electricity used in these offices, and conducting

waste audits to understand the amount of waste

generated by Heartland and what can be diverted

from landfill to reduce waste-related emissions.

Amount or percentage of assets or business activities vulnerable to transitional risks (New Zealand)

Total Aggregate Exposure

within sector (TAE) / % of

Total Receivables

Agriculture, forestry and fishing$758.9m / 14.9%

Mining$10.6m / 0.2%

Manufacturing$35.1m / 0.7%

Electricity, gas, water and waste services$18.4m / 0.4%

Construction$125.8m / 2.5%

Wholesale trade$8.3m / 0.2%

Retail trade$8.7m / 0.2%

Transport, postal and warehousing$344.4m / 6.8%

Financial and Insurance Services$88.6m / 1.7%

Total Receivables (total % at risk)$5,078m / 27.5%

Amount or percentage of assets or business activities vulnerable to transition risks (Australia)

Agriculture$272m / 12.6%

Total Receivables (total % at risk)$2,163m / 12.6%

Amount or percentage of assets or business activities vulnerable to transition risks (total)

Total Receivables (total % at risk)$7,241m / 23.1%

13

STRATEGY
1414

SourceFY19

(tCO2e)

FY20

(tCO2e)

FY21

(tCO2e)

FY22

(tCO2e)

FY23

(tCO2e)

FY24

(tCO2e)

% Change from

FY2023

% Change from

FY2019 base year

Category 1: Direct Emissions

Company Vehicles (Diesel, Petrol, Hybrid)489406427296.39361.67286.74-21%-41%

Category 2: Indirect Emissions

Electricity (Market-Based)10287.51 7. 518.1328.9746.0359%-55%

Category 3: Indirect emissions from transport

Printed Materials Sent to Clients6232.531.4231.6638.1122.16-42%-64%

Business Travel (Flights, Rentals, Taxi)283.04160.173.8156.4445.36314.43-29%11%

Employee Commuting (Work from home emissions)N/AN/A5.0841.6425.6611.10-57%N/A

Category 4: Indirect emissions from Products used by the organisation

Energy/Electricity-related activities8.38.59.99.559.67. 6 1-21%-8%

Waste Generated in operations212258234.16.715.399.54-38%-96%

Total Scope 3565.34459.1354.31145.95534.12364.84-32%-35%

Total1156.34952.6798.81460.47924.7669 7. 61-25%-40%

In FY2023, Heartland started to take a more

comprehensive approach to calculating its

emissions by also measuring “downstream

emissions” which includes a much wider range of

emission categories, such as hotel accommodation,

staff commuting emissions, emissions generated

through purchased goods and services, and the

emissions generated through customers that are

enabled by finance provided by Heartland (“financed

emissions”). In FY2025, Heartland will set new

short-term emission reduction targets which will

include Heartland’s ambition to reduce emissions

throughout its value chain. As a result, the FY19 base

year will not be used, due to the limited emissions

data collected at this date, and a more current year

will be used as a base year.

Heartland Group

For FY2024, Heartland Group emitted a total

of 933,262 tCO2e throughout its value chain,

as detailed below.⁸

Since its FY2019 base year, Heartland has achieved

its goal and delivered a 40% reduction in operational

emissions (as shown in the table below).⁸

STRATEGY
15

Category definitionISO 14064-1-2018Emissions per

Category

(tCO2e)

Direct emission sources: Direct emissions that occur from sources owned or controlled by

Heartland Group.

Category 1⁸287

Imported energy indirect emissions: Emissions associated with the generation of electricity that is purchased by

Heartland Group.

Category 2


(Location-Based)⁸

105

Imported energy indirect emissions:

Emissions associated with the generation of electricity that is purchased by Heartland Group.

Category 2


(Market based⁹)⁸

46

Indirect emissions from transportation: Emissions that are a consequence of Heartland Group’s activities that result in

transportation being utilised.

Category 3687

Indirect emissions from products used by an organisation: Emissions related to Heartland Group’s purchasing goods and

services from third parties, for use in their operations.

Category 41,776

Indirect Emissions associated with the use of products from an organisation: Indirect emissions


that are a consequence of external users of a product or asset owned by Heartland Group.

Category 5930,407

Total (Location based)933,262

Total (Market based)933,203

Heartland Bank

Heartland Bank is responsible for the emissions

generated throughout its operations (including

emissions referable to its staff) and value

chain. From 1 May 2024, this included the

emissions generated through the operations

of its subsidiary, Heartland Bank Australia.

Refer to Appendix 2 for more detail about

this methodology.

For FY2024, Heartland Bank emitted a total

of 916,440 tCO2e throughout its value chain,

as detailed below.

Heartland Group’s

emissions intensity

for FY2024 was 3,214

tCO2e/$ million.¹⁰

8 Category 1 and 2 (Market and location based) tCO2e absolute emissions of Heartland Group for the year ending 30 June 2024 are included in the scope of PwC’s limited assurance engagement. No other amounts or

calculations have been included in the assurance engagement and are not covered by the limited assurance report issued.

9 Market based takes into account renewable energy certificates purchased by Heartland Bank for all of its NZ offices except Fielding, Dunedin, Wellington, and Havelock North.

10 Total tCO2e / $ million of FY2024 net operating income.

15

STRATEGY
16

11 Total tCO2e / $ millions of FY2024 Heartland Bank’s net operating income.

Category definitionISO 14064-1-2018Emissions per

Category

(tCO2e)

Direct emission sources: Direct emissions that occur from sources owned or controlled by Heartland Bank.Category 1⁸241

Imported energy indirect emissions: Emissions associated with the generation of electricity that is purchased by

Heartland Bank.

Category 2

(Location-Based)⁸

71

Imported energy indirect emissions: Emissions associated with the generation of electricity that is purchased by

Heartland Group.

Category 2

(Location-Based)⁸

12

Indirect emissions from transportation: Emissions that are a consequence of Heartland Bank’s activities that result in

transportation being utilised.

Category 3387

Indirect emissions from products used by an organisation: Emissions related to Heartland Bank purchasing goods and

services from third parties, for use in their operations.

Category 41 ,162

Indirect Emissions associated with the use of products from an organisation: Indirect emissions that are a

consequence of external users of a product or asset owned by Heartland Bank.

Category 5914,579

Total (Location based)916,440

Total (Market based)916,381

Heartland Bank’s

emissions intensity

for FY2024 was 3,992

tCO2e / $ million.¹¹

Finance and leasing emissions

Financed emissions are the emissions that are

generated by Heartland’s customers and enabled

by finance provided by Heartland. As a financial

institution, Heartland’s financed emissions are

the source of most of its emissions and, therefore,

where Heartland has the biggest potential to

make positive climatic impacts. By measuring its

financed emissions, Heartland can better inform its

approach on how to assist its customers in the just

transition to a low carbon economy.

In FY2023, Heartland developed its own in-house

estimation model for calculating the emissions

generated in its Motor Finance book. In FY2024,

Heartland partnered with Australian agricultural

emission baseline software company Ruminati to

assist its Australian Livestock Finance customers

to understand their on-farm emissions and enable

Heartland to use actual emissions data from its

customers to improve the data quality scores of

Heartland’s financed emissions.

Heartland intends to continue to improve the data

quality score of its emissions, specifically in the

Asset Finance, Business Relationship, Rural and

Livestock Finance portfolios in New Zealand (as

these make up most of Heartland’s emissions).

This will enable Heartland to make more informed

finance and partnership decisions and allow better

discussions between Heartland and its customers

about transitioning to a low emission economy.

Heartland estimates its financed and leasing

related emissions in FY2024 to be 930,407 tCO2e.¹²

Heartland’s Rural and Livestock finance (including

StockCo AU) portfolios make up the majority (48%)

of Heartland’s financed emissions, with most of

Heartland’s remaining financed emissions being

referable to our Business (Asset Finance, Business

Relationship, and Open for Business) and Motor

lending books.

Heartland’s Financed emissions calculation

methodology and how we estimate our emissions

can be found in Appendix 2.

Internal emissions price

Heartland does not use an internal emissions

price for business activity. However, where

16

12 Sum differs due to rounding numbers
STRATEGY

17

needed, the current NZ Emission Trading Scheme

(ETS) price per New Zealand Unit (NZU) is used

(e.g., savings on potential carbon offsets when

considering the cost between an EV and ICE

vehicle or investing in carbon-related products).

Progress on transition plan development

In FY2023, Heartland reassessed its operational

emissions reduction target of 35% by FY2026

from its FY2019 base year to a more ambitious

FY2025 target. An emissions reduction action

plan has been developed to set out how Heartland

will meet this target. Key emission reduction

initiatives include:

• replacing all of Heartland’s fleet with new

generation vehicles including BEVs by the end

of FY2024

• using energy providers in Australian offices

that generate power from clean, zero emission,

renewable sources.

Heartland has also made investments to better

understand its exposure to climate-related risks.

These investments include the Jupiter Intelligence

tool which will allow Heartland to make better

informed decisions for its customers on a more

granular level, as well as Ruminati as described on

page 11.

In FY2025, Heartland will develop its plan to

position itself as the global and domestic economy

transitions to a low emission, climate-resilient future

state. This transition plan will detail Heartland’s

emission reduction strategy to 2050, and include

key assumptions and conditions required for

Heartland and its customers to reach net zero.

Category 5 ActivityFY24 tCO2e% of Category 5Emissions Intensity

(kg CO2e/$)

PCAF Score

Downstream Leased Assets

Operating Leases Commercial9660.1%0.11-

Operating Leases Motor8680.1%0.15-

Livestock AU (Stock Co)17,8672%0.07-

Leased Livestock NZ127,94514%9.59-

Leased investment Properties4,8340.5%--

Subtotal152,480-

Financed Emissions

Harmoney25<0.01%0.17-

Asset Finance66,0647%0.054.87 (3b)

Motor Lending Loans159,94217%0.103.05 (2b)

Business Relationship Loans79,4579%0.215.00 (3b)

Livestock NZ329,30035%1.655.00 (3b)

Residential AU4430.05%0.015.00 (3)

Open for Business13,0021%0.154.96 (3b)

Wholesale Finance NZ21,2682%0.155.00 (3b)

Reverse Mortgages AU10,9511%0.015.00 (3)

Personal Loans3,5430.4%0.16-

Reverse Mortgages NZ1,3410.1%0.014.01 (2b)

Rural NZ90,77610%0.185.00 (3b)

Online Home Loans NZ2890.03%0.00094.01 (2b)

Residential NZ 2800.03%0.045.00 (3)

Listed Equity1,3570.2%0.034.98 (3c)

Subtotal777,949-

Total930,407¹² -

17

02 METRICS & TARGETS

METRICS & TACTICS
19

Ta r g e t FY2024 statusCommentary

Build the capability

to appropriately

take climate

change risks into

consideration when

making lending

decisions

Baseline Heartland’s climate-related risk exposure for New Zealand and

Australian mortgage-backed lending (Reverse Mortgages, Online Home Loans¹³

and Rural lending), Livestock Finance, and Wholesale Lending using a climate

risk tool by the end of FY2024.

AchievedHeartland has employed Jupiter Intelligence, a climate

modelling software company, to provide a tool to baseline its

climate hazard exposure.

Limit Heartland’s “high” climate-related risk exposure within its New

Zealand Reverse Mortgage and Home Loan portfolios¹³ to less than 4%

of total exposures.

Achieved

(exposure of 3.1%)

“High” risk is where the climate score assessed by the tool for

an exposure exceeds 50.

Set Heartland’s risk appetite limit for “high” climate-related risk exposures

within its Australian Reverse Mortgage portfolio during FY2025.¹⁴

UnderwayRisk appetite recommendation is underway, for Risk Committee

and Board review and approval.

Extend Heartland’s climate-related risk tool to the credit assessment process

for new Reverse Mortgage, Online Home Loan, Livestock Finance and Rural

exposures in New Zealand and Australia during FY2025.

Not yet started

Apply Heartland’s Environmental Risk Screening Tool to all new Rural and

Business customers¹⁵ in New Zealand during FY2025 and require the provision

of supporting information from FY2026.

19.31%¹⁶

Survey all Australian Livestock Finance customers in Australia, and all Rural and

Livestock Finance customers in New Zealand, on their awareness of biohazard

risks, climate-related physical hazards, and climate-related transitional

risks by the end of FY2026.

Not yet startedHeartland will commence surveying all new Australian Livestock

Finance customers, and all new Rural and Livestock Finance

customers in New Zealand during FY2025.

Select partner(s) to help launch a portfolio-specific climate-related

communication strategy in FY2025.

Not yet started

Improve Heartland’s financed emissions data quality by understanding the on-

farm emissions of its 100 largest Australian Livestock Finance borrowers,

and 100 largest New Zealand Rural or Livestock Finance borrowers, by the

end of FY2025.

UnderwayHeartland has launched a pilot with Ruminati to enable its

Australian Livestock Finance borrowers to understand their

on-farm emissions.

13 Does not include of Heartland’s legacy residential home loan exposures, which are grandfathered.

14 Subject to the respective executive and Board risk committees relevant approval.

15 with a TAE of at least $1 million.

16 19.31% of Approvals since September 2024.

19

METRICS & TACTICS
20

Ta r g e t FY2024 statusCommentary

Fund Heartland

borrowers’

transition to a net-

zero economy

Increase the percentage of new generation vehicles funded in the New

Zealand Motor Finance portfolio year on year (from a FY2024 base year) to 30%

by FY2030.

Established

baseline (of 15%

new generation

lending)

Heartland has continued to partner with new-generation

vehicle distributors in FY24, with the announcement of

Heartland’ white labelled ‘MG Finance’ partnership with

MG Motors NZ and becoming one of Tesla’s preferred

finance partners.

Heartland’s market share of funding for new generation vehicles will exceed

the total market share of its New Zealand Motor Finance portfolio from FY2025.

Commences in

FY2025

By continuing to partner with industry leading distributors in

the new generation vehicle space, Heartland places itself well

to reach its market share targets for new generation vehicles.

Improve Heartland’s financed emissions data quality by achieving an overall

weighted average PCAF data quality score of less than 4 by the end of FY2027.

Underway Heartland has onboarded Generate Zero, a financed emissions

estimation tool, which allows Heartland to gain a PCAF

data quality score of 4 for its New Zealand based property

exposures.

Heartland has also onboarded Ruminati which allows Heartland

to gain a PCAF data quality score of 2 for customers who share

their Ruminati data with Heartland.

Heartland has built a proprietary in-house model for estimating

the financed emissions of its Motor Finance portfolio which

allows Heartland to gain a PCAF data quality score of 3 for the

majority of its portfolio.

For further information on financed emissions calculation

methodologies, refer to Appendix 2.

Embed

Sustainability into

What Heartland

Does

Reduce Heartland’s absolute gross operational emissions by 35% by the end

of FY2025 (from the FY2019 base year of 1156.34 tCO2e).

Underway

(40% reduction on

FY2019 base year)

Heartland has met it’s FY2025 science-aligned target a year

ahead of schedule (when using market-based methodology).

Heartland will set a new target during FY25, as well as ensure

that its emissions remain under 751.621 tCO2e.

Develop an internal climate risk professional development course by FY2026

to upskill and establish climate knowledge within employees and encourage

individual sustainable practices. The intention is for all Heartland employees

to compete the course by FY2027.

Not yet started

Reduce Heartland’s absolute operational emissions to net-zero by FY2050 from

a FY2023 baseline, in line with the Paris Agreement.

Underway


(25% reduction from

FY2023 base year)

Heartland will develop its transition plan in FY2025 to set a

path toward achieving this target. Heartland anticipates the

transition plan will identify the extent to which Heartland

will rely on offsets and other market based instruments like

renewable energy procurement to meet this target.

20

GOVERNANCE
21

03 GOVERNANCE

GOVERNANCE
2222

OVERALL GOVERNANCE

The following diagram outlines the processes by which the governance bodies are informed about climate-related

risks and opportunities, how they ensure that climate-related matters are considered when overseeing the

implementation of strategy and how they govern climate risks and opportunities.

Senior Leadership Team

Chief Executive

Officer

Chief Operating

Officer

General

Counsel

Chief People &

Culture Officer

Chief Risk

Officer

Chief Financial

Officer

Leanne LazarusMichael DrummPhoebe GibbonsLana WestAndy Wood

Kerry Conway

HGH Board of Directors

HBL Board of Directors

Board Audit and

Risk Committee

Board Audit and

Risk Committee

Audit and Liability

Committee

Sustainability

Committee

Board Risk

Committee

Group Assets Liability

Committee

Corporate Governance, People, Remuneration

and Nominations Committee

Corporate Governance, People, Remuneration

and Nominations Committee

Senior Leadership Team

Chief Executive OfficerChief Financial OfficerChief Performance Officer

Group Deputy

Chief Executive Officer

Jeff GreensladeAndrew DixsonAleisha LangdaleChris Flood

Sets risk appetite and

sustainability strategy

for the Group

Recommends sustainability strategy

for the Group and provides updates

on the Group’s metrics and targets

Provides updates on Heartland

Bank’s metrics and targets

Recommends risk appetite

for the group and provides

updates on risk profile

Sets risk appetite, sustainability strategy and

metrics and targets for Heartland Bank

Recommends risk appetite for

Heartland Bank and provides

updates on risk profile

Provides updates

on risk profile

Recommends sustainability

strategy and provides updates

on metrics and targets for

Heartland Bank

Executive Risk

Committee

GOVERNANCE
23

Heartland Group Governance

Heartland Group’s Board is responsible for

Heartland Group’s corporate governance, strategy

and risk appetite. This includes ensuring that

Heartland Group’s strategy and risk appetite

takes into consideration climate-related risks and

opportunities. The Board is supported in this work

by its Board Committees.

Heartland Group’s business is primarily conducted

within Heartland Bank and Heartland Bank Australia,

so assessment and management of climate-

related risks and opportunities occurs most

actively within these entities. Consequently, the

Board oversees Group climate-related risks and

opportunities but does rely on Heartland Bank and

Heartland Bank Australia’s management teams for

assessing and managing climate-related risks and

opportunities (and for reporting and information).

A description of how the Board oversees the

Group’s climate-related risks and opportunities

is set out below, together with a description of

management’s role in assessing and managing

climate-related risks and opportunities.

Strategy metrics and targetsRiskClimate reporting

BoardThe Board oversees the Group’s strategy, including its

climate strategy.

The Board approved Heartland’s Sustainability Strategy

(which includes its environmental strategy, and various

initiatives related to that strategy) for FY2024.

The Board reviews the Group’s risk appetite annually, including a

specific risk appetite for climate-related risk.

The Board receives a verbal update from the Chair of the Board

Audit and Risk Committee at each meeting which covers all

relevant risk matters.

Heartland’s external financial

reporting is approved by the Board

upon the recommendation of the

Board Audit and Risk Committee.

Board CommitteesHeartland Group’s Sustainability Committee was

established in November 2023 and comprises directors

of Heartland Group, Heartland Bank and Heartland Bank

Australia. The Committee meets quarterly to consider

climate-related risks and opportunities and provide

updates, guidance, and leadership regarding climate

initiatives.

The Committee is now provided with a quarterly report from

the Chief Operating Officer which addresses the Group’s

progress against the initiatives, metrics and targets as well

as climate-related risks and opportunities. The Committee

also receives reports from other Executives in respect of

matters relevant to the Committee’s purpose.

Using those reports, the Committee monitors progress

against the initiatives, metrics and targets, and makes

recommendations to the Board to update and/or set new

metrics and targets from time to time.

The Committee also considers whether the appropriate

climate-related skills and competencies exist across the

Group (both at Board and Management levels).

The Board Audit and Risk Committee provides advice to the Board

in relation to the formulation of its risk appetite.

The Committee also provides the Board with guidance as to

whether all relevant risks within the key risk categories (including

climate-related risks) have been appropriately identified,

managed, and reported to the Board.

The Committee meets approximately 9 times annually and receives

a verbal update at each meeting on the status of the Group’s

emerging risks, including climate risk from Heartland Bank’s Chief

Risk Officer.

The Board Audit and Risk

Committee provides the Board

with a recommendation regarding

Heartland’s external financial

reporting and has oversight over

external assurance engagements

(including in relation to Heartland’s

climate-related disclosures).

23

GOVERNANCE
24

Heartland Bank and Heartland Bank Australia

As members of the Group, Heartland Bank and

Heartland Bank Australia are closely aligned

to the Group’s strategy and risk appetite.

They also benefit from the work carried out by

Heartland Group’s Sustainability Committee.

However, Heartland Bank and Heartland Bank

Australia are separate entities with their own

Boards of Directors and management teams.

Heartland Bank

The Board of Heartland Bank is responsible for its

corporate governance, strategy and risk appetite.

This includes responsibility for ensuring that its

strategy and risk appetite takes into consideration

climate-related risks and opportunities. The Board

is supported in its work by its Board Committees.

A description of how the Board oversees climate-

related risks and opportunities is set out below,

together with a description of management’s role

in assessing and managing climate-related risks

and opportunities.

Executive

Committees

There are no Executive Committees at Heartland Group.

ExecutiveThe Chief Executive Officer is central to recommending and

setting Group strategy, including climate strategy.

Heartland Bank’s Chief Operating Officer provides advice

and information in relation to the strategy and initiatives in

connection with the strategy.

The Chief Executive Officer is central to recommending and setting

Group risk appetite, including climate risk appetite.

Heartland Bank’s Chief Risk Officer provides advice and information

in relation to risk and risk appetite.

Heartland Bank’s Chief Financial

Officer provides advice and

information in relation to financial

reporting.

Strategy metrics and targetsRiskClimate reporting

BoardThe Heartland Bank Board oversees Heartland Bank’s

strategy, including its climate strategy, considering the

Group strategy set by its parent, Heartland Group.

The Board approved Heartland’s Sustainability Strategy

(which includes its environmental strategy, and various

initiatives related to that strategy) for FY2024, in as far as it

applies to Heartland Bank.

The Board is now provided with a quarterly report from

the Chief Operating Officer which addresses Heartland

Bank’s progress against the initiatives, metrics and targets,

allocated to it. This report also covers c

[TRUNCATED]

Data sourced from publicly available filings. Our datasets may not be complete. Automated analysis can produce errors. If you believe any data on this page is incorrect, please contact us at hello@nzxplorer.co.nz. For informational purposes only. Not investment advice.